i . . Nat f > . 2 \ NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TA \ BR: APY DAI CIN STITUTION a> A. fe es WOODS HOLE COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY SHIP PIONEER The Pioneer is 312 feet long, 41 feet wide, has a displacement of 2,600 tons and 14-foot draft. She has twin screws, 4 diesel engines, standard speed of 15 knots, and a cruising range of 10,500 miles. Her normal complement is 23 officers and 91 men. She is equipped with the latest surveying and scientific instruments. NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL PRACTICAL GUIDANCE FOR CARTOGRAPHERS AND ENGINEERS ENGAGED IN CONSTRUCTING AND REVISING NAUTICAL CHARTS EMPHASIZING DETAILS OF CURRENT PRACTICES AS DEVELOPED BY THE COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY SIXTH (1963) EDITION Edited by WALLACE A. BRUDER Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart Division Office of Cartography Publication 83-1 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Luther H. Hodges, Secretary COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY H. Arnold Karo, Director UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1963 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price $6.75 CORRECTIONS TO THE NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL This manual will be maintained by issuance of corrections and/or addition of new material as necessary. Changes shall be inserted in the proper places upon receipt, and a record of such entry shall be made in the spaces provided below. Change No. change Date entered Signature of person entering change Te Ia, va head Healy tect me | etre a (ere 44 = Res) oa hehe we deh eT pega me ym a riley y ene clei merit mr NO Neva yegere DCR 4 PREFACE This sixth edition of the Nautical Chart Manual has been pre- . pared as a practical instruction guide to cartographers and engineers in the construction and revision of nautical charts. To serve this purpose it must present the basic essentials of chart construction and the details of current charting practices of the Coast and Geo- detic Survey, U.S. Department of Commerce. Due to the inherent variables of chart usage and need, no two charts may ever be exactly similar in character and scope. The economic importance and development of an area, the number and kinds of dangers therein, and the scale requirement are some of the variables that make a nautical chart an individual work that must, however, conform to general standards. The primary purpose of this Manual is to define these standards in a manner that, when applied, insures accuracy, completeness, uniformity, and simplicity in the general appearance of the nautical charts issued by the Coast and Geodetic Survey. The first edition of this Manual, a 34-page pamphlet entitled “Rules and Practice Relating to Construction of Nautical Charts,” by George L. Flower, Chief, Drafting Section, was published in 1920. In 1944, Mr. H. R. Edmonston, Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart Branch, reconstructed and expanded this Manual to 55 loose-leaf pages, including for the first time, the symbols and abbreviation sheets. Three subsequent editions, each entitled ‘Nautical Chart Manual,” by H. R. Edmonston, Chief, Nautical Chart Branch, were published in 1948, 1952, and 1956. This 1963 printing, the sixth edition, under the administration of CDR Marvin T. Paulson, Chief, Nautical Chart Division, was edited by Wallace A. Bruder, Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart Division. This sixth edition in- cludes extensive revisions, reconstructions, and additions by the entire personnel of the Nautical Chart Division and brings the instructions and other details up to present practice. ont, wen NNT NTH i, SMT PA y ie ye pith a Oe anh, Tulse’ Gere ivan Cp MD, yi alt i ak 4 ap rei yi FI Aa A | KALA CALS vp d ae wy Kite cult i eiietinel ihe en's niaky inde ; , *y vy Sa k RV lant er re # eT yf) pear hat Vy Py arith iy RI AY a ETT Se (ei enya) Py. NUN Di alin Perey fea tit Pe oe hae Vivi 9 po Jame puuce © lie sen, tae A a at ' Poverty) mee Oe ho (ame af t VA Eke: Ta EROS Ae ah by fe AACS PE ey ht iGo " haere hte et Pie it as OS Pech ae A he Weta bw le ella une Sea ye PY Ue (ero alee an : VW ty} ns i fy vidi fui , hava: nice iS Hod HOLE rine i AM REE, “Sand tht Morva ee THOT rim TL Ay ii) sat ni eth) Wak sgt i) ' ove iiiy Celine Tro) vif! Ree akan — f ead ssn coseeiatt: far wae ener a rae tT A ss “hed RS avast Hit uid ult AL eh nT cia ay ay 0) "t hy, conker | , aed ry, nie hoe bre cae ‘nk guapeken pene aK , iN Rall Gag) an Cee CONTENTS Page CUASSINICATION OHS CEHARM S22 2525-225 en5 ss ese see 2 INUATOFIICOUNIE) GUELAT RAD) INDI IMUS) <= be 3 TeaiStandardvand@Ard@Proofaes= 222228.) 2= 82 3 lil Compilationse assem = 2. 5=s2en acess tece alee 4 JWT B00 fate eins See ease es 5 View Chantyewimtin os eye eee Bes ce ee ee 5 V. Correction Note and Date_____________________ Uf Wie Samiplex Copies ssasea ce se cab ase cases. eee 2 7 RWS PAN DEBRA CII CHS 22a 2n2 2s alas 8 Tem Generaltieracticesies=.s— aa a ye ee ee e 8 II. Specifications and Source Material______________ 13 Iie Generaleinstructionsa a2] 5922 eens en eee eee 15 IVES DCClUlPATCASia se emeeue cos a fee R oe ts hae 20 We Coursesrands van cesm esse eee ee 23 VJ. Landmarks and Stations______________________ 24 Ville itlessand!Notes:.22 2280 5.22022 28 2 Tie te 31 WAT CCOnG Swe s Sere ean tees Eee aah we ers 36 TORO GHAR ENA: nes. 202 aes. eee oN 40 I. Natural Features and Relief___________________ 41 II. Culture: Shore and Offshore Structures_________ 47 Le Others@ultureses 6. we Ee | Bee ee 48 EVD ROGRARENG <2 eho oo eee ee ce ore eee 50 ep SURVEY Shr yess ae eee ep Le Be a ee ae 50 lie Soundlin'ese Seow © gis tyre SN ee loa ee eae 51 III. Depth Curves and Tints______________________ 60 INV elomproved(Channelses=4- 825-22 esses 62 NYG) DEN OVEN =A 9 Ue te Pep ge le ce 65 Vi Bottom) Characteristics. 9_-2-2- 25 2__/ =e 74 VII. Verification of Wire-drag Surveys______________- 74 VIII. Review of Hydrographic Surveys______________- 75 DPxewNevistration of surveyse 22 —-- 2) eee ee 76 X. Survey Repository.________-__-__----__---___-- 76 ADD Su TOmNAWVIG AMONG. 922220420 205 cee eons 77 I. Electronic Navigational Systems______________-_ 86 SMiAUHIZ- CRA © EUAIRM Sa 1b 222 a De 89 PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS______-_-_--------------- 97 GHOGRAPHITICANAMIBS! © = 2220. bee gee eee 105 (COMMEPIIDAIMICOIN, TRID\VID DM eee ee 110 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS.________-__-__--_-_-------- 112 I. Bathymetric Compilations_________________-__- 112 1 CrainineiProcram) ss 222002. os so ee. se 113 Ill. Research and Development___________________- 116 IiVeMElectronie|Computinesea: sae eee eee 116 ERNCUN © Geren ne eee ae nee oe ees 118 JNPIZTINIDID, (WICCNUIRIDIS)) << oboe oe ceaeeesscceeneoesen= 129 NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS (CHARDON Oho) Rate teem ernie Aba. ee eee we 171 D/A) DSC ie ys al Se wp ee ee 199 bp vintet at ou’? NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL INTRODUCTION In the early 1800’s some interior territory and 16 States along the eastern seaboard comprised our Nation. Commerce between the States was mostly waterborne. Foreign trade, necessary for the survival and expansion of our national economy, was entirely by sea. Lack of nautical charts—the most fundamental of navigation instruments—made navi- gation dangerous in the unknown waters of our coasts and harbors. Inadequate sketches of a few isolated areas, and written descriptions such as Blunt’s Coast Pilot, were the only information available. Shipwrecks were common, insurance rates high, and products corre- spondingly overpriced. Maritime commerce, as a means for the development of our natural resources, was deterred by these unknown dangers. Safe navigation of our coastal areas and harbors became a serious, urgent problem. Thomas Jefferson, among others, had foreseen the need for comprehensive, reliable nautical charts to safeguard shipping, and considered the Government responsible for pro- ducing them. On February 10, 1807, Congress passed an act authorizing President Jefferson to start a national hydrographic survey . .. “‘to cause a survey to be taken of coasts of the United States, in which shall be designated the islands and shoals and places of anchorage. . . .” The ‘Survey of the Coast’? (name changed to ‘‘Coast Survey” in 1836, and to today’s “Coast and Geodetic Survey” in 1871) began making hydrographic surveys in 1834. The earliest nautical chart, a black and white print made in 1839 from a stone engraving, showed Newark Bay, but gave little detail. Although lacking detail, this first chart established the policy of exceptional cartographic accuracy that is a continuing characteristic of the Coast and Geodetic Survey’s modern detailed nautical charts. Today, the activities of the Coast and Geodetic Survey in the field of engineering, science and higher mathematics provide data vital to the development of navigation, industry and national defense. Remaining high among the varied functions of this technical Bureau is the responsibility of conducting surveys and publishing nautical charts of the 2% million square miles of coastal waters of the United States and its possessions in order to provide navigational safety. One of the most important aids the mariner needs for safe navigation is the modern nautical chart. It is constantly used to plot positions and courses and is considered so indispensable in the United States that the Code of Federal Regulations requires vessels to have charts of the waters on which they operate available for convenient reference at all times. Among the more important improvements made in compilation and reproduction methods and materials in recent years are: generalization of hydrographic and topographic detail for greater legibility; addition of selected topographic detail to aid navigation by radar; plotted Loran lines for more accurate position determination; detailed fine-line depth curve develop- ment of submarine relief; development of three types of folded charts for small-craft use; extensive use of dimensionally stable plastics; and the standardization of symbols and use of accentuating colors. ’ Illustrations in Chart No. 1, ‘Nautical Chart Symbols and Abbreviations,” and Figures in the Appendix are referred to parenthetically throughout this Manual. 2 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CLASSIFICATION OF CHARTS Nautical Charts vary in scale with the importance of the area, purpose for which the chart is designed, and necessity for showing clearly all the dangers within that area. In the following five classes of charts, scales and style have been particularly adapted to their intended use. 1. Harbor Charts are published at scales larger than 1:50,000, depending on the size and importance of the harbor and the number and kinds of dangers existing. They are intended for navigation in harbors and smaller waterways, and for anchorage. 2. Small-craft Charts are published at scales of 1:80,000 and larger. They are issued folded, are designed for easy reference and plotting in close quarters, and emphasize small- craft detail, including large-scale insets of small-boat harbors, tide, current and weather data, whistle signals, marina facilities, anchorages, courses and distances. These folded charts are published in three types and identified by the letters “SC” following the chart numbers. (See pg. 89.) 3. Coast Charts are published at scales from 1:50,000 to 1:100,000. They are intended for close coastwise navigation inside outlying reefs and shoals, for use in entering bays and harbors of considerable size, and for navigating the larger inland waterways. 4. General Charts of the coasts are published at scales from 1:100,000 to 1:600,000. They are designed for coastwise navigation when a vessel’s course is well offshore but where her position can be fixed by landmarks, lights, buoys and characteristic soundings. 5. Sailing Charts are published at scales of 1:600,000 and smaller. They are used for offshore sailing between distant coastal ports and for plotting the navigator’s position out of sight of land and as he approaches the coast from the open ocean. They show offshore sound- ings and the most important lights, outer buoys, and natural landmarks which are visible at considerable distances. LORAN CHARTS Loran lines of position and skywave correction values are shown on over fifty selected charts. The various rates are reproduced in subdued colors on the printed chart. SPECIAL-PURPOSE CHARTS The Bureau publishes a number of charts for special purposes of the Navy. The designa- tion of these charts is “FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY”. As they are not to be sold to the public, no price will be shown thereon. NAUTICAL CHART TERMS 3 NAUTICAL CHART TERMS I Standard and Aid Proof For every chart published by this Bureau, the Nautical Chart Division maintains a Standard and an Aid Proof on which is noted all charting information received. A short descrip- tion of each follows. STANDARD A Standard is usually a copy of a New Edition or New Chart on which is indicated all new information, except aids and certain other data, to be applied to the chart before sub- sequent printings. AID PROOF An Aid Proof is a copy of the latest print on which are indicated all changes in aids to navigation and important corrections that must be applied to the printing plate before the next printing. The majority of these changes are applied by hand to the existing stock of charts before issue to the public. Information regarding changes to aids is derived principally from Notice to Mariners. MATTE PRINTS Matte Prints are photoprints of the compilations of New or Reconstructed Charts made from the first, unretouched negatives. Two prints are furnished the Nautical Chart Division, one for use as a temporary Standard, the other as a temporary Aid Proof. When a New or Reconstructed Chart is printed, all revisions indicated on the temporary Aid Proof are transferred to the new Aid Proof. A check is made to assure that all information on the temporary Standard is indicated on the chart History. The temporary Aid Proof and Standard are then destroyed. ADVANCE PRINTS At the time of making the above Matte Prints, stable-base film positive prints are made from the unretouched negatives of New Charts and Reconstructed Charts. These positives are forwarded to our District Officer, the Coast Guard, and the Corps of Engineers for advance inspection and return prior to printing the chart. 4 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL II Compilations All information shown on the charts, except revisions applied directly from air photo- graphs to Drawings by the Division of Photogrammetry, is compiled by the Nautical Chart Division and furnished the Reproduction Division in one of the following categories: NEW CHARTS Compilations of New Charts are drawn on sheets of transparent stable plastic. Black ink is used for black plate information; green ink is used for detail to be printed in magenta. Type should be placed directly on compilations of New or Reconstructed Charts that are to be engraved on glass, and on smooth-drafted compilations intended for direct reproduction. An optional method, requiring advance approval, is to place the type on a transparent overlay. RECONSTRUCTED CHARTS When the accumulation of new information is sufficiently extensive to affect most of an existing chart, the chart may be completely recompiled on a new projection. This Reconstructed Chart is processed in the same manner as a New Chart. When only the topography is to be reconstructed, a projection is drawn on a sheet of trans- parent stable plastic and the new topography is compiled on it in black ink. This is then combined with the present hydrography to make a composite compilation. Minor corrections to other color plates shall be made in green ink on the reconstruction compilation. DRAWINGS At the completion of the paper press run of all black and magenta nautical chart printings, an impression of each of these two colors is printed on separate sheets of matte finish transparent plastic. These prints are forwarded to the Nautical Chart Division where they are designated as Drawings and filed for use in revising subsequent chart printings. Revisions to the black Drawing are made in red ink. Revisions to the magenta Drawing are made in green ink. NAUTICAL CHART TERMS 5 III Proofs FILM POSITIVE PROOF After the Reproduction Division has completely revised the negatives, including the application of all revisions received subsequent to Drawing (or Compilation) date, the Nautical Chart Division is furnished a stable-base film positive proof. This transparent print is copy- checked against the original Drawing, all corrections indicated thereon, and returned to the Reproduction Division for correcting, plating, and printing. BLUE RING COPY It shall be the responsibility of the Nautical Chart Division to furnish the Distribution Division with Blue Ring Copies of nautical charts. All areas on these copies in which changes have been made subsequent to the last print shall be outlined in blue pencil. The Distribution Division will duplicate the Blue Ring Copy for the following Divisions of the Bureau and or- ganizations: 1. Administrative and Technical Services Division—one copy, Alaska only. 2. Aeronautical Chart Division—one copy, Alaska only. 3. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office—one copy of every chart. 4 . Canadian Hydrographic Office—one copy, east coast north of Boston, west coast north of Oregon—Washington state line, and Alaska. 5. British Admiralty—one copy of all New Charts and New Editions. IV Chart Printings The interval between printings of a chart is determined by the Exhaustion Report, fur- nished by the Distribution Division, or by the amount and type of revisions indicated on the Standard and Aid Proof. Printing dates are always the Monday following the Saturday date of the last-applied Notice to Mariners. Chart Printings fall under the following classifications: NEW CHART A New Chart is constructed to satisfy the needs of navigation in a particular area. It is laid out in conformity with a broad scheme to meet future needs in the adjacent areas and is designated by a number not assigned in recent years. The date on which a New Chart is first printed appears in the center of the upper margin of the chart as the first edition date, and remains there for the life of the chart, thus: ist Ed., Sept., 1960 It appears also in the lower left-hand corner, thus: Ist Ed., Sept. 5/60 6 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL NEW EDITION A New Edition is a printing of an existing chart which contains changes of such impor- tance to navigation that all previous printings are made obsolete. It includes all chart corrections published in the Notice to Mariners and all other corrections which were too extensive ‘to be applied to the chart by hand and which are not ordinarily published in the Notice to Mariners. The date of the New Edition replaces all dates in the lower left-hand margin, thus: 2nd Ed., May 13/63 A New Edition may also be a printing of an existing chart containing an unreasonably large number of non-critical hand corrections which in the past would have been a New Print that canceled all prior prints in the agents’ hands. Ordinarily this designation is made at the time of forwarding the Drawing to the Reproduction Division. However, if an additional number of corrections should subsequently be received which justifies changing a New Print drawing in Reproduction to a New Edition, this may be done up until the preliminary aid check is made. NEW PRINT When changes or corrections of a minor character are made to a printing, the issue becomes a New Print. A New Print includes all changes published in the Notice to Mariners since the preceding issue of the chart. The date of a New Print is added to the edition date at the lower left-hand corner of the chart. It replaces any print date already charted, thus: Ist Ed., Sept. 5/60; Revised 1/14/63 Occasionally, a chart sent to reproduction as a New Print must be recalled for application of newly acquired critical information that requires it to be reclassified as a New Edition. REPRINT When the supply of a chart approaches exhaustion and unimportant or no changes are indicated on the Standard or Aid Proof, a Reprint is ordered. The issue is an exact duplicate of the current issue with no changes in printing or publication dates. TIDE-OVER OR EMERGENCY RUN When an unusual or unforeseen demand for a chart necessitates a printing before exten- sive revisions in work can be applied to the printing plates, the current chart is reprinted as above and referred to as a Tide-Over. Should it be necessary to make any corrections at this time, the Tide-Over would be a New Print, or, if warranted, a New Edition. NAUTICAL CHART TERMS if PUBLICATION NOTE (See Fig. 3) When space permits, the following publication note shall be centered in the lower margin: Compiled and printed at Washington, D. C. by U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Luther H. Hodges, Secretary COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY H. Arnold Karo, Director If there is insufficient space for the above 5-line note, the following publication shall be used: Compiled and printed at Washington, D.C. by U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY V Correction Note and Date Charts, before being issued from this office, are corrected by hand for information received and for changes in aids to navigation, newly discovered dangers, important changes of channel depths, etc., published in boldface type in the Notice to Mariners. The number and date of the last Notice to Mariners used is stamped in the lower margin of the chart, thus: CORRECTED THROUGH NOTICE TO MARINERS NO. 2 JAN 12 ’63 U.S.C.&GS WASHINGTON, D.C. VI Sample Copy A Sample Copy is a copy of a chart furnished by the Distribution Division and forwarded to the Nautical Chart Division for indication of all corrections which must be made by hand to all copies of the chart before issue. Upon completion of the correction indications, the Sample Copy is returned to the Distribution Division where all hand corrections are made and the chart distributed. Small-craft Charts are not hand corrected and therefore do not require a Sample Copy. 692-834 O- 64 O- 2 8 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL RULES AND PRACTICES The rules and practices set forth herein are those which meet the present conditions and requirements of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Every effort has been made to bring them into agreement with those of other charting and mapping agencies of the U.S. Government and the International Hydrographic Bureau. Although it is desirable that the treatment and appearance of all charts be uniform, the various methods of compilation, drawing and reproduction make this extremely difficult to ac- complish. Changing requirements have a marked effect on the treatment of detail on a chart. There are certain rules which can be formulated to govern, to a large degree, the con- struction and revision of a Nautical Chart. The following rules and practices have been standardized as much as possible and when revisions are necessary special instructions will be issued. General Practices GEOGRAPHIC DATUMS Because of redeterminations of the dimensions of the spheroid at various times, and due to the adjustment of additional triangulation nets, several datums have been available for survey operations. Two spheroids of reference, Bessel’s and Clarke’s, have been used by this Bureau in its geodetic triangulation. However, various datums have been used on each. The old Bessel’s Datum was used from 1834 to 1844, and Bessel’s spheroid of 1841 was used until 1880 when Clarke’s spheroid of 1866 was adopted. The datums on Clarke’s spheroid have been: Clarke’s Datum 1880-1901 U.S. Standard Datum 1901-1915 North American Datum 1915-1927 North American Datum of 1927 The North American Datum and the U.S. Standard Datum are the same, the only differ- ence being the name. The term U.S. Standard was changed when the datums of Canada and Mexico were tied in to the U.S. network in 1915, making it, as the name implies, a North American Datum. RULES AND PRACTICES 9 In 1899 an adjustment of the first-order triangulation in the United States was begun, based on station Meades Ranch in Kansas. This station was selected because of its location near the center of the area of the United States and because it was on two major arcs of tri- angulation extending across the country at right angles to each other. Another advantage of adopting this origin was that no change was required in the network that had been extended to that point from the New England States and other coastal states southward to North Carolina. In 1927 anew unified adjustment was made, also based on AMEADES RANCH, read- justing positions in the east as well as the west. See the Hydrographic Manual for additional details (Publication 20-2, pages 235-236). The North American Datum of 1927 is the standard datum for nautical charts. With few exceptions, all charts of the continental United States and Alaska are on the North American Datum of 1927. Therefore, ‘“N.A. Datum of 1927” need not be shown on these charts. How- ever, the older surveys are not on this datum and care must be exercised to see that they are properly corrected before application to the charts. The Old Hawaiian Datum is the geographic datum authorized for the Hawaiian charts. In the Caribbean area, charts are on the Puerto Rico Datum. The polyconic projection is now used for all field sheets. The fact that the projection lines are not straight or parallel should not be overlooked when correcting the older surveys to N.A. Datum of 1927. Differences between the old and new (1927) geographic coordinates of the triangulation stations shown on the sheets should be used when making corrections. An up-to-date file of the geographic coordinates of triangulation stations used on survey sheets is maintained in the Nautical Data Branch. ISOGONIC LINES Isogonic lines shall be shown on those charts on which a variation of 1° will, in general, result in a distance between the lines of less than 12 inches. COMPASS ROSES (U) Compass roses are placed on the charts to facilitate plotting bearings and laying out courses. The magnetic variation is changing constantly due to the fluctuations of the earth’s magnetic fields. Because of this fluctuation, compass roses are brought up to date on the charts whenever it is necessary to make a new printing plate. The roses now being used on the charts of this Bureau were constructed on glass by the Bureau of Standards and are considered very accurate. They consist of an outer circle in degrees, with zero at true north, and an inner circle in points and degrees with the arrow indicating magnetic north. See Chart No. 1 for example. 10 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Compass roses should be located on the chart so as to be convenient to the most important navigational areas, and at such intervals that any part of the water area is within the reach In some cases it will be necessary to remove topographic features when compasses are placed on land areas. In no case should compasses be so placed as to cover or even be close to any danger in the water area. They should not be placed at the entrance to a harbor. When placed in the water area, every effort must be made to see that soundings do not fall on the graduations or figures. A new selection of soundings must be made if necessary. of a parallel ruler. Compass rosés shall be printed in magenta. On loran charts on which one rate is in magenta, the compasses shall be printed in black. In general, on charts showing isogonic lines, the compass rose shall consist of a compass circle with zero at true north, and a centerline oriented in accordance with the direction and Along this line should be shown the amount of variation, the year amount of variation. Variations shall be given im units of determined (in parentheses) and the annual change. 15’ only. 0 Be) Aaah moti 30 \ \) “ff we ty SS “4, a S “yg SS ~ D eas Za = 3/% = = wy z = 3/2 = = w/o = pun ORA= b+2 =I) = [7 =o Mee / 0 = Ze ¥/ = Ss 2 Ss S = e/2 S Zz s/= = z x s ae SO oO % > 42, SS ¥ “y « Cy © Vi, \ aw to in rye Ray) Compass Rose for Charts with Isogonic Lines LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE Local magnetic disturbance, which causes noticeable deflections of the compass, is a fairly common occurrence in shallow water and in proximity to mountain masses. disturbances need not be considered in depths greater than 500 fathoms. calling attention to local magnetic disturbance should be placed on the charts. should be based on information furnished by the Division of Geomagnetism. (Fig. 13) It is believed that Notes in magenta These notes RULES AND PRACTICES iil In general, disturbance notes (printed in magenta) shall be used where deviations of 2° or more from the normal value of magnetic declination exist (except that in Alaska a lower limit of 3° shall be used). Examples LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE Differences from normal variation of as much as 5° have been observed in Gastineau Channel in the vicinity of Lat. 58°15’. LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE Differencés of 12° or more from normal variation may be expected in X Channel in the vicinity of Z Point. When limited by space, the full note should be placed elsewhere on the chart and the following reference note shown (in magenta) in the area of disturbance: LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE (See Note) STATE PLANE COORDINATES In areas where the Corps of Engineers and other agencies use State Plane Coordinate systems as survey control, the coordinates shall be shown by dashed ticks in the borders of New Charts and of charts being corrected. These ticks, at selected intervals, shall consist of three dashes, with a total length of 4.0 mm. and a line weight of .005 inches. Where a chart is of sufficient east and west extent to indicate grid curvature, intermediate ticks shall be used; intermediate ticks should preferably be selected to fall on land, but where needed to control major channels (or on special request by local users) such ticks may be charted in water areas. In the latter case the chart notes shall include this symbol and its explanation. The border ticks shall be labelled to indicate clearly the interval used. The last three digits of the grid value shall be omitted. The remaining significant digits shall be placed parallel to the grid tick rather than to the neatline (See Fig. 4). By connecting the ticks with straight lines they can be used for control of Corps of Engineers’ surveys. When a State Plane Coordinate Grid is indicated, the following note format shall be placed on the chart: PLANE COORDINATE GRID Oregon State grid, north zone, is indicated by dashed ticks at 5,000-foot intervals. Charts now showing dotted ticks for Plane Coordinates are to be changed to dashed ticks and new labelling only when the chart is reconstructed. 12 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL SCALES (Figs. 6, 7, 8) A chart constructed at a scale of 1:80,000 or larger should have on it two sets of graphic scales. Each set consists of a scale of nautical miles and a scale of yards. One of the sets should be at the top of the chart and the other at the bottom, and on opposite sides if possible. On Intracoastal Waterway Charts a graphic scale of statute miles is added between these for nautical miles and yards. A complete border scale should be placed on all conventional charts at the scale of 1:50,000 and smaller. The type of projection, scale of chart, and the latitude at which the scale was computed, shall be given in the title of all charts. The scale at the middle latitude of the series shall be given when the projection was computed on a latitude falling off the chart. BORDERS The border of a chart is either a neatline or a border scale defining the limits of the area charted. Outside the neatlines, and separated by a space in which the projection numbers are placed, are two parallel lines, one fine and one heavy, drawn close together. See Figure 4 in the Appendix. On an average chart, the degree numbers shall appear at least twice for latitude and twice for longitude. The border subdivisions on charts whose scale is larger than 1:50,000 shall be shown at the border by lines 2 mm. long outside the neatlines. Additional subdivisions of latitude and longitude are to be added in accordance with Figure 4 in the Appendix. When the projection is skewed (Fig. 4A), one minute of latitude and of longitude shall be subdivided into seconds in at least one place within each chart panel, preferably on land area clear of pertinent detail. The numerals and ticks may be placed on either side of the projection lines. Subdivision intervals shall be in accordance with those shown in Figure 4. DIMENSIONS OF THE EARTH (CLARKE’S SPHEROID OF 1866) AND UNITS OF LENGTH The following values are used by the Coast and Geodetic Survey in its computations. They were taken from Special Publication No. 138. (See also Figures 29-34, 37) Equatorial radius_______________ 6 378 206.4 meters Rol arys emia xis yee 6 356 583.8 meters liekalonie tere a we gs es Eee ee 0.621 370 statute mile 0.539 593 nautical mile ITN Tera = 2 eae pk gS IEC 0.000 621 370 statute mile 0.000 539 593 nautical mile 39.37 inches 3.280 833 3 feet listatute miles: c05 45 oe oe 1 609.35 meters 1.609 35 kilometers 0.868 393 nautical mile 5 280 feet LSE OO Ute aaliats SE eee 0.304 800 61 meter NAUTICAL MILE (INTERNATIONAL) (Figs. 33, 34) To conform to international usage in computing distances and speeds, the value of 1 852.0 meters or 6 076.115 49 feet (approximately) shall be used for a nautical mile. RULES AND PRACTICES 13 PANTOGRAPH The formula for the pantograph setting to be used in making a reduction is as follows: bx 960 s= a a=distance between any two points as scaled from the sheet to be reduced. b=distance between same two points as scaled on the drawing. s=setting for each of the pantograph arms. 960=factor of pantograph. Limit of reduction by the pantograph is about 1/20. If the setting is less than 45.0, which is too small to be set on the pantograph arms, two reductions must be made. If the first reduction is ¥% or 1 to 4, the first setting will be s,=960+4=240 the final setting will be s,=s <4. II Specifications and Source Material - CHART SPECIFICATIONS When a new chart or the reconstruction of an existing chart is assigned, Form C&GS-— 8324, “Chart Specifications” containing the general specifications for the chart will be furnished. It includes the title, limits, size, scale, kind of projection, plane of reference and other detail. The specifications must be followed carefully unless an amendment is authorized by the Chief of Division. EVALUATION OF CHARTING MATERIAL Charting material consists principally of topographic and hydrographic surveys made by this Bureau supplemented by miscellaneous surveys made by other organizations. All material must be examined critically, and particular attention must be directed to the actual date of survey, geographic datum, depth unit, plane of reference, purpose and character of the survey, and whether original or compiled. The latest information does not necessarily supersede all earlier data. In unchanging areas, all well-controlled hydrographic surveys of other organi- zations should be combined with the basic surveys of this Bureau. In localities under constant and extensive change, only the latest information should be used. Shoal soundings over obstructions or rocks must not be rejected without convincing proof that the dangers have been removed. In regions where some areas are undergoing change while other areas remain unchanged, partial rejection of the various surveys may be necessary. The proper acceptance, rejection, and coordination of available information constitute the supreme test of the cartographer’s skill. 14 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL ORIGINAL SOURCES The original source material is to be used in the compilation of New Charts and in cor- recting existing charts. Large-scale charts that have been corrected from original source material become source material for small-scale charts. In such case, the original source material is referred to only where necessary to check information questioned. All available sources of information should be used in the construction of a chart, including the following: 1. Original C. & G.S. topographic and hydrographic survey. 2. Descriptive reports accompanying such survey. 3. All chart letters regarding area of chart. 4. Corps of Engineers Surveys. 5. Corps of Engineers Annual Reports. 6. U.S. Geological Survey quadrangles. 7. General maps from map files. 8. Chart of the area made by other nations. 9. Coast Pilots. 10. Light and buoy list (U.S. Coast Guard). 11. Notice to Mariners when conflicts arise between surveys and existing charts. 12. Air photos which supersede surveys. 13. Triangulation records. 14. Descriptions of triangulation stations. 15. Port Series publications. 16. Aid Proofs. 17. Standards. 18. Corps of Engineers Project Maps (in book form). 19. Corps of Engineers District Intracoastal Waterway Maps. 20. Corps of Engineers Mississippi River Commission Maps. 21. List of Bridges over navigable waters. Cartographers should not hesitate to initiate a letter of inquiry whenever information is lacking, or when existing information requires checking. RULES AND PRACTICES 15 III General Instructions BASIC REQUIREMENTS Accuracy of position, legibility, and uniform consistency in selection and placing of names, notes, and other details on the charts, are the chief requirements in nautical chart compilation. New or revised charts are not ordinarily smooth drafted in the Nautical Chart Division. Special charts, for which there is an urgent need, are smooth drafted for direct reproduction. They are referred to as PROVISIONAL CHARTS and are so labeled in the title. These charts will be engraved in the Reproduction Division when time permits. A chart constructed from unverified information will be labeled PRELIMINARY CHART. Compilations and Drawings of charts which are not smooth drafted must be kept reason- ably clean. Lines and figures must be sufficiently bold to photograph well. The selection and placing of names is the responsibility of the cartographer. For this reason, all compilations, before being forwarded to the Reproduction Division, should include all type necessary to the final chart. Compilations of new or reconstructed charts must be drawn in black ink, except that the geographic names and the position intersections and descriptions of aids and landmarks should be shown in blue as a guide for the application of the printed type. When a type overlay sheet ‘is used, the Reproduction Division paints out unimportant detail on the black base negative to clear for type. When starting a new chart, or making extensive revisions to an existing chart, it has been found advisable to plot first all landmarks and fixed aids to navigation. Then a ready check of their plotting can be made by comparison, if the positions of such aids are indicated on pantograph reductions, film positives, or any other reductions of the survey sheets necessarily made for use in the construction of the chart. CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS Corrections must be applied to all charts affected in the order of their scales. The cor- rections should be made first to the Drawing for the largest scale chart. It is the responsi- bility of the cartographer to follow this procedure unless otherwise ordered by the Chief of Branch. When making erasures on Drawings, care must be exercised to see that no more of the printed chart is removed than is to be replaced by new work. Erroneous erasures must be redrawn in black ink. Failure to observe this will cause unnecessary recutting on the negatives. 16 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Corrections to existing charts shall be made on Drawings as follows: 1. Additions and revisions for the black printing plate shall be indicated in red ink. 2. Deletions in areas not otherwise changed shall be crossed out in blue ink. Dele- tions in close proximity to a correction should be scraped out. 3. Revisions to a color plate shall be indicated in green ink. Where a magenta print on acetate accompanies a Drawing, all corrections to the magenta printing plate shall be indicated in green ink on the magenta print. 4. For accentuation to the engravers, the verifier should encircle all corrections specified in items 1-3, using a vermilion red pencil. The verifier should also draw red leading lines from the corrections to the margin of the Drawing or magenta print. 5. The compiler shall revise all navigational aids as indicated on the Aid Proof. 6. The low water line shall be shown by a dotted curve. Where necessary to clarify for reproduction, the compiler shall label low water areas ‘“‘G’’ (for green) and land areas “B” (for buff). 7. All closed depth curves are to be indicated, at least partially, in the proper symbol to indicate clearly to the engraver which symbol is to be charted. A solid line connection between two portions of a chartered curve may be used if it is self-evident which symbol is represented. Other depth curves shall be drawn in fine, solid lines. 8. Corrections to the border format shall be made by the Aids to Navigation Section. 9. Corrections to topography made in the Division of Photogrammetry shall be examined by the compiler and revised as necessary to conform with other changes. 10. A printed copy of the chart must be consulted to avoid making corrections that would conflict with color information. When noted on the Standards, special care must be taken to avoid color conflicts on several charts which are used as bases for overprinting special Oceanographic Office anchorage charts. 11. A comparison and agreement must also be made with all overlapping charts of the same and larger scales. SUPPLEMENTAL CORRECTIONS Corrections to Drawings or Compilations on which reproduction work has been started are to be encircled boldly in green pencil. A leading line is to be drawn in green therefrom to the following marginal note in green: “New work by __-_------------ Date) {22222 ue DISPOSITION NOTATIONS Explanatory notations as to the disposition made of the material available-for the correction of a chart must be lettered by the cartographer on Blueprints, Letters, etc. For example, “Not used; see Letter 377 (1962)”. When a Blueprint, Letter, or other similar authority is applied to a chart, the compiler must write on the authority the words ‘Applied to Chart No. ---_” with the date and his initials. RULES AND PRACTICES 17 BLUEPRINT CLARIFICATION FOR MICROFILM When applying a rock, wreck, obstruction or the least depth on a shoal from Blueprints to Aid Proofs or chart Drawings, a detailed enlargement of the feature being charted shall be indicated in the margin or other clear area on the Blueprint. A leading line shall be drawn from the enlargement to the feature. This is necessary so that the feature’s position and value can be clearly read from a microfilm copy of the Blueprint. LOGARITHMIC SPEED SCALE The logarithmic speed scale (fig. 37) is to be shown on all charts of 1:40,000 and larger scales. ANCHORAGE CHART FILE Compilers should consult U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office anchorage charts on file in Standards Section and use chart copy as a guide to avoid interference between anchorage overprint data, charted details and corrections added to the base chart Drawing. OVERLAPPING CHARTS Minor aids and other details on small-scale charts should be omitted when such information is completely shown on larger scales. This procedure makes it necessary for the mariner to use the more adequate large-scale chart. A note calling attention to the fact that such information has been omitted should be prominently shown. Removal of this information from existing charts may be made only with prior approval of the Branch Chief. Overlapping portions of charts of the same scale should be identical as far as is possible. Hydrographic detail is not ordinarily shown in a body of water outside the area for which the chart is to be used or when the entrance is omitted from the chart. It is, however, shown in areas not covered by other charts of the same or larger scale. In all cases, the high water line must be shown. REFERENCES TO INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY CHARTS A reference note regarding the Intracoastal Waterway charts should be charted in black on the 1:80,000 scale Atlantic and Gulf Coast charts through which the Intracoastal Waterway passes. For example, the note on chart 1246 reads as follows: INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY Use chart 845-SC. The depths and channel markers are not shown hereon. 18 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY CHARTS The note printed in magenta on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway charts gives the project depths and refers to the Notice to Mariners for the controlling depths. For example, the note on chart 843 reads as follows: INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY The Intracoastal Waterway is indicated by a magenta line. Distances are shown in International Nautical Miles. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY Project Depths 12 feet Norfolk, Va. to Fort Pierce, Fla. 8 feet Fort Pierce, Fla. to Miami, Fla. 7 feet Miami, Fla. to Cross Bank, Florida Bay. The controlling depths are published weekly in the Notice to Mariners. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY AIDS Intracoastal Waterway aids are character- ized by a yellow band or border. Proceeding from Norfolk, Va. to Key West, Fla.: 1. Aids with red reflectors are on the star- board side; green reflectors are on the port side. 2. Where the Intracoastal Waterway co- incides with another waterway, the dual- purpose aids have distinctive yellow triangles on the starboard side and yellow squares on the port side. The article for insertion in the Notice to Mariners is prepared from the Corps of Engi- neers’ monthly report on the condition of the Waterway. This article must include detailed information regarding the available depths, such as: “A channel 60 feet wide, 9 feet deep, is available along the west side of the 5.0 foot shoal 4% mile south of Beacon 128 (chart No. 834).” The route lines shall be charted in magenta. When considered necessary, distances in nautical miles, and true course in degrees and minutes (15 minute intervals) may be shown adjacent to the route line, thus: 12M 008°15’ TRUE. NOTICE TO MARINERS Information regarding important rocks, shoals, or landmarks which have been added to, or removed from the charts, should be furnished the Aids Section for publication in the Notice to Mariners. ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF ISSUE OF CHARTS At the time a New Chart, Reconstructed Chart or a New Edition of a chart is forwarded to Reproduction, advance notification shall be published in the Notice to Mariners, calling attention to the approximate date the issue will be available. RULES AND PRACTICES 19 COAST PILOT The Coast Pilots of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are a series of nautical books that cover a wide variety of information important to navigators of United States coastal waters and intracoastal waters. Most of this book information cannot be shown graphically on the standard nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere. Coast Pilot subjects include navigation regulations, outstanding landmarks, channel and anchorage peculiarities, dangers, weather, routes, pilotage, and port facilities. Coast Pilots are prepared from field inspection notes by special Coast Pilot ship or shore parties. The principal purpose of an inspection is to verify and revise statements in the Pilot and charted details. Cumulative Supplements, containing changes reported since dates of editions are published each year. In addition to serving the navigator, Coast Pilots can be used to an advantage by the nautical chart cartographer. Cartographers should not overlook the abundance of information contained therein that can assist in evaluating the importance of individual features that can be shown on nautical charts. An examination of the Coast Pilot together with the Light List will aid considerably in selecting names and other features of importance to the navigator. AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS The Photogrammetry Division shall make topographic corrections from aerial photo- graphs on Drawings in accordance with the priorities established by the Exhaustion Report. The Chief of the Conventional Chart Branch, Nautical Chart Division, shall be responsible for the assignment of such charts. COMPILATION REVIEW Every chart must be thoroughly reviewed. Review must include every sounding, ele- vation, name, and hydrographic and topographic feature. Special care must be taken to see that every danger, danger curve, and channel is distinctly and correctly represented. Slight and unimportant inaccuracies ordinarily need not be changed. For instance, sound- ings, the locations of which are in error by less than half the width of figures, need not be moved. No two cartographers will make the same selection of soundings in an area; therefore the selection of soundings should not be changed unless there is an opportunity for a distinct improvement. The review of new or reconstructed charts shall be made on cellulose acetate overlays. If changes are necessary, the compilation must be returned to the original compiler for correction ; otherwise, the same type of mistake might be repeated. 20 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CATALOG OF CHART NUMBERS A loose-leaf ledger is kept of all numbers, and letters used in place of numbers, which have been used as designations for charts and miscellaneous maps of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. It contains the title, scale and publication date of each chart, the dates on which superseded charts have been canceled, dates on which the limits of charts have been changed, and other pertinent information. This record is to be used when selecting numbers for new nautical and aeronautical charts and miscellaneous maps. The numbers of charts which have been canceled for twenty years or more may be used again if necessary. Cartographers should familiarize themselves with this record as it contains much useful information. IV Special Areas RESTRICTED (P-9a), DANGER (P-9, magenta), AND PROHIBITED AREAS (Figs. 1, 12, 13) (P-25, G-12, G-46) The outlines of restricted, danger, and prohibited areas shall be shown in magenta and the areas labeled RESTRICTED AREA, PROHIBITED ARKEA, etc., in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations classification. Each classification shall include the Code section number, e.g., 204.15 and a reference to standard NOTE A (Fig. 18), e.g. “(see Note A).” Regulations governing an area may be added in the form of a note, when advisable. A magenta screening (Fig. 1) shall be used, when necessary, to clarify overlapping areas. ANCHORAGE AREAS (Figs. 1, 13, 14) (P-12) The regulations for and descriptions of anchorage areas are published in the Code of Federal Regulations. Areas shall be shown by a solid magenta line on all charts which are expected to be used for anchorage purposes. Generally, they are labeled in the same manner as RESTRICTED AREAS, etc. Anchorage regulations may be added in the form of a note on large-scale harbor charts, when advisable (Fig. 14). SEAPLANE AREAS and ANCHORAGES (Fig. 13) (P-9) The limits of seaplane areas and anchorages are shown by dashed magenta lines and labeled in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations classification including, assigned section number, e.g., 207.50 and a reference to standard NOTE A (Fig. 12), e.g. (see Note A). Seaplane lanes are shown by dashed magenta lines and labeled SEAPLANE LANE A, etc., including section number and reference as above. RULES AND PRACTICES 21 CABLE AREAS AND PIPELINE AREAS (Fig. 1) (P-7, —7a, -8, -8a) In general, only those cable or pipeline areas which have been approved for charting by the Secretary of the Army shall be charted. These areas shall be shown on all charts which are expected to be used for anchorage purposes. The limiting lines shall be charted in magenta and spaced 1,000 feet apart except on small-scale charts where a spacing of that width would not be of sufficient prominence. Areas shall be shown by symbol P-7a and labeled CABLE AREA or PIPELINE AREA in magenta (black when the chart does not have a magenta printing plate) in a position which will not obscure important hydrographic information. Oil, gasoline, and natural gas pipelines not presently charted, shall not be charted unless requested by the Corps of Engineers. Charting of transoceanic cable routes was approved in 1961 (CL. 742/61) as a possible means of preventing service disruption and cable damage by commercial fishing operations. Charting approval by the Secretary of the Army is not required. Symbol P-7 is used for such cable routes. SPOIL AREAS (Fig. 1) (G-13) Spoil areas are so designated on dredging sheets generally originating from Corps of - Engineers after-dredging surveys. They may, however, originate on private or other Govern- ment agency surveys. These areas are for the purpose of depositing dredged material. The limits should be charted by a short-dashed line, (Fig. 1). All soundings and depth curves are to be omitted, the area labeled ‘Spoil Area’’ and tinted in the darkest blue shown on the chart. *When advised that a spoil area has been discontinued, it shall be so labeled and retained on the chart until a survey showing results after final spoil deposit is available for charting. *Comment: If Disposal Area designation is used, the above note may not be necessary. DISPOSAL AREAS (Fig. 1) (G—Gce) Disposal Areas are established or approved by the Corps of Engineers for depositing dredged material where existing depths indicate that the intent is not to cause sufficient shoal- ing to create a danger to surface navigation. Soundings and curves should be retained. Blue tint should not be added. The following note should be placed within the area, in black: Disposal Area Depths from survey of ___--_------ 22 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL DUMPING GROUNDS (Fig. 1) (G—Gb; P-11) Dumping grounds are areas designated by the Corps of Engineers for dumping, by per- mit, various types of materials. Generally, such areas are well offshore or in deep water. If existing depths indicate that future dumping is not intended to cause shoaling sufficient to create a danger to surface navigation, soundings and depth curves may be charted within the area. The area is labeled ‘‘Dumping Ground” and tinted blue, if justified by the hydrography. The following note shall be used when dumping regulations have been prescribed by the Corps of Engineers: DUMPING GROUND Regulations and permission for dumping in area (or areas) indicated, may be obtained at the office of the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, city , state When advised that dumping has been discontinued in an area, it shall be so noted and retained on the chart until a survey showing results after final dumping is available for charting. FISH TRAP AREAS (Fig. 1) (P-10) The Corps of Engineers, with the cooperation of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, has defined by geographic coordinates the limits of areas in which fishing structures may be placed in Chesapeake Bay and tributary waters. These coordinates are published in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 33, Section 206. The limits of other areas, although included in above publication, generally are not accu- rately defined and may require supplemental information from the Corps of Engineers for charting. The limits of fish trap areas (Fig. 1) shall be shown on charts of 1:80,000 scale and larger. The following note is used on all charts: FISH TRAP AREAS Boundary lines of fish trap areas are shown thus; — — (magenta line) Caution: Submerged piling may exist in these areas. Due to the large scale, certain affected charts do not contain the entire area, so it will be necessary to define the limits as follows: SOU Tine | MITBO.BR Gils IMIR ARES RE AMEE magentalline) RULES AND PRACTICES 23 FISH STAKES Fish stakes should not be shown inside the limits of fish trap areas. Where no fish trap regulations have been established, fish stakes may be shown if known to be of a permanent nature or if they are a definite hazard to navigation. RULES OF THE ROAD (Fig. 1) The line of demarcation between the areas where the Inland Rules of the Road apply and the areas where the International Rules of the Road apply shall be shown on charts of 1:80,000 scale and larger, (Fig. 1). The note “USE INLAND RULES OF THE ROAD” shall be placed on the inshore side of the line. Regulations governing the Rules of the Road are specified in U.S. Coast Guard publication CG-169 ‘PILOT RULES,” which is on file in the Standards Section. A note, stating the limits within which the Inland Rules of the Road apply, shall be used wherever it is found impracticable to use the line. BREAKERS (A-12, 0-25) The word “Breakers” is used instead of the breaker symbol except in small, uncongested areas. Extensive breakers are shown by a dashed line with the word ‘Breakers’ along the inshore side. V Courses and Ranges COURSES (Fig. 1) Courses shown on the conventional charts, including the conventional Intracoastal Water- way charts, shall be true and given in degrees and quarters. Courses shall be magnetic on all Small-craft charts and the folded Intracoastal Waterway charts. Speed trial courses shall be given in degrees and minutes. TRIAL COURSE When the measured distance on a trial course is within 10 feet of the standard value for a nautical mile (1852m. or 6076.1 ft.), it shall be charted as follows: oO (o) MARKERS | | MARKERS i | | | | 1 \ COURSE 330°00' TRUE , When the measured distance on the course differs from the standard value by more than 10 feet, the actual measured distance must be stated; for example: ! 00/°30' TRUE | 692-834 O- 64-3 24 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL RANGE LINES (Fig. 1) (P-1) Ranges shall be shown by a solid line from seaward to the point where the vessel should leave the range. From that point the range shall be continued with a short-dashed line through the navigational aids. The visibility of range lights is not charted. RANGE NAMES The names of ranges given in the Light List should be added to all large-scale charts when convenient. VI Landmarks and Stations LANDMARKS (Fig. 18) (D, I, J) Only those objects which have been recommended as landmarks shall be charted. If determined by triangulation, the positions of landmarks must be carefully plotted by their geographic coordinates, directly from the lithographed sheets if available. See special file of triangulation diagrams which are overprintings on a selected set of nautical charts covering the entire charted coastal areas. Diagrams are also available for all the states. If determined by stereo bridging, the positions of landmarks shall be plotted by using their geographic coordinates, directly from Form C&GS-567, ‘‘Nonfloating Aids or Landmarks for Charts.” When determined by some other method, (sextant fix, Kelsh Instrument, planetable, photo plot), the landmark position shall be carefully transferred to the Drawing from the survey or topographic sheet. Since landmark reports are generally received in advance of final survey data, the initial application of new landmark information in maintenance revision will usually be directly from the Form 567. Such action should be clearly stated by the compiler on the form. The Photogrammetry Division should be requested to locate accurately any landmark, the position of which is questionable. All deletions and additions of important landmarks should be published in the Notice to Mariners. Objects reported by the Aeronautical Chart Division and other sources are not to be considered of sufficient accuracy for nautical charting, unless clearly stated otherwise. A file of these objects and recommended landmarks not accurately located will be maintained in the Standards Section. Accurate positions will be requested when a field party is being sched- uled for the area. Positions of navigationally important objects should be requested immediately. Hmer- gency orders will be prepared when justified. An opening on a bridge symbol should not be obscured by the landmark symbol. Names of landmarks should not be abbreviated unless they fall in a very congested area, but if abbreviated, they must conform to Chart No. 1, ‘“Nautical Chart Symbols and Abbre- viations,”’ which has an alphabetical list of abbreviations, terms and references. RULES AND PRACTICES 25 Descriptive terms in general are not charted. Colors describing painted objects are par- ticularly undesirable because of their temporary nature. The name of the material of which an object is built should not be charted, since the mariner cannot identify an object by its material even at a short distance. The company’s name on a tank, stack, etc., is omitted from the chart unless this name, or the abbreviation of it, is visible on the landmark in letters large enough to serve as an identi- fying feature to the mariner. Names of well-known buildings may sometimes be shown in parentheses following the name of the landmark, as, DOME (STATE HOUSE). The large circle (2.5 mm) with dot in center (I-35, I-In) shall be used for recommended landmarks that have been accurately located. The landmark style lettering, all capitals, shall be used for both description and the name of the landmark, such as, STACK (TALLEST OF THREE), HOUSE (WEST GABLE). A small circle (1.0 mm) without dot (I-35, I-Io) shall be used for landmarks not accurately located. Label the circle with capital and lower case lettering, such as, Mon, Cup, Dome. The abbreviation ‘‘PA”’ should be added when necessary as a safety feature. When two similar objects are adjacent, and shown by two separate landmark symbols, the word TWIN is omitted, but when they are indicated by one landmark symbol, the word TWIN is used. When only one object of a group is to be charted, its name is followed by a descriptive legend in parentheses, including the number of objects in the group, for example (TALLEST OF FOUR) or (NORTHEAST OF THREE). LANDMARK CLASSIFICATIONS The following classifications are defined for the purpose of standardization (letters and figures refer to those on Chart No. 1, Symbols and Abbreviations): MONUMENT MON. (I-35) Do not use obelisk, or other terms. FLAGPOLE FP. (J-19) A single staff flagpole rising from the ground and not attached to a building. 26 FLAGSTAFF FS. (J-19) felnio| FLAG TOWER F. TR. (J-Je) NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Because of its non-permanence, a flagpole rising from a building is not desirable as a landmark. Although it is desirable in lo- cating a building to observe upon the most definite part (such as the flagstaff), it is not necessarily the most important part for charting purposes. Any scaffold-like tower on which flags are hoisted, such as a Coast Guard skeleton steel flagpole. Do not use signal tower. LOOKOUT TOWER LOOK. TR. (J-4) TOWER TR. (I-41) Any tower surmounted by a small house in which a watch is habitually kept, such as a Coast Guard Lookout Tower or a Fire Lookout Tower. The term must not be substituted for OBSERVATION TOWER, or part of a building in which no watch is kept. That part of a structure higher than the rest, but having verti- cal sides for the greater part of its height. Any structure, whether or not its sides are vertical, with base on the ground and high in proportion to its base. A tall pole or structure for elevating antennas. For more than one tower use RADIO TOWERS. Chart FM stations thus: © RADIO Tower 415 FT Do not chart call letters. Omit height above Mean High Water if relatively low. Chart AM stations thus: ©O Kas) oO KC If it is a commercial broadcasting station the call letter and frequency should be added. As AM radio towers are usually lower than FM or TY, the elevation may usually be omitted. TELEVISION TOWER TV TR. (M-Mb) ©vw tower ais Ft A tall, slender structure for elevating antennas. Do not chart call letters. Height above Mean High Water-should be charted if exceptionally high. Obstruction lights on radio or television towers are omitted unless especially requested and their characteristics are known. WATER TOWER (I-45) RULES AND PRACTICES 27 (Infrequent) A decorative structure enclosing a tower or standpipe. Its ap- pearance may prevent its being recognized as a water tower or standpipe. A tall cylindrical structure, in a waterworks system, the height of which is several times greater than the diameter. A water tank elevated high above the ground by a tall skeleton framework. The word Elevated may be omitted since a tank would not be a landmark unless elevated. GAS TANK or OIL TANK (I-46,-71) DOME CUPOLA CUP. (I-36) o)ono SPIRE (I-8b) Since a gas or oil tank differs in shape and size from a water tank, the compound name is used. Gas or oil tanks, in general, are not charted unless recommended as landmarks, or requested by the Army or Navy. A large, hemispherical cupola, or a roof that is actually rounded or many sided. A turrett or small dome-shaped tower which rises from a butild- ing and is small compared to the building. A slender pointed structure surmounting a building. It is rarely broken by stages or other features. Do not use steeple. The term SPIRE is not applicable to a short pyramid-shaped struc- ture rismg from a tower or belfry. 28 HOUSE or BUILDING HO. akan) CHIMNEY CHY. (I-44) {ooo yo) STACK (I-44) ooo [oo of noe WINDMILL (I-42) Tia LORAN STATIONS (L-63,-Lg) JN NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL BLDG. (I-38a,-5) When the building itself is the landmark, it is not desirable to chart a specific point, such as west gable. Chart HOUSE or BUILDING, followed by the description of the point located, if recommended by the field party. A relatively small, upright structure projecting above a building for the conveyance of smoke. This term is to be applied to any tall smokestack or chimney, regardless of color, shape or material, when the stack is more prominent as a landmark than any building in connection with it. Do not use chimney. A self-explanatory term. Do not use lone trees or conspicuous trees, since the adjective is assumed. Otherwise the trees would not serve as a landmark. Loran stations with antennas 90 feet or less in height shall be charted with the position approximate symbol (L—Lg) and desig- nated ‘Loran Station’. They shall be shown only on those charts that include loran lines of position. Loran stations with antennas higher than 90 feet shall be charted with the landmark symbol (L-63) and designated “LORAN TOWER”. They shall be shown on all charts of the area, unless determined to be infeasible. RULES AND PRACTICES 29 TELEMETRY ANTENNA (M-Ma) The telemetry antenna of a missile satellite tracking station shall be charted with the landmark symbol and designated ‘““TELEM ANT.” COAST GUARD STATIONS (J-3,-3a) The names and numbers of Coast Guard Stations shall be added to charts of 1:80,000 scale and larger. When the Coast Guard Station is not a prominent landmark, the symbol is used and placed normal to the shore. On charts at scales smaller than 1:80,000, the symbol and abbreviation C.G. shall be used. : BROADCASTING STATIONS (See R. TR., pg. 26) The Flight Hazard Section, Aeronautical Chart Division, maintains and supplies data from an up-to-date list of call letters, geographical location, frequency, power, and other infor- _mation pertinent to commercial broadcasting stations. The ‘List of Broadcasting Stations”, published by the Bureau of the International Telecommunication Union, Berne, Switzerland, becomes obsolete between printings. Requests for up-to-date commercial broadcasting station information shall be made through the Chief, Nautical Data Branch. It is the policy of the Bureau to chart broadcasting stations in accordance with the follow- ing procedure: 1. Stations specifically recommended for charting will be charted regardless of other radio aids in the locality. Chart elevation above Mean High Water if exceptionally high. 2. Stations shall be charted in areas not adequately covered by other radio aids if accurate positions are available. 3. Whenever the towers of commercial AM broadcasting stations are charted as land- marks add their call letters and frequency. Omit call letters at TV and FM towers. © R. TR. Towers shall be shown thus: Hoan Ow 4. Obstruction lights on all towers shall be omitted unless specifically requested. 5. On charts of exclusively inland river areas, broadcasting stations shall not be charted unless the tower is recommended as a visual landmark. 30 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL AERONAUTICAL RADIOBEACONS, RADIO RANGE STATIONS (Fig. 23) (M—Mb,-Mc) These facilities usually are shown on small-scale charts only when specifically requested and after approval by the Chief, Nautical Chart Division. Where considered to be of parti- cular value in surface navigation, they have been shown on a few large-scale charts. Surface navigators should use aeronautical radio range stations only as radiobeacons. Bearings of radio range courses are not given because: courses cover a fan-shaped area that increases rapidly in width when going away from the radio station; courses over water cannot be flight- checked, so exact locations cannot be given; courses may stray with changes in atmospheric conditions; courses are realigned frequently and seldom can be hand corrected. For aeronautical radiobeacons and radio range stations, the standard marine radiobeacon symbol (M-3) a magenta ring of 7.1mm. diameter centered over a black dot of 0.76mm. diameter or over the standard landmark symbol, will be used, together with the letters AERO R.BN., or AERO R.Rge. and the identifying frequency and signal, thus: AERO R.BN. 302 =:5, or AERO R. Rge. 342 =i. It is not necessary to add operating minutes because they are all continuous. The attention of the Aids Section shall be called to any aeronautical radiobeacon added to the charts so that appropriate information can be published in the Notice to Mariners and subsequent issue of N.O.O. Publication 117. The fact that all aeronautical radiobeacons near the coasts will not be shown does not preclude their use by shipmasters. N.O.O. Publication 117 contains a list of most of those beacons which are near the coast, with positions and pertinent data sufficiently accurate for use on small-scale charts. When the best available position is of doubtful accuracy, an accurate position should be requested through the Chief, Nautical Chart Division. In evaluating graphic positions the following standards are to be followed: a. Positions originating with C&GS topographic or hydrographic surveys or Obstruction Charts are acceptable for charting at scales equal to or smaller than the source. b. Positions on modern 1:24,000-scale G.S. Quads are acceptable for charting at 1:40,000 scale and smaller. When an aid has been approved for charting, and an accurate position requested, the aid shall carry the notation PA pending receipt of such position. TRIANGULATION STATIONS (D-1) Triangulation stations, rather than landmarks, should be shown on the charts when needed to control surveys of the Corps of Engineers or when they may be of value to the U.S. Navy in its operations. Only recoverable stations are charted; they are represented by small tri- angular symbols. When determined by the Corps of Engineers, the abbreviation C. of E. is appended. The Corps of Engineers’ name of the station is also added. RULES AND PRACTICES 31 VII Titles and Notes TITLE INFORMATION An explanation of abbreviations used on nautical charts need not be shown in the title of charts with scales smaller than 1:50,000. However, when this information is omitted, reference shall be made to the Symbol Sheet, thus: For Symbols and Abbreviations see C.& G. S, Chart No. 1 AUTHORITY NOTE An authority note similar to the following must be used on all charts, listing only those Bureaus that have contributed to the information used in compiling the chart: AUTHORITIES Hydrography and topography by the Coast and Geodetic Survey with additions and revisions from the Geological Survey, Naval Oc- eanographic Office and Corps of Engineers. When most of the information is from sources other than the Coast and Geodetic Survey, a note similar to the following is used: AUTHORITIES Surveys by the Coast and Geodetic Survey and Corps of Engineers STORM SIGNALS (Fig. 13) Storm signals are displayed by the Weather Bureau at numerous places along the coasts of the United States. These signals are to warn the mariner of the approach of violent storms. The stations where storm signals are displayed should be listed on the conventional charts affected, thus: STORM WARNINGS The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm warnings at the following approximate locations Custom House, Boston (42°21.5'-71°03.2') Boston C. G. Station (42°22.1'-71°03.1') Boston Lightship (42°20.4'-70°45.5’) Names of yacht clubs, marinas, boat yards, etc., shall not be included in the list. Use only the geographic feature named in the Weather Bureau report, e.g., Seattle, West River, Hatteras C.G. Station, etc. On charts at scales smaller than 1:200,000 there shall be listed individually, by geographic position, only the most prominent and conspicuous offshore warning stations. The following note shall be used on these charts: STORM WARNINGS For a complete list of storm warning stations, see large scale charts 32 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL JUNCTION NOTES References to adjoining charts and to insets, panels and sections shall be treated as follows: When two charts of different scales join— (CONTINUED ON CHART 1220) When two charts of the same scale join— (JOINS CHART 865-SC) When a chart is printed front and back, add the following note in margin at junction: (JOINS SIDE B) Inset: When an area outside the chart is included within the chart borders, an inset is used— imaeezall 7 (JOINS INSET) / Inset: Representation of a small area on a larger scale— ae (SEE INSET) Panels or sections: When panels or sections on the same scale join— (JOINS PANEL BELOW) ! (JOINS SECTION BELOW) en I PANEL SECTION REFERENCE TO CHARTS The reference (use chart ) shall be used on small-scale charts where hydrography and/or aids to navigation have been omitted because of available large-scale chart coverage. (use chart 400) Black plate The reference (chart ——-) shall be used on all charts where considered desirable to call attention to additional large-scale coverage. (chart 400) Magenta plate RULES AND PRACTICES 33 BRIDGE CLEARANCES (H-18a,-18b) Bridge clearances, both horizontal and vertical, shall be shown on all Small-craft, Intra- coastal Waterway and large-scale Conventional Charts. On small-scale charts, clearances shall be shown at fixed bridges spanning waterways that are expected to be navigated at the scale of the particular chart. Bridge clearances and classifications shall not be shown on waterways which are not repre- sented by depth curves, soundings, or depth legend. The charting of such clearances, omitted or removed from existing charts, shall be reconsidered when larger scale charts of the area are published. The Corps of Engineers shall be the authority for showing bridge clearances on nautical charts. However, for those bridges which the Engineers have not furnished or published clearances, clearances from another reliable source may be charted pending receipt of data from the Corps of Engineers. Bridge clearances from sources other than the Corps of Engineers shall be labeled “REPORTED.” It shall be the responsibility of the Chief, Nautical Data Branch, to originate written re- quests for the Bureau’s field units at their first opportunity to verify ‘“‘reported”’ clearances of bridges considered important to the mariner. Verified clearances by our field units shall be turned over to the Corps of Engineers. If that organization accepts and publishes them, the “reported” label shall be removed from the charts affected. If the Corps of Engineers does not accept C&GS values, the label “reported” shall be retained. A card file (Form C&GS-961) of bridge clearances, compiled from available information, is maintained by the Nautical Data Branch as follows: 1. Atlantic Coast and West Coast of Florida to longitude 84°00’. In this file, the forms will be filed first by latitude and second by longitude. 2. Gulf Coast from longitude 84°00’ to Mexico. In this file, the forms will be filed first by longitude and second by latitude. 3. Pacific Coast, including Alaska and Hawaii. In this file, the forms will be filed first by latitude and second by longitude. Information for this file is obtained from: 1. Corps of Engineers publication ‘Bridges Over the Navigable Rivers of the United States” (four parts) issued in 1961. 2. Additional information (footnotes) in preliminary 1960 Corps of Engineers bridge lists used to supplement item 1. 3. Corps of Engineers construction permits and final completion reports subsequent to 1961 bridge listings. 34. NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Disposition of bridge clearance data: 1. Bridge card completed in accordance with listings thereon by Nautical Data Branch personnel. 2. Data transferred to Aid Proofs of affected charts. 3. Bridge card given to Chief, Aids to Navigation Section for publication in Notice to Mariners. (a) If no Notice is required and correction is to be made only at next printing, a copy of the bridge card is forwarded to the Coast Pilot Branch and so noted on the card. 4. Clearance data transferred from Aid Proof to revision drawing by cartographer. (a) Location of structure added to revision drawing by cartographer from origi- nal source material. The three charting phases of bridge structures are as follows: 1. Commencement (a) Add dashed-line symbol. (b) Designation “Bridge under construction.” (c) Magenta screening on important waterways supplemented by caution note calling attention to probable hazards to navigation in area (see Figure 12). 2. Completion prior to Corps of Engineer inspection. (a) Add authorized permit clearances. Example: FIXED BRIDGE HOR. CL. 100 FT. THORI VERT. CL. 25 Fr pau RIZED (b) Delete magenta screening. 3. Corps of Engineer inspection ‘‘as built’”’ clearances. (a) Revise clearances as necessary. (b) Delete AUTHORIZED. All fractions of a foot shall be disregarded in determining the final charted clearance. For symbols representing various types of bridges, see Symbol Sheet (Chart No. 1) items H-14 through H-18b. The terms Left and Right, when referring to bridge spans and river banks, mean Left and Right proceeding downwardly toward mouth of stream, and in the Intracoastal Waterway, proceeding south on the Atlantic Coast and west on the Gulf Coast. RULES AND PRACTICES 35 The tabulations in the Bridge Book list vertical clearances referred to low water and high water. However, the vertical clearance notes at the front of each part of the book give the following information: Tidal Waters—The clearance shown refers to Mean High Water and Mean Low Water, except in regions of diurnal inequality where the Mean Lower Low Water clearance may be given. Nontidal waters—The clearance shown at high water refers to the stage at which navigation generally ceases. The latter category shall be treated individually, such as the Columbia River where charted clearances are referred to Columbia River Datum (MLLW during lowest river stages). Chart 6151 clearances are referred to MLLW. Clearances above dams are referred to the datum of soundings which is ordinarily the Normal Pool Elevation. Normal Water Surface elevation on certain rivers is, for all practical purposes, to be considered MHW. Notes regarding clearances at bridges, etc., must conform to the following standards: (6 pt. No. 3 L.C.G.C. Caps) MORROW LIFT BRIDGE OVERHEAD POWER CABLE HOR. CL. 220 FT AUTHORIZED CL. 75 FT VERT. CL, 15. FT. DOWN VERT. CL. 145 FT. UP HOLDEN BEACH CABLE FERRY HOR. CL. 75 FT REMOVABLE SPAN ) BASCULE ) LOCK FIXED BRIDGE ) HOR. CL. 50 FT WIDTH 75 FT SWING BRIDGE ) VERT. CL. 15 FT LENGTH 640 FT PONTOON BRIDGE ) RETRACTILE BRIDGE ) OVERHEAD CABLE CROSSINGS (Fig. 1) (H-4) Overhead cables shall be indicated by a dashed line with clearance referred to MHW*. The clearance authorized by the Corps of Engineers shall be used for charting rather than the actual or “‘as-built” clearance. Cables known to carry high voltages are to be labeled, thus: OVERHEAD POWER CABLE AUTHORIZED CLEARANCE 40 FEET *Clearances on Columbia River Charts are referred to Columbia River Datum (MLLW during lowest river stages). Chart 6151 clearances are referred to MLLW. For reference to datum other than MHW, see above Bridge Clearance notes. A card file (Form C&GS-961) of cable clearances is maintained in the same manner as for bridge clearances. The files are compiled from information furnished by the Corps of Engineers in the form of construction permits. The application of overhead cable data is the same as that previously described for bridge clearances. 36 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Clearances, other than those furnished by the Corps of Engineers, shall not be charted. Overhead cable crossings located from other sources such as C&GS surveys, aerial photog- raphy, etc., shall be charted and labeled OVERHEAD POWER CABLE or OVERHEAD CABLE, as the case may be. The Nautical Data Branch should be requested to obtain the authorized permit clearance of such cables. Clearances shall not be shown on waterways which are not represented by depth curves, soundings or depth legend. Symbol and designation shall be charted. Exception: Such clearances may be included on small-craft charts. VIII Records DESCRIPTIVE REPORT NOTE When an original topographic or hydrographic survey is applied to a chart, a notation shall be entered in the Review Section of the Descriptive Report of the survey on Form C&GS-8352, ‘Record of Application to Charts.” If Form 8352 is not in the Descriptive Report, the cartographer shall insert one next to the back cover. HISTORY OF CARTOGRAPHIC WORK A record, commonly known as a “History” (Form C&GS-8322) must be submitted for every chart compilation, whether it results in a new chart, a reconstructed chart or a correction. The “History”? must represent a complete and detailed record of all available information used or consulted in the compilation. The information used for the compilation may come from various types of surveys and records, such as hydrographic sheets and accompanying descrip- tive reports, topographic sheets and descriptive reports, blueprints, letters, field examinations and reports, U.S. Engineers reports, Coast Pilot publications, congressional documents, charts of foreign countries, Name Standards of this Bureau, triangulation records, and many other sources too numerous to mention. It is the compiler’s duty to obtain, whenever possible, any available information, in addition to that on record in the Division, which is pertinent to the job in hand. A sample of this record is shown on the following page. 37 RULES AND PRACTICES ae a a ee : — : =a] : | | re. ae : nay ase /1-€ 9/ \29-82-6|27-LZ-6| Lite OTe =E | vA C2, / 29-/-0/| = ai: Zey, J! @9-92-6 \¢7-02-6 Z- He ea Hit =I 995 $42 false MAN \ITA LL a] SS reps ae prepreg APE 796/ zt ; | UT Pane Puan le tO IAAL a 2 76/| A as TVECT Tt fLOG) PFUT | ysoupuo7| SIBD| Z96/ =F 7 TF ZA | 7ETKO IPL Al prea gore, etre TF pee 57 7 fay 70 M oypAy [Es A pane ny repre PIECNY) | 7 fliay JO M\ PAH | SIBP A Ayuouny o 3 NOILVWYOINI JO JDINOS dal ddv UOIJOUWJOSU] ALIv3O1 hoyed G3illdd¥ NOILYWYO4INI zg-z/-z/| 796102 J30 20 CORI C Ia eon COG Vemecel I Ones) aera ee eaters - -_ It L 498A HL] Ol du dN ON - we YALL ONIMVAG -IN DY 2 P.2?y HINT NOILDNGOUdIY OL JNLN4 YwyOD DIY ON O/ 1yvHD vow) syavwaa | SATU NOISIAIG LYVHD TWIILAWN - AAOM JIHdVYOOLYVD 4O AYOLSIH DBs Szc6 SOBO History of Cartographic Work 38 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL In the “History” heading, the compiler shall add only the chart, sheet, and project num- bers. All other items in the heading shall be completed by the Chief, Conventional Chart Branch, and the Chief, Nautical Data Branch. Items entered on the ‘History’ should be numbered consecutively, and the information called for under the various headings must be supplied by the compiler. Under the heading ‘‘ Applied,” a check mark should be made in the appropriate column to indicate whether the item has been fully or partially applied. As it is important that no item of source material be cleared from the Standard until it is fully applied to the chart, it is re- quired that all partial applications be underscored on the ‘‘History” in red. Under no circum- stances shall any item be considered as fully applied unless it results in a complete applica- tion, either directly or indirectly, of a completed survey record. Information applied partially is also indicated on the Standard. Under the main heading “‘Source of Information,” there is a sub-heading ‘‘File No.” The file number usually carries a designation, in addition to the number, which identifies the source material as a hydrographic survey H or topographic survey TJ of this Bureau, or as a blueprint Bp or letter L showing information from other sources. In addition to the above items of source material, many publications of other organizations are used to furnish chart information. These publications are entered under ‘File No.” with their original designations, such as “A.M.S. Quad Central Park,” “G.S. Quad Winter Haven,” ‘‘Canadian Chart 803,” etc. The important thing to remember is that the reference under File No. should identify the item without question. Under sub-heading “‘ Date,” the actual date of the survey or determination should be given whenever it can be ascertained. Otherwise, the date of publication is to be used. Under sub-heading “‘ Authority,” the name of the person, agency, or organization making the survey, determination or report should be entered. Under heading ‘‘Type of Information,” it should be recorded whether the source material involved hydrography, topography, triangulation, aids to navigation, landmarks, cable areas, bridge clearances, names, etc. Under heading ‘‘Locality,” to expedite location of reference area, the compiler shall list a prominent name, approximate geographic position, or general note such as “north quarter of chart,” ‘‘east portion of chart,’’ etc. The entry under the heading “Information Applied,” should consist of a short, definite statement, describing the condition of the source material, how it was used and what infor- mation resulted on the chart. For example, it should be made clear just what information has been charted in every partial application of source material. If the source material is applied before verification and review, or if information is applied indirectly through another chart, it should be so stated. If contours only, or shoreline only, or drainage or cultivation, or a com- bination of any of these were used, mention should be made of this. If no correction to the chart is required from the source material, this fact should be stated. This column may also be used for any pertinent and useful remarks. Reference to triangulation sources must be as complete as possible. For example: ‘“Geo- graphic positions, Calif. III, page 38.” RULES AND PRACTICES 39 A copy of the Chart Specifications form should accompany all ‘Histories’ of new and reconstructed charts. Histories of canceled charts and histories prior to reconstruction of a chart are stored in the Federal Records Center, Alexandria, Va. Requests for these histories should be referred to the Standards Section. FUTURE HISTORY RECORD Form C&GS-8325 entitled “Information of Value in Future Corrections to Charts” should be filled out and filed in front of the History for the chart concerned. This form was designed to record information which the cartographer discovers while com- piling a chart and which he wishes to pass on as a help at the time of future corrections to the chart. Some of the items which should be recorded are noted on the form as a guide. The cartographer should also add any information regarding a particular chart which, in his opinion, should be preserved for future reference. For example, notes regarding the need for future surveys, the location of certain fixed aids, or the mention of discrepancies in source material which cannot be reconciled, would be very useful. Areas in which information is needed should also be indicated on a set of standards in the Standards Section. The form should be consulted for possible assistance to the Cartographer when experiencing difficulty in applying source material. 692-834 O- 64-4 40 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TOPOGRAPHY GENERAL STATEMENT Topographic detail is shown on nautical charts to help the mariner determine his position at sea in relation to fixed visible objects. It is compiled primarily from photogrammetric surveys made by this Bureau and supplemented by other sources when necessary. Topographic maps made from the surveys are used for planning, compiling, and correcting topography shown on the charts. The map manuscripts are available during different stages of their compilation as follows: Preliminary Manuscript Compilations from meager or unverified control. Preliminary manuscripts are not dia- grammed on the Standards and should never be used for nautical chart compilation. Incomplete Manuscript Controlled plots with incomplete detailing; prepared for the use of field parties. Incom- plete manuscripts are diagrammed on the Standards with the pencil notation ‘‘History,”’ but shall not be used for compiling or correcting the charts. Advance Copy, Advance Print, Advance Manuscript These synonymous terms indicate a controlled plot with detailing complete except for revisions made during review and may be used for compiling or correcting the charts. Nor- mally, any revisions made as the result of the review are minor and rarely affect the chart. The numbers assigned the manuscripts in this advanced form.are indexed on the Standards in pencil, indicating these maps must be marked partially applied on the chart History until the reviewed manuscripts are applied to the charts. Renewed Manuscript These are the final basic surveys which may be completely applied to the charts. All applications shall be indicated on Form C&GS-8352 “Record of Application To Charts” in the Descriptive Report. Cartographers taking charts in hand for correction should obtain authori- zation to apply these surveys completely, if time permits. Revision Sheets Revision Sheets, sometimes called “RS Sheets” are copies of either advanced or reviewed manuscripts to which are made corrections from aerial photographs, taken after the date of the Advanced Print. They are assigned an R.S. number which is different from the original manuscript number. Revision Sheets may be applied to the charts in the same manner as the advanced or reviewed manuscripts. TOPOGRAPHY 41 Some New Charts and corrections to existing charts are compiled directly from the photo- eraphs. When this is done, it is the responsibility of the nautical cartographer to see that the topographic delineation is clear and appropriate. Notes in blue ink shall be added to the Drawings to clarify questionable detail for the engraver. To indicate tint colors on the Draw- ings, the letters “Ma” shall be used for green (marsh tint), ““W” for blue (lakes and ponds), and “B”’ for buff (land tint). While it is sometimes necessary to clarify corrections by showing the tints in color on the Drawings, it is not desirable because the colors photograph on the reproduction negatives and obscure the line detail. This method of indicating tints should be avoided where possible; but, if used, the colors should be lightly shaded. It shall be the duty of the engineer to indicate in the Specifications the detail to be charted and the symbolization to use. Consideration must be given to the chart scale and the purpose for which the chart is being constructed. In general, on large-scale charts complete topographic detail should be shown along the coast for several miles inshore, while on small-scale charts most of the detail inside the high-water line should be omitted. On compilations and on final charts the outer coastline and important rivers are shown by the maximum weight line (.011’’), but streams and unimportant indentations are shown by thinner lines. In a dense drainage system, minor streams are omitted. Physical features, such as gravel, brush, trees, etc., generally are not shown by symbols, but are indicated by name. Symbols used on the charts of this Bureau are shown on Chart No. 1, ‘‘SSymbols and Abbre- viations,’’ and Figure 1 in the Appendix of this manual. A few of those symbols which need emphasis are discussed on the following pages. Natural Features and Relief HIGH WATER LINE (Fig. 1) (A-9) The shoreline shown on the charts is the mean high-water line except in marsh or man- grove areas where the outer edge of vegetation (berm line) is used. It shall be represented by a .011’’ line which shall gradually decrease up streams and rivers. Unsurveyed shoreline, or shoreline connecting two surveys which do not join satisfactorily, shall be represented by a dashed line. The outer limits of marsh shall be indicated by a .006’’ continuous line. 42 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL LOW WATER LINE (A-10) (R) On new chart and reconstruction Compilations and on correction Drawings the low-water line shall be shown as a single row of dots. It shall be delineated whenever possible from hydro- graphic surveys. However, when the hydrographic surveys do not adequately portray the low water line, it shall be compiled from the photogrammetric surveys. When a foul limit line is shown along shore, the low-water line, if inshore of the foul line, may be omitted. The area between the high and low-water line shall be tinted green and, when known, the character of this area such as “Sand,” “Mud,” “Gravel” shall be labeled. MARSH (Fig. 1) (C-17) The mean high-water line in marsh, mangrove, cypress, or similar swamp areas is generally obscured by vegetation and will not ordinarily be located on topographic surveys. In such areas, the outer edge of vegetation visible above Mean High Water, usually represented by a fine line on the topographic survey, presents a fairly definite shoreline to the navigator and should be charted by a .006”’ solid line. On photogrammetric surveys, the line of change between the solid marsh and an area usually flooded is indicated by a difference in symbols; on the chart, it shall be shown by a fine dashed line .006’’ in width. An area shown on the photogrammetric survey by the open marsh symbol outside the high-water line shall be indicated on the charts by the word ‘‘Grass” or ‘“Grs’’. If the low-water line is not indicated on the survey sheets, the area shall be defined by a single row of dots and shall be tinted green. Areas too small to be tinted may be indicated by tufts of grass. A marsh area inside of the mean high-water line shall be represented by a green tint and black legend. A black broken line .004’’ in width shall be used to denote the inshore limits of marsh when no other symbol furnishes such a limit. Symbols for roads, railroads, levees, and bluffs are examples of symbols that may replace the black dashed line. SURVEY CHART TOPOGRAPHY 43 In all cases, to clarify to the lithographer the limits of the area to be shown tinted on the printed chart, the cartographer shall indicate the marsh area by a blue pencil tint on the Draw- ing. Water areas of lakes and ponds shall be similarly tinted and the abbreviation ‘‘W”’ for water shall be placed in such lakes and ponds in non-photographic blue ink. MANGROVE (A-7) The mangrove symbol is used only when the mangrove area is of small extent or when the growth is a prominent feature. For large areas, the word Mangrove is used and repeated if necessary. When the word is used, the inner limits are indicated by a thin black dashed line. SURVEY CYPRESS (WOODED SWAMP) Cypress is treated in the same way as mangrove except that trees growing outside the high water line are indicated by the word Trees. SURVEY TREES (C-5, —5a to —5f) When trees are recommended as a characteristic feature, or where they would appear to be useful to the navigator (as for instance, on a sand spit where a tangent may be observed), the tree symbols shall be shown on the charts. 44 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL BLUFFS AND CLIFFS (A-2, -3) The terms “bluff” and “‘cliff”’ are variously defined. On nautical charts, bluffs are usually considered to be not rocky and cliffs are considered to be rocky. As bluffs and cliffs are of particular value for radar navigation, it is desirable that they be symbolized in some form on the charts. However, since several symbols are available for depicting relief a study shall be made for each chart and the proper symbol to use will be noted in the Specifications. BLUFFS AND CLIFFS HIGH, NOT ROCKY ROCKY (BLUFFS) (CLIFFS) LOW, NOT ROCKY CONTOURS (BLUFFS) CONTOURS (Fig. 1) (C-1, -1a) On charts where contours are to be shown, the contour interval shall be noted in the Specifications. The interval shall be uniform on any one chart, but to bring out a summit or an important feature, an intermediate interval may be shown by a dashed line. For charts to which gradient tints will be added, the interval selected shall be wide enough to show clearly the gradations of the color tints. See charts 5111, 5112, 5114, 5115, and 6102. Contours shall be delineated by a .004’’ line with every 4th or 5th contour (index contour) accentuated by an .008’’ line. To give the navigator a general and easily interpreted picture of the relief, contours shall be generalized. The degree of generalization depends on the nature of the terrain and the scale of the chart. (See pg. 45.) The contour values shall be in slanting figures placed at suitable intervals parallel with, and centered on, the accentuated lines. (C-1) In flat areas where no lines are accentuated, contour values should generally be shown on every line. (See pg. 45) On small-scale charts without contours, mountain or hill summits shall be represented by a dot surrounded by hachures. (D-—Db) TOPOGRAPHY rie SWAK i OSes i \atetes wie Nautical chart compilation showing generalization of contours taken from Geological Survey quadrangle map shown above. 46 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL ELEVATIONS (D-3, —Da, —Db, -Dc, Db; O-1) When the information is available, elevations shown on nautical charts shall be referred to Mean High Water and the note ‘Heights in feet above Mean High Water” shall be used. (See fig. 2.) When contour and spot elevations based on the plane of Mean Sea Level are charted, the following note shall be charted: HEIGHTS Elevations of rocks, bridges, landmarks and lights are in feet and refer to Mean High Water. Contour and summit elevation values are in feet and refer to Mean Sea Level. When elevations are referred to datum planes other than Mean High Water or Mean Sea Level, an appropriate note shall be added to the chart. (See Bridge Clearances, pg. 35.) Elevations of summits must be checked with those shown on aeronautical charts, U.S. Geological Survey and Corps of Engineers quadrangles, and those determined by the Division of Geodesy, and every effort must be made to reconcile discrepancies found. Elevations of points on slopes shall be omitted. Elevations of tops of trees shall be indi- cated by the overlined slanting figures as shown on Chart No. 1, Item C-11. When used, this symbol shall be added to the General Notes of that chart. Treetop elevations, if available, should be charted on peaks in Southeast Alaska. Slanting figures shall be used for all elevations and, wherever possible, summit elevations shall be so placed that the top of the first figure bears 135° from the position symbolized by the dot. When there is insufficient space to show elevation figures on islets or rocks, they should be indicated by slanting figures in parentheses placed nearby in the water area. SAND BEACHES AND DUNES (A}+4, -6) When called for in the Specifications, sand beaches behind the high-water line shall be indicated on the charts. Three rows of dots are sufficient representation in small areas, but for large areas limit lines in blue ink may be shown and the area labeled ‘‘Sand”’ in blue. When not too extensive, sand dunes may be shown along the beach. When the symbol is not used, the area shall be labeled with the words ‘‘Sand dunes.” TOPOGRAPHY 47 II Culture: Shore and Offshore Structures PIERS (G-9) Piers should be numbered in accordance with the Port Series publication unless it is super- seded by later information. Piers should be shown with a double line where space and/or scale permit; in general, on charts at 1:40,000 scale and larger. JETTIES AND BREAKWATERS (G-4, -8, -8a, —Ga) On charts 1:40,000 scale and larger, it is desirable that jetties and breakwaters be shown with a double line. However, where space and/or scale do not permit, they may be shown by a single line. Submerged portions shall be shown by dashed lines and the limits of the submerged base, when known, shall be shown by a dashed line. PILES, DOLPHINS, ETC. (G-21, H-9, L-59, 0-30) Piles, dolphins, stakes, and pipes shall be represented by a small circle with a description. When they show above the plane of Mean High Water, use upright lower-case letters with the first letter capitalized, thus: ‘‘Pile,”’ “Stake,” ‘“Pipe.’”? When the object is submerged, labels in italics are to be used, thus: ‘“‘Subm pile,” ““Subm stake,” ““Subm pipe.” Where several pile symbols are charted, the preferred label is ‘‘Piling.”” Where space is limited, the label ‘‘Piles’”’? may be used and the abbreviation ‘‘Dol’”’ may be used for dolphin. Extensive areas of piling shall be shown by a dashed line and labeled “Piling.” If the ' pilings are arranged in rows, representative rows of dashed lines shall be charted. If no pat- tern is apparent, the outer limit of the area shall be charted with the label “‘Piling”’ in the center. For objects used as channel markers, refer to ‘‘Private Aids,” page 85. SEWERS (H-11) A sewer extending out from the high water line is shown in magenta by a dashed line and labeled ‘‘Sewer.”’ FENCES A fence extending into the water is shown by a dashed line and is labeled “‘Fence,”’ if room for the word is available. PLATFORMS (O-Ob, -Oc) An offshore platform shall be represented by a solid square symbol and labeled “Plat- form.’’ The square shall measure 1.25 mm. on a side except in narrow rivers or congested areas where it may be made smaller. Offshore oil well structures are described in detail under hydrographic dangers, page 66. 48 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL DUCK BLINDS A duck blind is not charted unless it is of a permanent nature and a danger to navigation. FERRIES (H-19) Ferry terminals shall be labeled with the word ‘“‘Ferry.’”’ Ferry routes should not be charted for great distances but may be shown for short distances out from the slip by a magenta dashed line. The black dashed-line symbol should only be used when charting a cable ferry. III Other Culture CITIES AND ROADS (Fig. 1) (H-1; I-1, -1a) On existing charts, cities, towns, and roads have been represented by road patterns and symbolized by single or double lines depending on the scale of the chart. For instance, on charts larger than 1:40,000 scale, roads in open country, cities, and towns are shown by double lines. On charts 1:40,000 to 1:99,000 scale, streets in cities and towns are shown by single heavy lines while the roads in open country are shown by double lines. On charts 1:100,000 and smaller scale, only single heavy lines are used. On all New Charts and Reconstructions, both large and small scale, consideration shall be given to charting the areas of cities and towns by a screening and showing only the major highways leading to or through the cities by single heavy lines. However, this new treatment should not replace the older road pattern symbolization on all charts. Both methods have their merits and on some charts even a combination of the two methods may be used effec- tively. Highways in general shall not be shown on charts of smaller scale than 1:250,000. Only through or connecting public highways, and roads leading from such highways and terminat- ing at the shore, shall be shown. Private roads leading from public highways to a building shall be omitted. In cities, only streets which are actually constructed and in use are to be charted. Omit some streets, as necessary, to avoid crowding. Numbers and names of im- portant U.S. highways shall be charted when the information is available. When double-line streets and roads are to be charted, they shall be shown on the Drawing by a single line with a note to the engraver to engrave standard double lines. When so desig- nated, the line should represent the center of the road. Care must be taken to see that it is possible to engrave a double line where a single line is drawn and that too many streets are not shown. Highway interchanges and odd road intersections will be shown with double lines to aid the engraver. When single-line roads are shown on a Drawing and there is a possibility of their becoming confused with contours, streams, or other detail, they shall be labeled on the Drawing with the letters ‘“Rd” in blue ink. Roads shown by dashed lines on the survey sheets are not to be charted unless they are considered of some importance, in which case they must be charted by solid lines. Trails shall not be shown on the charts. TOPOGRAPHY 49 STREET NAMES (Fig. 20) (I-26, -26a, —Ie) Street names shall be charted along the waterfront of important harbors on charts 1:12,000 scale or larger when recommended in the Specifications. RAILROADS, RAILWAYS (Fig. 1) (H-3, -3b, -3c, -14) A single .008’’ line is used for both single and double-track railroads. In the case of railroad yards, either enough of the tracks are represented to indicate the area covered, or the limiting tracks and an appropriate legend are shown. City electric railways are generally not charted. BUILDINGS (I-3a, -5) Prominent buildings along the waterfront and large individual buildings back from the waterfront that are of navigational assistance to mariners are shown on charts 1:40,000 scale or larger. No other buildings are shown. Buildings represented by a symbol smaller than one-eighth of an inch shall be charted in solid black. Larger buildings shall be outlined in black and cross-hatched. A prominent feature on a building may be shown by a landmark symbol and labeled when specifically recommended for charting as a landmark. CHURCHES (I-8) Church buildings considered to be prominent features, but which have not been recom- mended as landmarks, may be charted by their symbols, thus: i AIRPORTS (Fig. 20) (I-23, -24, -Ic, —Id) On large-scale charts, the limits of runways of commercial airports shall be shown. When a commercial airport is to be shown on a small-scale chart, the symbol shown on Chart No. 1 (item I-Id) is to be used. All reference to military airports is omitted at present. MILITARY FEATURES No name or symbol relating to presently used fortifications or military installations shall be shown on any chart. Roads or buildings in military reservations shall not be shown unless requested by the Army or Navy. Prominent natural features and official aids to navigation must be charted. Objects of present military importance considered to be essential navigational features shall be charted only with the consent of the proper military authorities. 50 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL HYDROGRAPHY GENERAL STATEMENT Hydrographic features are charted only after a thorough study of the configuration of the bottom as revealed by the original surveys. The variety of submarine relief must be pre- sented in a clear and practical manner. Important objects must not be obscured by other data. A dangerous rock, an islet, or the least depth on a shoal must be shown clearly and prominently. Small islets and rocks should be exaggerated if necessary, to make them easily discernible. Specific instructions to field parties cal] for basic hydrographic surveys to supersede all previous surveys made by this Bureau in the areas covered. When applying reviewed basic surveys to the charts, all prior soundings should be removed. However, critical soundings not specifically disposed of by the reviews of the surveys should not be removed arbitrarily because such soundings may have been charted subsequently to the date of the review. Hydrography should be applied progressively from the largest to the smallest scale charts. Detail is eliminated and generalized in proportion to the scale reduction. A conflict between the delineation of the low-water line or the amount that rocks awash uncover on contemporary hydrographic and topographic surveys should be adjusted by giving greater weight to the information shown on the hydrographic survey. To aid in navigating by echo-sounding apparatus, depth curves have been given special prominence on nautical charts in areas where modern hydrographic surveys have been made. Deep-water submarine relief has thus become more important to the navigator, and the more faithfully the chart depicts this relief, the closer the navigator can relate his depth readings to the chart and the more certain he will be of his position. Significant submerged features shall not be unnecessarily generalized. Surveys UNVERIFIED HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYS Unverified surveys should be applied to charts going to press when the chartered bottom configuration of the areas covered by the surveys is inadequately delineated. Otherwise, only the critical information should be applied. UNREVIEWED SURVEYS When an unreviewed hydrographic survey is used for charting, a statement to that effect must be added to the special page provided in the Descriptive Report of the survey. HYDROGRAPHY 51 WIRE-DRAG SURVEYS (0-6; Q-9,-9a) Areas in Alaska which have been swept to a safe depth by wire drag, but which have not been covered by adequate hydrographic surveys, are indicated on the charts by a green over- print. When time permits, the green tint may be added to other charts of important areas covered by wire drag. Soundings on shoals or rocks discovered with the wire drag and not yet transferred to a contemporary hydrographic sheet must not be overlooked when correcting or compiling a chart. The maximum cleared depth over a rock, wreck, obstruction, or shoal shall be charted on other than a Wreck Chart only when it is within 3 feet of the depths found by other means in general depths of 18 feet, and within 6 feet in greater depths. Descriptive terms Rk, Wk, Obstr) are to be charted only when existence of the object is indicated by a field examination such as by a hang or sounding, thus: mi 21, 21, Rk Wreck Obstruction The maximum clearance over small, shoal areas, such as along the Maine coast, is to be shown by the bracket symbol and bottom characteristic (if available) thus: 2th Ard If no bottom characteristic is available, the descriptive term “Shoal” is to be used, i.e., th Shoa/ The charted abbreviation note shall read: pil Wreck, rock, obstruction, or shoal swept clear to the depth indicated II Soundings PLANE OF REFERENCE FOR SOUNDINGS The plane of reference for soundings along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the United States and Puerto Rico is the mean of all low waters (Mean Low Water); except that where tides on the Gulf Coast and south coast of Puerto Rico are chiefly diurnal, Mean Low Water is based on a mean of the lower of the daily low waters. Along the Pacific coast of the United States, Alaska, and the Hawaiian Islands, it is the mean of all lower low waters (Mean Lower Low Water). Care must be exercised to see that foreign charts used in compilation are on these planes. 52 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TIDE NOTE Upon request by the Nautical Chart Division, tidal information is furnished on Form C&GS-832, ‘‘Tidal Information” from the Tides and Currents Branch, Marine Data Division. Values given in the tide note of a chart are referred to the plane of reference of the sound- ings on that chart. Thus, the amount stated under Mean High Water is the mean of all high waters observed at the station named. The amount stated under Extreme Low Water is actually the lowest tide observed during the period in which tidal observations were made. This period may be a few days or many years. The date of the tide note is that on which the latest information was applied. ‘This note should be checked for new values approximately every three years. The date checked shall be given in the lower left corner, thus: (363) =month and last two digits of the year. Where applicable, the standard form of tide note shown below shall be used on all charts of scale larger than 1:200,000. TIDAL INFORMATION Height referred to datum of soundings (MLW) Place Mean Mean Extreme High Water | Tide Level Low Water feet feet Hooper Strait ilnz/ 0.9 Monie Bay 2.3 1.2 Port Allen 25 13 (363) Mean Low Water The approximate geographic position should be shown at each tidal place not easily located on the chart. DEPTH UNIT All soundings on any one chart must be expressed in the same depth unit, either feet, fathoms, or the combined form fathoms and feet (to 11 fathoms). This applies to large-scale plans on a chart and also to all of a group of plans forming a chart. However, channel legends and controlling depth tabulations may be expressed in feet on a chart showing soundings in fathoms. SIZE OF FIGURES FOR SOUNDINGS (Fig. 21) Unless figures of uniform size are used on a Compilation or Drawing, a proper selection of soundings cannot be made. Large figures usually result in a selection of soundings that are too widely spaced. The figures used should not be larger than 2 mm., nor smaller than 1.5 mm. FRACTIONS Fractions without a whole number should have a bar between the numerator and the de- nominator, e.g., 7. In fractions accompanying a whole number, the bar is omitted, e.g., 12. HYDROGRAPHY 53 SOUNDINGS CHARTED IN FEET Ordinarily fractions of feet are not charted but, where necessary to obtain a proper dis- tribution of soundings and to show the depth curves in their proper position, a }4-foot fraction may be used on the deeper side of the curve. One-half foot fractions may also be used to keep depth curves open and to define more clearly the natural channels. The following table is to be used when converting tenths of feet on a survey to whole or half feet: Survey ¥ feet Whole feet a 0.0 ft.. 0.5 i ft. 0 oak 1 ft. 1 SOUNDINGS CHARTED IN FATHOMS (Fathoms and Feet to Eleven Fathoms) On all new and reconstructed charts using fathoms as depth unit, soundings shall be charted in fathoms and feet for depths less than 11 fathoms, thus: 8. On charts constructed prior to 1948, soundings were expressed in fathoms and quarters to 7 fathoms, then in fathoms and halves to 8 fathoms. Fractions were not used for depths greater than 8 fathoms except adjacent to the 10-fathom curves, where, in flat bottom, 10%- fathom soundings were used to avoid displacement of the curve. When extensive hydrographic revisions are made to these charts, consideration should be given to changing the sounding - units to fathoms and feet in depths less than 11 fathoms as outlined above. Often it is more practical to retain the fathoms and quarters units, carrying quarters to 11 fathoms in the revised area. When soundings in whole feet or fathoms and feet on an original survey by this Bureau or in feet and tenths on a Corps of Engineers survey, are to be charted in fathoms and fractions of fathoms, the feet remaining after converting into whole fathoms (6 feet equals one fathom) shall be converted to fractions of fathoms in accordance with the following tables: Feet and tenths ¥ fathoms 0.0 to 0.9 0 1.0 to 2.4 ts 2.5 to 4.0 % 4.1 to 5.1 % 5.5 to 5.9 1 Feet and tenths ¥ fathoms 0.0 to 1.9 0 2.0 to 4.9 2 5.0 to 5.9 1 Feet and tenths Integral fathoms 0.0 to 4.9 0 5.0 to 5.9 1 54 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL When both the original surveys (feet and tenths) and the charts to which they have been applied show soundings in feet, it is advisable to use the original surveys to correct another chart on which soundings are shown in fathoms. Where the soundings are plotted on an original survey in fathoms and tenths, the decimals of fathoms are to be converted for charting in accordance with the following table: Integral Integral Fathom feet Y fm, ¥ fm. fms. 0.1 0 0 0 0 0.2 1 y 0 0 0.3 2 yy 0 0 0.4 2 ys ¥ 0 0.5 3 ¥ ¥ 0 0.6 3 4 hh 0 0.7 4 % hs 0 0.8 5 4 he 1 0.9 5 54 1 i SELECTION OF SOUNDINGS The most important features of a chart are the soundings and depth curves by which the main characteristics of the configuration of the bottom are represented. The least depths on shoals and the practicable channel depths must be selected before spacing the surrounding depths. In narrow passages and critical areas of uneven bottom, care must be taken to select enough soundings to indicate clearly the dangers and the channels between them. Subject to the foregoing, the soundings in areas completely developed by the hydrographic survey should be shown with uniformity and without crowding. Crowding a chart with unnecessary soundings detracts from its clearness and reflects on the cartographer’s skill. Depth curves can be used effectively to eliminate many soundings and yet reveal the bottom configuration. After the shoals are shown and the channels developed, the selection for the rest of the chart depends on the physical characteristics of the bottom, and no hard and fast rules can be given. If the slopes are gentle, the selection is simply a matter of spacing the soundings as uniformly as the survey will permit. If the bottom is rocky and broken, a uniformly spaced selection will not reveal the true nature of the ocean floor. Care must be taken not to obscure a shoal sounding by placing a deep sounding too close to it. However, the deepest soundings must not be neglected as they are valuable for echo-sounding navigation and for defining the depth curves more clearly. Soundings of the same depth as a curve, and placed close to or on the curve, serve no useful purpose on the chart and should be omitted. A curve around a shoal sounding must never touch the figure. HYDROGRAPHY 55 When there are channel ranges, a line of soundings on the range should be selected. This does not apply to areas in dredged channels where depths are indicated by a note. If the application of a recent survey to a chart reveals conditions so changed that satis- factory junctions cannot be made with the hydrography of former surveys, a blank space is left beyond the limits of the more recent survey and a note is added: “Hydrography to (east- ward) from surveys of 1934.” On small-scale charts, soundings within a group of rocks or coral heads through which there is no well defined channel should be omitted. Soundings should be shown in slips and around piers if space permits. Care must be taken to select soundings far enough off the faces of piers to indicate depths at the bilge and and keel lines of vessels which will probably use such piers. In new docks or slips where main- tenance of depths is questionable, legends with dates should be used if space permits. A shoal sounding on an isolated rock should have the abbreviation “Rk’’ placed near it. (See O-5a.) SELECTION OF SOUNDINGS WITHIN COMPASS ROSES In an area covered by a compass rose, care must be exercised to avoid selecting soundings or bottom characteristics which may fall on the numerals marking the graduations. Where a shoal sounding falls on one of the numerals, it usually will be necessary to move the rose. The selection of soundings or bottom characteristics which fall on a limb of the compass should be avoided. The foregoing applies to all charts, whether the rose is currently printed in _ Imagenta, red, or black. UNDERLINED SOUNDINGS (Q-2) Soundings selected from blueprints should be underlined on the prints as an aid to the reviewer. NO-BOTTOM SOUNDINGS (Q-2) No-bottom soundings are shown under a bar and small dot, thus: j5], but their use should be avoided whenever possible. STREAM DEPTHS (Q-Qa) The shoreline of narrow streams may be broken to show soundings when necessary. Along narrow streams the controlling depths from Engineers’ reports should be shown at the places indicated in the report. Leaders should not be used to show the location of soundings. 692-834 O- 64-5 56 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 22 23 23 Gondmark) « (mast) 24 22921 21222 8%, Seabee a 2423 sese ro 20 Fr 7 a 22 SU lea? 30) S ou 028 20 51 25 Stau23e 3 2 an 93) 3, 15199 2 20 9 4 2020 20 r : 9 pe e ea 40% 8 Bit fee raid 2029 So 18 Wee q? 8 5656 25]ag Wir J) /i0s102 i eft Wy Ace 1 2s) 40 793-87 oe ; a 23 5 a 25; fe ie at Pe f es ha 262 Yair emer 213 a latte 2 eit 2 2 ence 24 2 is 202) 30 &/ I 23 i re iri 13 a 5 ce ee ae Bg 8, ‘7 . 10 . at 9 abe t Nag Saee 10 "10 oy sk ak) eo At no 1038 7 ees! 1826 OWE ene Serohegns re Ss Me at.g./ nt $4159 4. 13\8; 92: 2B 98 3 13 13 gia: ca 5/2 ii g (SING: Fas a¥ie i 18/8: 98 ‘ bn a . 3 d 3 Tully tins 2 a VODs 5 ty iste 71818, 8\ 2209 26 ie io I, EE Ya nis 5 KG 10573 20-8 Section of a 1943 basic hydrographic survey which was applied to the lower half of the section of chart shown on right below. 33 Gp Occ(2)12secS4ft_'s, a 108 3 ag Sh et a3 Compilation made in 1907 showing selec- Selection of soundings principally from tion of soundings in fathoms from an early basic survey shown above. Depth curves have hydrographic survey. been added for echo sounding navigation. Note small number of charted soundings required to bring out the essential features. 57 HYDROGRAPHY (azis [enzoe yysIz-auo Aloyewixoiddy ) UOIZBSIAVU DUIPUNOS OYE IOF Sano0qyuO0d yWdeq 58 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL /s Yellow Ledge iM 85a \ 60: "7 crs gy S brk Sh v 5 sec 65 frvis 4m 108 ORN 93 162 126 Section of chart 225, early edition. HYDROGRAPHY 59 7 19 oy & (igs can ees ce, 70 31 Fe : 52 \& % pp \(30) acres Rk 25 24 * 9 Bx) * 28 om | x1 a. 72 20) G ia 22 oo 29 sf ( 33 her Ash 1 Leds le ~)Mni ips 3 39 | (ce el Sear 8! ie 3 7 |e 43 A ° 96 PPR Ledge 87 ( ( cuzus R. anqway 22 87 24 Saw 28\ ae (24/ w Ledgeg7 (i 49 Oe NE a 2 fe ; 105 : 3 @ 78 14 Wireee Rk. | > \ oo 35 49 a bs c Lf @) 55 67 sf 78 78 Sf ; hy 67 > 32 25 (8 37 Otter Ip 72 30 6 (8) 22 ba ¥ Ledge (45\" ( ; _ (9) Eben I (29) 60) @, 28 49 B4 84 a (8) “i @: we | 55 . Ty i 22) 2) 58 13 10 a a (22 @2 (6) 34 Pies 13) ry 43 73 ay er 70 ht 43 13 eh “6 70 me? & 27 @ 43 Ait ~"eethy Ledge 2 @® 3B a We. 54 46 46 a 53 an Sunken =U 69 3! \\9/ 40 S842) fon 84 49 54 High Clam Ledgea4 9 73 36 58 eH 102 33 87 55 Nu een 34 72 8 34 (27) EB a5 cn 66 Y/ 60 é “8 : at \ 98 58 10) “iol : yer Gangway : 61 6 8) 72 55 180 8 Susion Rock 4.6 R 7 Oa 132 2 Section of chart 322, of recent construction, showing continuous depth curves. Same area as section of chart 225. 60 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL III Depth Curves and Tints DEPTH CURVES (Fig. 1) (R) The configuration of the ocean floor can be adequately revealed only by the proper use of depth curves. The character and form of the ocean bottom, completeness of the surveys, the draft of vessels using the charts, and the now frequent use of the echo sounder in navigation, all have an important bearing on the selection of the depth curves to be charted. Wherever necessary, additional depth curves should be added to existing charts at the time extensive hydrographic corrections are made, but the Chief of Branch will determine which curves are to be added. The depth curves to be used on new or reconstructed charts will be given in the Specifications. Continuous, solid depth curves in black shall be used on all new or reconstructed charts. All depth curves shall be labeled clearly in the same unit as the soundings. The cartographer must be constantly on the alert to add or omit curves, other than standard, which will bring out more clearly the features of value to navigation. By the proper use of depth curves, dangers and dangerous areas can be made to stand out clearly. On the smaller scale charts, it will be necessary to generalize curves to some extent. However, care must be taken not to close or seriously reduce the width of a navigable channel. Depth curves applied from surveys by this Bureau are to be charted as close as possible to the positions shown thereon, except where sufficient curves for fathometer navigation have not been drawn on the older surveys. In such cases, additional depth curves should be drawn as necessary. In converting detached soundings to fathoms and fractions, additional curves or revisions to curves may also be required. Before depth curves are applied to a chart from surveys plotted in feet and tenths, they should be redrawn on the survey sheet to include within their limits the appropriate soundings with fractions of 0.2 foot. Depth curves shall include within their limits all soundings of the same depth as the curve. They should not touch the sounding figures. When curves on existing charts are revised, they shall be made continuous solid lines, in black, as illustrated below. HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY HYDROGRAPHY 61 As illustrated below, short sections of broken curves on the survey sheets should be con- nected if the configuration of the bottom revealed by other curves in the area being charted indicates that it would be logical. IZ 14 14 Pigment) Fe | 14 15 15 I5 16 16 19 21 2) 19 2! 21 24 24 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY CHART When necessary to omit some depth curves on steep slopes, the deepest curve (and the shoalest if space permits) should be retained and the less important intermediate ones omitted. Curves must never run abruptly into each other or into the shore, but must be curved to make them parallel as is the case in nature. The curve to which the blue tint on the printed chart is to be shown shall be given preference over all other curves and shall be as complete as possible. ~ Deepest and Shoalest Curves Tint Curve Unbroken Deepest Curve No tint involved 18 ft. curve Maximum width channel Depth curves around depressions are of little value and, in general, should be omitted, but they shall be shown when they reveal features which may have some value in navigation, or when they indicate on which side of a river the deepest water may be found. 62 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TINTS IN WATER AREAS (R) On an increasing number of printed charts, a blue tint is shown in water areas to the curve which is considered the danger curve for that particular chart. In general, the 6-foot curve shall be considered the danger curve for small-craft and Intracoastal Waterway charts, the 12- or 18-foot curve for harbor charts, and the 30-foot curve for coast and general charts. The blue tint should be omitted within the dashed lines used to indicate the side limits of dredged channels when they connect with the untinted deeper water areas, regardless of depth of dredged channel. As a blue tint enhances the value of a chart for navigation, it should be added to all charts not now tinted which have curves complete enough to define the limits of the tinted areas. IV Improved Channels CORPS OF ENGINEERS (D-De) The Corps of Engineers is the administrator of the Federal laws enacted for the protection and preservation of navigable waters of the United States. They are authorized to establish regulations for navigation therein, approve plans for structures of any kind, establish anchorage grounds and harbor lines, remove sunken vessels obstructing or endangering navigation and grant permits for the installation of cables and pipelines. They are also charged with the improvement of rivers and harbors and the Intracoastal Waterways. Copies of surveys made by the Corps of Engineers are furnished this Bureau for application to the charts. IMPROVED CHANNELS (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5, -6) The side limits of the improved channels are shown on the charts by dashed lines. Except when tabulated, the controlling depth with width and date ascertained are given within or adjacent to the channel. Surveys, Monthly Reports, Annual Reports, and letters of the Corps of Engineers are the principal sources of information for charting available depths. In addition to the surveys, detailed information regarding depths in the important dredged channels is furnished, usually monthly, by the Corps of Engineers, on tabular forms. These give the project dimensions, controlling depth in each quarter, and date of survey for channels 400 feet wide and greater, and the same information is given for channels from 100 feet to 400 feet wide except that the controlling depth is given for the middle half and for each outside quarter. This information is disseminated by placing a similar tabulation on the charts, usually in the form of a sticker and by publication in the weekly Notice to Mariners. In general, tabular forms are not submitted by the Corps of Engineers for channels less than 100 feet in width, or for channels having a project depth less than 10 feet, except coastal inlets and harbors of refuge. Controlling depths reported for these channels are based on at least 80 percent of the project width. Tabulated values should not be published in the Notice to Mariners unless a. similar tabulation is shown on the charts. HYDROGRAPHY 63 Controlling depths shall be given in feet only, and shall not be greater than project depth. However, tabulated depths should agree with those disseminated by the Corps of Engineers. The procedure for charting and publishing controlling depth information is as follows: 1. Nautical Charts a. Full tabulations for the four quarters To be used when adequate information is available and conditions of the improve- ment warrant. The surveys received with the tabulated depths from the Corps of En- gineers shall always be used to ascertain the best method of presenting the controlling depth information to the public. Shoals along the edges of the channels should be de- scribed by a footnote. Controlling depths in the tabulated form, based on actual surveys, shall not be superseded by examinations consisting of a few lines only. Such reports shall be taken care of by a footnote. b. 27 FEET FOR MIDDLE WIDTH OF /50 FEET JAN 1/963 This form shall be used for channels 100 feet wide and greater when the tabulated form is not considered justified, and when there are shoals in the outer quarters near the edges of the channels. The controlling depth shall be given as near the project depth as possible, and shall be for the greatest available width. Consideration shall be given to the draft of the vessels expected to use such channels when selecting the depth and width to be charted. When the available width closely approximates the project width, the word MIDDLE may be omitted. Cc. 27 FEET FOR WIDTH OF 50 FEET JAN 1/963 (see note) This form shall be used when the controlling depth is given for the middle 80 percent. In this case, when the information is available, the depths in the outside quarters shall be stated in the Notice to Mariners. d. 5 FEET This form shall be used when no information is available as to the date the controlling depth was determined or the width to which it applies. e. When no recent information is available relative to an improved channel charted by dashed lines, consideration should be given to removing the channel lines and adding soundings and depth curves. Channels classified by the Corps of Engineers as inactive fall in this category. Soundings and curves should also be used for those channels for which infrequent surveys are received provided the scale of the chart is such that soundings and curves would better depict the bottom configuration. 692-834 O - 64-6 64 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL f. Center line depths shall be given as a footnote on the tabulated form when found justified. g. On charts where dredged channel legends and tabulations are adequately covered by larger scale charts, omit the legend and tabulation, place a ‘‘(see note)” in the channel, and add (preferably on land) a project note similar to the following: BEAUFORT INLET The project depth is 30 feet to Morehead City. For controlling depths see chart 423. h. Unless supported by controlled, properly developed surveys, Coast Pilot inspec- tion reports shall not be used to show greater controlling depths in channel legends or to update the legends. i. Where the depth reported is less than the charted depth, use a notation such as “Reported shoaling in channel 1961”. Abbreviate if necessary to ‘Rep shoaling 1961” or “Shoal rep”. In Federal project channels the charted depth legend shall be retained if there is room. j. When permit drawings for public or private developments indicate that dredging has been accomplished but no afterdredging survey has been furnished, a legend such as “Reported dredged 6 ft 1960” may be used. 2. Notice to Mariners: a. The same tabulated depth information shown on the charts shall be published in the Notice to Mariners. b. Revisions made on the charts shall be published in the Notice to Mariners in the same format, to permit mounting over the charted tabulations. c. When space on the chart does not permit stating the controlling depths for the full project width, and the information is available, the depths in the outside quarters shall be given in the Notice to Mariners. d. All controlling depth notes published in the Notice to Mariners will call attention to the fact that the Corps of Engineers should be consulted for subsequent information, thus: The Corps of Engineers should be consulted for changing conditions subsequent to the above. HYDROGRAPHY 65 Vv Dangers CORAL AND ROCK REEFS AND LEDGES (A-11d,-11g) Coral and rocky reefs and ledges are indicated on the charts by the same symbol. The area between the mean high-water line and the outer edge of the ledge symbol should be tinted green on the printed chart. The type of reef (rock or coral) is named when known. Reef or ledge symbols should be distinctly drawn so that they will reproduce satisfac- torily on the printed chart. The symbols for reef areas less than )’’ in diameter, at the scale of the chart, should be changed to a rock awash symbol. A reef or ledge symbol is used only when the reef or ledge uncovers at low water. There is no distinctive symbol for a submerged reef or ledge, and where the limits have been determined they should be indicated by a dashed line which encloses the sunken rock symbols or the appropriate legend (See O-10). Italic letters should be used for the legend A rocky reef is considered to be detached from shore, whereas a ledge is a rocky formation connected with and fringing the shore. Italic lettering should always be used when ledges are named. OYSTER REEFS (Pg. 69) Oyster reefs which uncover at the plane of soundings should be indicated by a low-water curve and labeled, thus: ““Oys’”’. Submerged reefs, not adequately defined by soundings, should be delineated by a short-dashed line properly labeled at frequent intervals. NAMING REEFS The style of type to be used in the naming of reefs surrounding an island is a cartographic problem. In general, it is best to use italic lettering when the reef predominates, and roman lettering when the island predominates. RIPRAP MOUNDS (K-Ka) At many light structures on the East coast, riprap mounds are maintained to protect the structures against ice damage or scouring action. As a warning to small craft, all known riprap mounds shall be clearly charted, using the scallop-like symbol for rock (Symbol Sheet, A-11d). In most instances this will require ex- aggerating the outer limits of the riprap so as to extend them beyond the light symbol’s 3-mm. magenta disc. On charts of the 1:80,000-scale series where these riprapped lights are not charted, a rock awash symbol shall be shown in the position of the light structure. When the riprap symbol is charted, the following caution note shall be added to the notes of that chart: CAUTION Mariners are warned to stay clear of the protective riprap sur- rounding navigational light struc- tures shown thus: “> y 29 (large scale survey) Se es (small scale chart) * 30 (coral or rocky ledge) 31 (large scale survey) ay (small scale chart) 32 (oyster bar uncovers at MLW) (tinted) 33 (oyster bar submerged) C S| (Ogee Paes 34 (oyster bar submerged and uncovers at MLW) € ( 70 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL WRECKS (O) Chartered wrecks are generally of two kinds, stranded or sunken, the former term applying where any portion of the hull is above the sounding datum, and the latter applying to those dan- gerous or nondangerous wrecks which are below the chart datum or where the masts only are visible. A sunken wreck with less than 11 fathoms of water over it is considered one which may be dangerous to surface navigation (see pg. 71). Wrecks cleared by wire drag should be indicated on the charts by the special symbol provided. The symbol for a dangerous wreck differs from that for a nondangerous wreck in that the symbol for the former consists of the sunken wreck symbol surrounded by a dotted curve. For emphasis, a blue tint should be added within the danger curve around wrecks. All nondangerous (as well as dangerous) wrecks are to be charted on Alaskan charts, regardless of depth. In other areas except on “Wreck Charts,’’ nondangerous wrecks shall not be charted outside of the 20-fathom curve; however, those now charted shall be retained. On the ‘Wreck Charts,” (for benefit of fishing industry) twenty-two to date (71, 1106- 1117 incl., 1207, 1215, 1219, 1222, 3075, 3076, 5020, 5021, and 5022) all known dangerous or nondangerous wrecks are to be shown out to the 300-fathom curve. Nondangerous wrecks shown on Wreck Charts 1207, 1215, and 1219 shall be omitted from the 1100 series. The seaward limits of these 1200-series charts and an explanatory note shall be shown in magenta on the 1100 series. When wrecks or obstructions are searched for with the wire drag and the reported position is cleared, with no hang obtained, the maximum clearance is to be shown on the Wreck Charts only. The “basket”? symbol will be retained, but the descriptive term (i.e. ‘Wreck or Obstr’’) should be omitted. Nothing will be shown on the other charts except when shoals or rocks are also cleared as specified under WIRE-DRAG SURVEYS. The symbol and all references of a wreck or obstruction are to be removed from all charts when the word “‘raised”’ is used in the Wreck List or other sources such as Notice to Mariners. When the words ‘‘destroyed” or ‘‘demolished” are used, the symbol shall be retained on the Wreck Charts only. According to the regulations given above, some wrecks will be treated differently on the Wreck Charts than on other charts, while others will appear only on the Wreck Charts. A comparison of the overlap between a Wreck Chart and a non-wreck chart shall accordingly be guided by these instructions. Information relative to wrecks shall be published in the Notice to Mariners. HYDROGRAPHY WRECKS Visible wreck Sunken wreck which may be dangerous to surface navigation. : / Qk FIR a we Wreck Nondangerous sunken wreck Sunken wreck with only masts visible Wreck, depth known {S Wreck Wreck, cleared by wire drag ah Wreck or Wk (Wreckage ’ we i) Wreckage Wreck, large-scale chart Wreck, submerged, large-scale chart Stranded wreck, showing any portion of the hull or superstructure above datum of soundings (not masts,and funnels only). Note that the bottom line of the symbol, which represents the water surface, must always be par- a/le/ to the bottom of the chart. Do not apply this symbol in crowded areas, especially when it interferes with Topography. (Use dangerous sunken wreck symbol instead.) When marked by a light (on charts with magenta overprint) Wreck over which the exact depth 1s unknown but is considered dangerous to surface navigation and might have less than // fathoms.over It. When marked by a light (magenta disc over- print). When marked by a lighted buoy (magenta disc overprint). When marked by an unlighted buoy. Wreck over which the depth 1s unknown but not considered dangerous to surface navigation or has more than // fathoms over it. All of hull or superstructure submerged. Masts showing above datum of soundings. Least depth found over wreck. Wreck cleared by wire drag to 2/ feet. (See instructions listed under wire drag.) Outline of the area of a number of wrecks. On large-scale charts, wrecks should be deline- ated in outline when a// or most of the hu// or superstructure shows above the sounding datum. On large-scale charts, submerged wrecks should be outlined by a dashed /ine. 71 72 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL KELP (0-20) Kelp generally grows in areas of rocky bottom, and in exposed waters it is found in depths as great as 10 fathoms. The presence of kelp is an indication that submerged pinnacle rocks may exist in the area. In general, the word “Kelp” is used in place of the kelp symbol, which is used only in small areas. TIDE RIPS (0-18) The words “Tide Rips”’ shall be used in place of the symbol. MARINE ACCIDENT FILE In 1954 a special file of nautical charts was established for use in connection with marine accident cases or wreck investigations. Upon receipt of information of an accident, three copies of the appropriate charts at the time of accident are placed in this file and retained for five years. DANGER TO NAVIGATION REPORT The Coast and Geodetic Survey policy for the disposition of a report of a grounding or other danger to navigation is best explained by reference to the flow diagram, page 73. In general, the routing of a report is as follows: 1. A danger to navigation report received by, or originating with, the Coast and Geodetic Survey in the field is immediately forwarded (generally by radio) to the affected Coast Guard District Office for publication in the local Notice to Mariners and for broadcasting over radio to the boating public. Our commanding officer in the field also notifies (generally by telegram) Bureau Headquarters in Washington, D.C. 2. Immediately upon receipt of a danger to navigation report in our Headquarters, the report is routed through the Office of the Director and the Assistant Director for Cartography, to the Office of the Chief, Nautical Chart Division. This Division Chief then requests an evaluation by the Operations Officer; Chief, Hydrographic Branch; and Chief, Nautical Data Branch. Upon receipt of the results of this evaluation with recommendations, the Division Chief makes the decision as to how the reported danger would be charted. In accordance with this decision, the Chief, Aids to Navigation Section writes an article for insertion in the Notice to Mariners. A copy of the danger report, with a notation as to how it will be charted, is for- warded with recommendations from the Chief, Nautical Chart Division, through the Assistant Director for Cartography to the Assistant Director, Office of Oceanography, for consideration of a field investigation of the reported danger. A copy of the report is also sent to the Coast Guard for consideration of aids to navigation. Another copy is furnished the Corps of Engi- neers for consideration of removal of the danger. HYDROGRAPHY ie U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY POLICY FOR DISPOSITION OF REPORTS OF DANGERS TO NAVIGATION (Rocks, Wrecks, Obstructions, Shoaling) MARCH 1963 | Navigational Danger reported from field Commanding Officer et District Officer C&GS Survey Ship Coast & Geodetic Survey Coast Guard District Office Reported in Local Notice to Mariners Director Coast & Geodetic Survey Washington 25, D.C. Assistant Director Office of Cartography Coast Guard Headquarters Chief, Nautical Chart Division Makes decision, based on Bureau Policy, as to charting reported danger Chief Hydro. Branch med Operations Assistant Director Officer Coast Guard Corps of Office of Cartography Headquarters Engineers Chief, Nautical : DataiBeanch Copy of report, with recommendations, is forwarded to Asst. Chief, Aids to ¢ Director, Office of Navigation Sect. Oceanography Existing stock of charts is hand corrected before issue from Wash., D.C., New York & San Francisco Reported Danger is published in weekly Notice to Mariners Chief, Operations Div. Field investigation, immediate or future, is made at discretion of Asst. Director, Office of Oceanography Reported Danger is added to each affected chart at time of printing 74 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL VI Bottom Characteristics BOTTOM CHARACTERISTICS (S) Bottom characteristics shall be spaced at reasonable intervals over the chart and shall be placed a little below and to one side of the sounding. Within practical limits the representa- tion should show the type of bottom on the different bottom features. Rocky areas unsuitable for anchoring as well as areas well suited for anchoring are of special interest to the navigator. Fishermen have a special interest in the characteristics on shoals and those revealing areas in which nets might be damaged. In general, two words or their abbreviations will suffice in describing bottom characteristics. The abbreviations used must conform with those printed in the standard note on the chart. Only in special cases will it be necessary to use any others. In harbors, inland waters, and along the coast, where the navigator may be interested in the holding quality of the bottom, characteristics should consist of the type or character, such as rky, hrd, M, sft, S, stk. Avoid hrd M and sft S. In deep water, characteristics should consist of the type of bottom, and color, if pertinent, such as bk M, yl Cl, Sh, S. VII Verification of Wire-Drag Surveys The area and depth diagram, which is also known as the “A and D sheet”’, shows the final results of drag operations in a simplified and clear manner. It shows the maximum effective wire-drag depths in every portion of the area covered by the wire-drag survey. It also shows the soundings as well as the groundings on shoals. A summary of groundings and clearances is given in the Descriptive Report. The soundings and groundings are shown by black numerals; the groundings are encircled in green ink. Notes at groundings give the maximum effective wire-drag depth at which the groundings were cleared. If the grounding was not cleared by a subsequent wire-drag strip, these notes will so state. A grounding not cleared by a wire-drag strip may be charted only as a sounding. Areas shown on the A and D sheet as “‘splits” or insufficient overlaps of adjoining wire-drag strips are considered not to be covered by the wire-drag. (For further information concerning wire-drag surveys, see Coast and Geodetic Survey ‘‘Wire Drag Manual,’’ publication No. 20-1.) HYDROGRAPHY 7) VIII Review of Hydrographic Surveys The written review appended to the Descriptive Report of a hydrographic survey is a record of the discussions, evaluations, and recommendations derived from a comprehensive study of the latest and prior surveys by this Bureau and charted information from other sources. The compiler shall read the review before applying the survey to a chart. The review serves as an important aid to the compiler in the construction or revision of a nautical chart. A review’s main purpose is to make the new survey complete with reference to all informa- tion on prior hydrographic or wire-drag surveys so that it is unnecessary for the chart compiler to consult any prior surveys of the area covered, except as specifically mentioned in the written review. The latest reviewed basic survey supersedes all prior surveys in the common area. In order to do this, it is frequently necessary to carry forward from the prior surveys to the present survey, data which have not been confirmed or disproved by the present survey. Compilers will find specific comments and conclusions in the review relative to the char- acter. of the area, shoreline, and development of the bottom features including the least depths on shoals or obstructions. The adequacy of the junctions with contemporary surveys or other currently charted detail is considered and evaluated. Discussions by the reviewer, under ‘(Comparison with prior surveys”, consider changes in shoreline or bottom configuration and state whether these changes are due to natural or arti- ficial causes or to less detailed and accurate methods employed in the prior surveys. Under the heading “Comparison with chart” the origin of the charted data is listed, and all differences between the charted and current survey data are enumerated. The majority of the charted information will have been considered in the comparison with prior surveys. Therefore, attention need be given only to the charted data from Chart Letters, advance copies of Boat Sheets, Coast Guard and Naval Oceanographic Office Notices to Mariners, Corps of Engineers surveys, or other sources. Where charted data from sources other than the Bureau surveys have not been disproved by the present survey and should be retained on the chart, a specific recommendation to that effect is made. Finally the discussion is concluded with a statement as to the adequacy of the present survey to supersede the charted hydrography. In cases where improved channels fall within the area of the hydrographic survey, the controlling depth notes are usually furnished by the Corps of Engineers. Controlling depth notes dated subsequent to the present survey information are recommended for retention on the chart. Where shoals and channels have shifted in position and are not adequately marked by the charted buoys, or a new unmarked danger is noted, the review will so state. Differences between the charted and present survey position of the fixed aids to navigation are noted. The compiler should note whether or not the survey and review has been finally inspected and approved for application to the charts or if it has been previously partially applied. Guid- ance as to the proper procedure should be sought from the Chiefs of the Conventional or Small-craft Chart Branches. Finally the compiler should give reasons in the “History of Cartographic Work”’ for devia- tions, if any, from the recommendations made under ‘(Comparison with charts’’ in the review. 76 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL IX Registration of Surveys The registration of hydrographic surveys (H-Series) is completed upon receipt of the Smooth Sheet, Descriptive Report and field records in the Washington Office. Besides the regular basic hydrographic surveys there are wire-drag surveys (which are filed as the H-Series with a suffix W.D.), field examinations (which are designated as F.E. and filed progressively by the year of the registration), and the deep-sea tracklines (which are filed under specific H-Series: H-7100 to 7119). All permanent survey records such as supplementary special reports, sounding volumes, fathograms and other such records are forwarded to the Bureau library. The registration of photogrammetric surveys (T-Series) is not completed until after the survey has been reviewed and approved. Although copies of many photogrammetric compila- tions can be obtained from the vault they may represent only the incomplete, preliminary or advance photogrammetric information. These copies are maintained as a temporary reference file and are destroyed upon receipt of the final approved copy. The various types of photogrammetric surveys filed in the vault are Planimetric, Shore- line and Topographic surveys. Planetable surveys generally made prior to the advent of photogrammetric surveys are also filed in the vault. These may also be planimetric, shoreline or topographic in the details shown. The registry numbering of the planetable surveys are from 0 to 4999, those mounted on aluminum are from 6000 to 7999; photogrammetric surveys are numbered from 5000 to 5999 and 8000 to 12000. Geographical indices are maintained for all registered surveys on medium-scale nautical charts of the Bureau. The actual coverage is diagrammed on these charts, some of which are programmed on two or more copies to avoid congestion. xX Survey Repository The original surveys of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are filed in the fire-proof repository, located in room 1117. This vault contains over 9700 topographic and 8700 hydrographic surveys which have been made since 1834. The vault is also a storage depot for assorted documents associated with the Bureau surveying activities and for some classified materials. It is needless to say that this material is irreplaceable and should be handled with extreme care. All persons removing documents or surveys from the vault shall complete either the blue (hydrographic) or the pink (topographic) request forms C&GS-8255, ‘‘Topographic/Hydro- eraphic Sheet Request” and assume complete responsibility for the prompt return of all items borrowed. AIDS TO NAVIGATION He AIDS TO NAVIGATION GENERAL STATEMENT Lights, lightships, fog signals, buoys, daybeacons, radiobeacons, and loran (see section on electronic aids to navigation) are the principal aids to navigation shown on the charts. Complete information regarding these aids will be found in the Light List. The correct chart- ing of these aids is illustrated on Figures 1 and 24 in the Appendix, and on Chart No. 1. Aids with their characteristics must be so charted that they are identified readily by the chart user and are not obscured by less important information. Care must be taken that the legends which describe the light characteristics fall outside both the magenta disc, used to overprint the dots representing the positions of lights, and the encircling magenta rings, used to symbolize radiobeacons. It is the responsibility of the cartographer and verifier to see that all aids and lettering concerning aids are in their correct positions on compilations and in the areas corrected on Drawings, before being submitted to the Aids Section for checking. There is a definite pattern to the placement of aids to navigation marking our harbors and inland waterways known as the Lateral System. The coloring and numbering of lights, buoys and daybeacons is determined by their position with respect to the navigable channels pro- ceeding from seaward toward the head of navigation. Even-numbered, red or white lighted buoys and lights, mark the right-hand side of the channel entering from seaward. Odd- numbered, green or white lighted buoys and lights, mark the left-hand side of the channel entering from seaward. In coloring and numbering of offshore buoys and lights along the coasts and along traffic routes not leading distinctly from seaward, or toward headwaters, the above system applies when proceeding in a southerly direction along the Atlantic Coast, in a northerly and westerly direction along the Gulf Coast and in a northerly direction along the Pacific Coast. The Intracoastal Waterway is similarly marked proceeding from the north Atlantic States to the lower coast of Texas regardless of the compass headings of individual sections. When determined by triangulation, the position of all fixed aids must be plotted carefully by their geographic coordinates. When determined by stereo bridging, they should be plotted by their geographic coordinates, directly from Form 567. When not determined by triangula- tion or stereo bridging, their positions should be transferred carefully to the Drawings from the survey sheets. The symbols for buoys, daybeacons, and lights, together with their accompany- ing lettering, should be so placed as to keep channels clear. 78 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL All aids to navigation along dredged channels shall be charted in their true positions when being plotted or revised on Drawings or Aid Proofs, unless such aids on opposite sides of a channel plot less than 1.5 mm. apart. In this case the aids may be separated to 1.5 mm. if the approval of the Chief of Branch is obtained. At this separation, daymarks will barely overlap. However, aids shall not be moved off ranges or natural objects. The overlap of magenta discs is not considered detrimental to the clarity of the chart. Any lettering or sounding within the disc should be moved to clear it except a critical sounding which shall not be moved. It will not be necessary for cartographers to investigate the charted positions of channel aids in those areas not being revised from new source material unless the Aid Proof indicates that this should be done. Fixed aids are often built on rocks and isolated features, and care must be taken to restore these features when. the aids are removed from the charts. Before being sent to the Reproduction Division, all new or corrected charts must be sub- mitted to the Aids Section for checking of aids. After all the necessary work has been accom- plished in the Reproduction Division and the chart is ready for printing, a final check of aids is made, at which time a check must be made of the printing date. This printing date should be a Monday following the date of the last Notice to Mariners applied. The Coast Guard Head- quarters, Aids to Navigation Division, is contacted at this time for knowledge of proposed navigational aid projects with approximate dates of completion within the chart limits in order to coordinate the printing supply and completion of major revisions. Temporary defects in aids to navigation are not indicated on the charts except where a buoy replaces a fixed aid. A standard note covering this practice is added to all charts. (See Fig. 9.) When a buoy replaces a fixed aid, the following abbreviations are added at the fixed aid by a hand correction in red: TRLB Temporarily replaced by lighted buoy showing the same characteristic TRUB Temporarily replaced by unlighted buoy TLB ‘Temporary lighted buoy TUB Temporary unlighted buoy. LIGHTS (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K) The positions of all fixed lights shall be shown on Drawings by the intersection of two red lines parallel to the neatlines, and on Compilations by similar intersecting blue lines. On charts, a lighted beacon or lighthouse is represented by a black dot, 0.76 mm. in diameter, and over- printed by a magenta disc, 3.0 mm. in diameter. On all Drawings and Compilations, the cartographer shall indicate the size of the magenta dises for lighted aids to navigation by drawing a non-photographic blue-ink circle on the Compilations and a green-ink circle on Drawings, using the standard diameter at each position. AIDS TO NAVIGATION 79 The characteristics and numbers of all lights must be shown on the Compilation in blue, and on the Drawings in red, and must be in the exact positions they will occupy on the finished chart. The lower case ‘‘!’”’ is used in the abbreviation for flashing, Fl. Two lights on the same structure should be so indicated by their characteristics even though these are the same, e.g.{fg- Amber lights are indicated by the abbreviation “Am.’’ The words and abbrevia- tions for visibility and every, vis., and ev., are to be omitted from the charts. The visibility distance of range lights shall not be charted. On large-scale charts, the characteristics of lights shall be shown in the following order: 1. Character as Gp Fl group flashing 2. Color as R red 3. Period as (3) 10sec three every ten seconds 4. Height as 85ft eighty-five feet 5. Visibility as 10M visible ten miles 6. Number gary On? light number ‘‘2” The legend will appear on the charts thus: Gp FI R(8) 10sec 85ft 10M ‘‘2”” Omissions shall be made on the smaller scale charts in the following order: Ist height, 85it Gp FI R(8) 10sec 10M"‘2” 2nd period, every 10 seconds Gp Fl R(8) 10M “2” 3rd_ number in group, (3) Gp Fl R 10M“‘2” 4th number, “2” Gp FIR 10M 5th wisibility, 10M Gp FIR On small-scale sailing charts, complete information regarding characteristics should be given for those lights which it is anticipated will be used in coastwise navigation. Names of lights which are not numbered should be charted when space permits. 692-834 O - 64-7 80 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL OFFICIAL U.S. COAST GUARD PHOTOGRAPH MILE ROCKS LIGHT Mile Rocks Light Station, located one-half mile off Lands End in the Golden Gate area of San Francisco, was completed in 1906. The superstructure, which is 78 feet above the water, houses the fog signal apparatus and a 11,000 candlepower light visible at 14 miles. The rocks upon which the light station is situated are constantly washed by swirling currents. AIDS TO NAVIGATION 81 BUOYS (Figs. 1, 21) (L) In general, the positions of floating aids should be taken from the latest Aid Proof of the largest scale chart available. However, survey positions should be given careful consideration. Any floating aid taken from sources other than the Aid Proof should be left in pencil for checking by the Aids Section. The Aids Section shall ink all such aids accepted and call for deletion of the corresponding presently charted aid. The position of a navigational buoy or mooring buoy is indicated by the dot or small circle at the base of the symbol. In congested areas and on smaller scale charts, omissions of characteristics at buoys shall be made in the following order: Lighted Buoys Unlighted Buoys Daybeacons ‘Is ROO R R Fl R 4sec BELL N@2AY" By 277 R’’22"" on R and 7 R BELL Nae 9” FIR yor 3rd BELL’’22”” N 12 FIR 2 BLT 5th BELL All buoys, except mooring buoys, black buoys (and red buoys which are colored red instead of magenta on Small-craft and folded Intracoastal Waterway Charts), should carry the abbrevi- ation indicating their color. Periods (cycles) of the lights on buoys must be indicated on the charts, but the visibility need not be shown. Lighted buoys are indicated on the printed chart by a magenta disc, 2.5 mm. in diameter, and centered on the dot at the base of the buoy symbol. (See L-2.) For the present, buoys carrying radar reflectors are indicated on the charts, thus: Ra Ref The symbol for radar reflector is: > (See M-13.) Buoys, with their numbers and characteristics, should be shown on the Compilations in black, and on Drawings in red, clear of rock symbols and the least depth on shoals. 82 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL To simplify correction work along channels, buoy symbols should be placed at an angle of about 65 degrees from the channel lines, and with the symbol pointing toward the top of the chart wherever possible. The lettering pertaining to channel buoys should be placed far enough away from the channel lines to permit slight changes in the positions of the buoy symbols without disturbing the lettering. YN Ze a He vo : 7 a Te ZK x el ee N"6 Y V4 4 N NU 6 ae ee on Ue Sens Ya oe 2 arin Bor S | Ye Ne Ha ~ II The orientation’ of the buoy symbols, other than those along dredged channels, should be about 25° from the vertical. Unlighted buoys along dredged channels shall be charted in their true position on large- scale charts. On small-scale charts, when the widths of channels are exaggerated, the buoys are charted in their correct relation to the edge of the channel. Buoy symbols marking the limits of fish trap areas should be oriented so as to fall inside the area and, in general, at an angle of 65° from the limiting lines. Mooring buoys, whether lighted or unlighted cans, nuns, or spars, should be shown by the mooring buoy symbol. (L-22) The purpose for which a buoy is to be used determines the symbol for charting. Buoys having a ring to which a boat is to be tied, shall be represented by the mooring buoy symbol. A white can, nun or spar, lighted or unlighted buoy marking a position for dropping anchor or marking anchorage area limits shall be represented by the standard open buoy symbol. Racing buoys shall not be charted. In areas where racing buoys are established, the following note shall be charted: RACING BUOYS Racing buoys within the limits of this chart are not shown hereon. For location and description see the Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners and Light List. DAYBEACONS (Fig. 20) (1-52) Daybeacons on large-scale charts shall be shown in black on Compilations, and red on Drawings, in their true position by the standard symbol. Black beacons shall be shown in solid color and all other beacons shall be shown open. Red beacons shall be overprinted in magenta. The abbreviation ‘Bn’ should be shown only at beacons which do not have identi- fying numbers or letters. The abbreviations on both land and water should be in vertical lettering. The abbreviation for black shall be omitted, but the abbreviation for color shail be shown and placed above the number, or above or after “Bn,” thus: A Ae ABnR R "lt The center of the symbol is the geographic position. AIDS TO NAVIGATION 83 LIGHTSHIPS (Fig. 24) (K-6) Characteristics of lights on lightships shall include the height of the light and its visibility. The position of a lightship is indicated on the chart by the small circle at the base of the symbol. This circle is to be overprinted on the final chart by a magenta disc 3.0 mm. in diameter. Names of lightships should be in Draftsman’s Italic. Correct charting of a lightship is illus- trated on Figure 24 in the Appendix. STATION BUOYS A station buoy is anchored close to a lightship, or to an important buoy, to mark the posi- tion in case the regular aid is carried away. The station buoy has the same color as the regular * aid. Lightship station buoys bear the letters L.S. above the initials of the station. Station buoys are not to be shown on the charts. LIGHTFLOATS (L-12) Floats which display lights should be indicated on the chart by the lighted open buoy symbol and labeled ‘“‘rroar.”’ LIGHT SECTOR (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4) A Light Sector is an arc of a circle bounded by two radii in which a light is visible. The length of the dotted line used to indicate the limits of a Light Sector should generally cor- respond to the visibility given in the Light List. Thus, if a light’s visibility is 20 miles, the length of the ray lines should be 20 miles at the scale of the chart. Limits of sectors and arcs of visibility are given in the Light List in degrees in a clockwise direction from seaward toward the light. Colors of sectors are labeled in the form of an arc of a circle about one inch away from the light. For red sectors, a magenta line should be shown under the words “rep sEcToR.” HORN A horn, bell, gong, or siren, not accompanying a regular aid, should be indicated on the chart by a small circle symbol. The name should be in caps, using 6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic style of type: o Horn 84 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL RADIOBEACONS (Figs. 1, 24) (M-3, 4, 5) Radiobeacons are operated continuously with a series of six radiobeacons sequenced on a single frequency. In the system of time sharing, the six beacons are sequenced to transmit for a period of one minute in consecutive rotation with the exception of marker radiobeacons which operate continuously transmitting a series of 4-second dashes for 13% seconds, silent 144 seconds. Details relative to radiobeacons will be found in the Light List and U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office Publication No. 117, Radio Navigational Aids. For policy governing charting of aero- nautical radiobeacons, see Page 30. Radiobeacons are indicated on the charts by a magenta circle 7.1mm. in diameter. The magenta circle need not be shown adjacent to the standard abbreviation note shown on the charts. For charts on the Atlantic Coast with scales from 1:40,000 to 1:1,000,000, and on the Pacific Coast with scales from 1:40,000 up to the smallest scale charts, excluding Charts 9340, 9400, 4000, 9000, the frequency, code signal and operating schedule shall be indicated adjacent to the radiobeacon symbol, thus: R Bn 302 ==—-e & ———e Continuously (1m on-5m silent) In Canada, with the exception of those beacons revised to the above standards, the charac- teristic signal is usually repeated three times and is followed by one or more dash signals. In this case the legend should be charted as follows: R Bn 300 -:-= 3times& == 60m-10m & 30m-40m On charts with scales other than those mentioned above, only the radiobeacon symbol (magenta circle 7.1 mm. in diameter) and the legend R Bn shall be charted. Only marine radiobeacons have been calibrated for surface use. Limitations on the use of other radio signals as an aid to marine navigation can be found in the “List of Lights and other Marine Aids,’”’ published by the Coast Guard and ‘Radio Navigational Aids,’ Naval Oceanographic Office Publication No. 117. DISTANCE FINDING STATIONS (Fig. 24) (M-15) Sound signals synchronized with radiobeacons shall be indicated on the charts by the ab- breviation “DFS.” AIDS TO NAVIGATION 85 AERONAUTICAL LIGHTS (Figs. 1, 24) (K-4) As the effective range of aeronautical lights is in most cases greater than that of the lights established for ship navigation, those listed in the Light List should be shown on the charts. The position is indicated on the chart by a dot with a magenta disc 3 mm. in diameter. The light symbol should be accompanied by its characteristics and the abbreviation’“AERO.”’ (See Aeronautical Radiobeacons, Radio Range Stations, pg. 30.) All true aeronautical lights are rotating in character and are shown on the charts as ‘‘Rot.”’ The color is indicated by the standard abbreviations used for nautical lights. The period, height, visibility and number are not charted. Obstruction lights, sometimes referred to as aeronautical lights, are not to be charted unless specifically requested and approval is obtained from the Branch Chief to chart same. When the structure is shown with the landmark symbol and the obstruction light has been ap- proved for charting, the following symbolization shall be used: © rons Since the landmark symbol is used, the magenta disc is omitted. A file with a card for each rotating aeronautical light is maintained in the Aids Section. This file gives the location and color of the lights. The Radio Facility Chart Branch of the Aeronautical Chart Division furnishes all information which it receives that can be used in the correction of the card file. 'The compiler should consult this file before making any changes to charted aeronautical lights. If changes are made, the card should be corrected accordingly and, if necessary, the change should be published in the Notice to Mariners. PRIVATE AIDS (K-17; L-29, -Lf) Only those private aids listed in the C.G. Light List shall be charted. If aids established and maintained by private interests are charted, they shall be marked, ‘‘Priv maintd” (in vertical type if fixed, in italic type if floating). On small-scale charts, or when space is limited, this information may be omitted if charted on one or more large-scale charts covering the area. Any fixed unlighted aid not established or maintained by the Coast Guard, and not listed in the C.G. Light List, should be charted thus:'© marker when approximate, thus: © Marker Lighted aids should be shown with the light symbol, proper characteristics and the ab- breviation ‘‘Priv maintd”. If the aid is not included in the Light List it should be charted thus: o Marker (lighted) When approximate, thus: © marker (lighted) A private light (charting approved by Branch Chief) on a radio tower, or other struc- ture shown with the landmark symbol, should be charted in a manner similar to the following: R TR FaReet Since in this case the landmark symbol is used, the magenta disc should be omitted. “F R Lt” is the abbreviation for fixed red light. 86 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL I Electronic Navigational Systems Included within this category are those electronic navigational systems which require the cartographer to prepare the necessary lines of position for overprinting on selected charts. Currently this category includes Loran ‘‘A’’, Loran ‘‘C” and Consol. Loran ‘‘A”’ provides accurate fixes at sea to ranges of 700 nautical miles by day and about 1400 nautical miles by night, regardless of weather. Loran depends upon measuring in micro- seconds (millionths of seconds) the time interval between the reception of short pulses trans- mitted from pairs of radio stations on shore. One transmitter of a loran pair, the ‘‘master station”, emits a number of uniformly spaced pulses each second. Several hundred miles away a second transmitter, the ‘slave station”, emits a corresponding series of pulses which are kept accurately synchronized with those from the master station. The time difference between the reception of a master pulse and the corresponding slave pulse establishes one point. If a constant value of time difference is observed at a series of points, and if these points are plotted on a chart and connected, the resulting smoothed curve will be a spheroidal hyperbola, and a loran line of position. A minimum of two ‘families’ or ‘Sates’’ of these loran lines of position are overprinted on a given chart to provide intersections for fixes. Loran “‘C” provides very accurate fixes at sea to ranges of 1400 nautical miles day and night by using ground wave signals. Fixes up to 2500 nautical miles may be obtained day and night using sky wave signals; however, the accuracy is then of the order of +5 nautical miles. The method of observation is basically similar to Loran “‘A”’ except that all stations in a chain operate on the same pulse repetition rate. At the present Loran ‘‘C”’ is being used as a special purpose highly accurate navigation system for the Department of Defense. In order to obtain the ultimate accuracy out of the system, especially programed shipboard computers are used. Due to receiver costs, few sets other than by the military, are in use. In preparing for this overprinting, the cartographer is concerned with these steps: 1. Determining which rates will provide the best coverage on the given chart. 2. Determining which lines of position for a given rate will result in the most satisfactory and usable spacing. 3. Plotting the tabular intercepts on a copy of the chart printed on a stable medium, and connecting like points with smooth curves. 4. Preparing overlays as necessary to indicate color separations. AIDS TO NAVIGATION 87 The determination and establishment of the most satisfactory rates is normally the result of coordination with the U.S. Coast Guard, and the decision of the Chief of Division. These factors are important for consideration: 1. The geographic distance of the stations of a given rate from the neatline limits of the chart. 2. The relationship of rates to one another. The most satisfactory fixes are obtained where the intersections of the lines of position are normal to one another; the least satis- factory are at or near baseline extensions. 3. The existence of extensive shoal areas on a chart would preclude the overprinting of loran lines within these areas. On a printed copy of the chart the cartographer shall sketch in the desired lines of position, preferably in the colors in which they are to be printed. Normally, a given rate is printed in the same color on all charts; any deviation from this shall be authorized only by the Chief of Division. The lines of position shall be spaced approximately three-fourths of an inch apart where convergence is greatest; as the lines of position diverge, intermediate lines shall be added. Excepting near base-line extensions, no space shall be greater than the largest spacing of the linear interpolator. Normally, every line of position is labeled; the 100-microsecond lines shall carry the complete designation, as 214-1500, while intermediate lines may be designated only as 1420, 1440, etc. The designation shall be kept aligned as far as possible, and are spaced along each line at 15- to 18-inch intervals. A blueline made from the black negatives of the chart shall be procured. The blueline should be printed near the center of a large sheet of polyester plastic, on the grained side; the plastic shall not be trimmed from the edges. Three principal forms of plotting data for loran lines of position are available: 1. The bound copies of ‘Loran Tables”, N.O.O. Publication No. 221 with specific sub- numbers in parentheses. 2. “Tab Runs”, which are preliminary tables also obtained under limited distribution from the Oceanographic Office. 3. Supplemental “tab runs” obtained from our own Computing Division to augment either of the above. A quick examination of the tables and tab runs above will show that intercept values are provided for every 15’ of arc at and near both stations where the hyperbolas change direc- tion most rapidly. Further out from the two stations, intercepts are provided for every 30’, while at the greatest distances they are at every minute of arc. Rule in the necessary additional projection lines in a non-photographic blue ink. The projection lines should be ruled outside the neat lines as necessary to insure at least one plotted point for every line of position either. on or outside the next lines. 88 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Plot the intercepts from the tables (or tab runs), labeling each point with a small circle in colored pencil, preferably that color in which the rate is to be printed. Frequently it will be necessary to interpolate to obtain points for intermediate lines of position. Both tables and N.O.O. tab runs provide “delta values’ (the column headed by ‘‘A”), which are actually tenths of a minute of arc expressed as whole numbers. The algebraic sign preceding the delta value indicates whether it is to be added to or subtracted from the intercept next preceding, to obtain a new intercept midway between the full values. After all rates are plotted on the single sheet of stable-base plastic, like points are con- nected by fine black lines. All necessary type is added as determined by the study above, as well as a linear interpolator that best fits the more usable intervals of lines of position. Colored overlays shall be prepared one for each color in which loran information is to be printed, and each overlay shall show clearly what information is to be printed in each color. All notes pertaining to loran in general, as well as the linear interpolator, shall be added to the black Drawing, to be printed in black. When one of the loran rates is printed in magenta, all compass roses shall be printed in black. All loran lines of position, including base-line extensions, shall be engraved 0.004’’ wide. Loran lines of position shall be broken only for type of the same color, for all sky wave corrections, and for ocean station vessels. Black information shall not be broken for loran information; neither shall loran information be broken for black information. Avoid placing loran type where it will be obscured by the black. After verification, the loran Drawings with type and the overlays are ready for reproduction. A consol radio station is a directional radio beacon. The bearing lines radiating from the station are great circle lines of position identifiable to the mariner by a separate count of dots and dashes. The navigator determines his bearing from a station by a count; the intersection of bearings from two stations provides a fix. Consol may be used in conjunction with one or more of the established methods of navigation. Control points for consol bearing lines are computed as geographic positions either by the cartographer, or submitted as tab runs from the electronic computer. On a reverse blue- line of the black negatives, plot first the geographic position of the consol station, then plot the remaining geographic positions of the bearing lines. Connect like points with smooth curves in pencil only. Using the consol station as a center, ink in arcs of concentric circles to include all of the pencilled bearings and space the several arcs uniformly five or six inches apart. The inter- sections of the pencilled bearing lines and the arcs shall be shown by short ticks inked on the inside of each arc; intermediate points for bearings may be computed as necessary, or they may be added by graphically subdividing the circular distance. SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 89 SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS In the Spring of 1958 The Director of the Coast and Geodetic Survey appointed a com- mittee to make a study of a special chart to meet the requirements of the small-craft navigator. A compact chart was designed for use in the inland and coastal waterways of the United States for recreational boators. These compact charts, the latest addition to the Bureau’s list of nautical charts published, are the Small-craft Charts. They provide the small-craft navigator with a convenient instrument for navigation and are constructed with the same high standard of accuracy established for the Conventional Nautical Charts. To promote safe navigation, selected basic educational aids are charted for the small-craft operator. Small-craft Charts are issued in three different types (see page 90) and are identified by the following assigned group numbers: I. 100-SC to 199-SC: Small-craft Chart Folio, consist of three or four folded sheets printed front and back and bound in a suitable cover—(Chart 101-SC). II. 600-SC to 699-SC: Small-craft Route Charts (rivers and narrow waterways), con- sist of a folded single sheet printed front and back and issued in a suitable jacket— (Chart 690-SC) (Conventional Charts printed front and back may be assigned to this number series by deleting the letters ‘‘SC’’). 800-SC to 899-SC: Small-craft Route Charts (Intracoastal Waterway) consist of a folded single sheet printed front and back, and issued in a suitable jacket— (Chart 829-SC). III. 70-SC to 9500-SC: Small-craft Area Charts. The “SC” designation following the chart numbers will in all cases, except those listed above, designate a Conventional Chart published with additional Small-craft information. These charts are folded on a horizontal axis folding into panels—(Chart 246-SC). 90 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL The diagrams below show the cover, base, neatline and panel dimensions of the three basic types of Small-craft Chart formats in current use. 100-SC FOLIO CHART TYPE Small-craft Chart: Multiple pages printed back-to-back; each page accordion-folded and issued in a side (ring) binding with protective cover. TRIM OUTSIDE FRONT 8” COVER SIZE 142" x 174" OUTSIDE BACK Q” Binding Edge Binding Edge 1” BASE TRIM 143” x 322” OUTSIDE BORDER 14” x 315” he NEATLINE 13,93” x 31.43” Fold PANELS 82”, 8”. 8”, 8x 143" 600-SC AND 800-SC ROUTE CHART TYPE Charts of rivers, narrow bodies of water; Intracoastal Waterway Charts. 1 page printed back-to-back; 7 folds; 8 panels; accordion- folded and issued in a jacket. Y T | JACKET TRIM SIZE 15$"x 184” | | INSIDE OUTSIDE BACK OUTSIDE FRONT | FLAP 7 a 7” = 3 3 | uw uw BASE | TRIM 15" x 59" | OUTSIDE BORDER 143" x 58” NEATLINE 14.43” x 57.93” | PANELS 7 3/8”x 15” AREA CHART TYPE Conventional Chart: 1 page printed one side; folded on a horizontal axis; accordion folded and issued in a jacket. oars / Center Fold Hi BASE ! THESE CHARTS VARY IN SIZE AND SHALL BE PRINTED ON PAPER OF SUFFICIENT DIMENSIONS TO ALLOW FOR A SINGLE HORIZONTAL FOLD AND 7 3/8" STANDARD ACCORDION FOLDS Small-craft Chart Sizes SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 91 Small-craft Charts GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FORMAT DIMENSIONS: See page 90. A PLANNING LAYOUT shall be made on a pre-determined format, showing the limits, title, and scale of the base chart and the insets. Space permitting, selected photographs of pertinent features within the charted area will be employed. MERCATOR PROJECTIONS, based on the middle latitude of the chart, shall be computed and ruled for the base chart and insets. Projection and subdivision intervals are determined by the chart scale. -LINE WEIGHTS: See page 96. SOURCES shall include all the latest information as to: . Hydrography | Standards . Topography . Photography . Aid Proofs . Coast Pilot . Geographic Names Standards . Notice to Mariners on Doan FF Ww DY fF . Facilities (Services and Supplies) When source material has been evaluated, a graphic index shall be made of all the data to be used in the chart. For compilation, this source material is then reduced or enlarged photographically for fidelity of detail and scale. All data used during compilation and review must be recorded on the History Sheets. Marine Weather information, Tides, Currents, and all other notes concerning the chart and insets should be selected and revised, if neces- sary. Modernized wording should be used whenever possible. FACILITY information is obtained by a facility inspection survey. The facility positions are plotted on the largest scale charts, T-sheets, or quads covering the Small-craft Chart area and described as Facility Standards. Information for individual facilities shall be assembled and transferred to the facility index forms. Field numbers designate the indi- vidual facilities until all facilities have been plotted on the base charts and insets. A number is then assigned and applied to the red or magenta compilation in bold type with a leader to its exact position. The facilities are listed consecutively within the Facility Index and placed on the cover whenever possible. Facility tabulations are revised in each new edition of the chart. 92 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CHART DETAIL to include: 1. Landmarks and other navigational aids shall be precisely plotted. . Urban area limits are selected from latest sources, outlined on an urban compilation and show the actual urban limits and not the city or town boundaries. The urban pattern will be screened by the Reproduction Division. . Main roads and railroads shall be single line, identified, labeled and show through the urban pattern. All roads leading to facilities must be shown. . Drainage patterns, lakes, streams, canals, and reservoirs are charted when significant. . Selected critical spot elevations and bluffs should be charted if prominent. . Latest bridge and cable data shall be applied. HYDROGRAPHY is to be compiled from latest sources. Hydrographic information on the base charts within the limits of the insets is omitted except for that used for through traffic. Soundings shall be carefully selected and charted in feet, or fathoms and feet, as required. The 6-foot, low-water, and/or other critical depth curves are selected. A blue tint shall be shown to the 6-foot or critical depth curve. Low water areas are tinted green and outlined by a dotted curve. Reefs, rocks, shoals, wrecks, piles and other water obstructions shall be carefully plotted. Bottom characteristics shall be carefully selected and spaced. All channel limits and notes are placed on the black Compilation. Restricted, prohibited, cable and pipeline areas shall be verified and applied to the red or magenta Compilation. Restricted areas are shown by the “TTT” symbol. MAJOR COURSE HEADINGS are shown on the red or magenta Compilation, and appropri- ately labeled. MAJOR DISTANCES are international nautical miles and given between primary course changes and/or at marked five mile intervals on the red or magenta Compilation. SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 93 TYPE for entire chart and insets shall be ordered using Small-craft Chart No. 117-SC as a standard. Futura Type is the basic style type to be used on all Small-craft Charts. This open-face style provides, under adverse conditions, ease of identification and increased legibility. (See page 96 for type styles and sizes.) All type must be placed carefully and interfere as little as possible with the cartographic detail. Marginal information and standard notes shall be applied using Small-craft Chart No. 117-SC as a standard. INSETS: The placement of insets is determined on the planning layout and so far as prac- ticable, insets are placed on the reverse side of the base charts. Projection intervals are determined by the scale. The insets are numbered and cross-referenced as to their location on the base charts. The limits of insets, on the base charts, are outlined accurately and num- bered in sequence on the magenta or red Compilation. Compass roses should be placed on all insets, however, where space is limited a north arrow shall be charted. CHART INDEX of the area shall be compiled at the best possible scale to diagram the cha>ted area and the adjoining chart coverage. This index is placed on the outside back cover when- ever possible. TIDE TABLES are photographic reductions of the published Tide Tables. TINT GUIDES are sent to Reproduction to guide them in the application of the blue and green tints. The date of the latest Notice to Mariners must be used for the cut-off date when the proof of Base No. 1 is ready for final verification of aids. This cut-off date also applies to the re- maining sections of the Small-craft Chart. A certain degree of flexibility should be allowed in Small-craft Chart compilations due to the special problems encountered in difficult areas. All other procedures in the construction of Small-craft Charts, in general, follow the Nautical Chart Manual standards. On the planning chart, compilation, and final drawing, attention is directed to the cartographic balance of the complete Small-craft Chart with its ultimate use always in mind. This chart is designed for recreational craft use and emphasis must be placed on completeness, accuracy, legibility of type and detail, and final usage. New editions of the Small-craft Charts are issued annually and are not hand corrected between printings. Notices to Mariners warn navigators of critical changes between editions. 94 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS I. Prepare a layout, to scale, of the selected area on pre-determined format (see pg. 90). A. Assemble layout in cover showing continuity of coverage and positions of scales, compass roses, insets, notes, photographs, etc. II. Present to Chief of Division, the layout, detailed specifications and proposed method of compilation to be employed. A. Secure his approval and scheduled date of completion. B. One of the three following methods for compilation construction is presently used for “Folio” charts and ‘‘ Route” charts: Method No. 1 A new Mercator projection is computed and ruled on a stable plastic. The areas not covered by conventional large-scale charts are compiled by rough drafting from evaluated scaled source data on the new projection. The Compilation is then forwarded to the Reproduction Division for engraving. From the resulting scribed copy a blackline print is furnished. This print is then the base Compilation, and requires a complete application of geographic names, notes, soundings and other miscellaneous type on a registered transparent stable plastic overlay. Method No. 2 Mosaic to new Mercator projection, if required, positive scaled sources photographically reproduced on stable base film. The scaled sources are made from the existing large-scale conventional chart negatives. The resulting mosaic is the base Compilation. Compile and smooth draft, on this mosaic base, all required hydrographic and topographic revisions. Re- tain all geographic names, notes, projection values, etc. as per existing conventional chart. Supplemental type stripper-film from existing charts is applied direct to the mosaicked base Compilation. Method No. 3 Same as Method No. 2 except for limited modernization of hydrographic and topographic symbolization. Duplicate negatives, of existing large-scale conventional charts, are made by the Reproduction Division and the required modernization applied to these negatives as per furnished marked copy. Stable-base film positives, made from the corrected negatives, are mosaicked and used as the base Compilation. This method requires a complete application of new small-craft style type for geographic names, notes, soundings and miscellaneous type on a registered transparent stable plastic overlay. SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 95 SMALL-CRAFT CHART TYPE GUIDE MOLOGHR AEE Cs NAWVIE)S Sm ee eee Futura Book STREET NAMES, RR AND ROUTE NO’s_ 6 Pt. Futura Book STATE AND COUNTY NAMES.________- 10 Pt. Futura Book SION LILO WUNIN IONS). 5 oe See 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique HYDROGRAPHIC NAMHBS_-_-__-_-------- Futura Medium Oblique PANTO TE ANT) Ses pa petite ny of Aa a he arte 8 Pt. Futura Medium and 8 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique (in congested areas 6 pt. may be used) SOMMINID TING S sess nee ee es sae ee A 6 Pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic SOUNDING SHRACMON Stas a= ans —== Stock Film (N-329, N-405, N-452) BOTTOM CHARACTERISTICS. ________- 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique COUWURSH BEARING Sosa oe eee ens 8 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique MILEAGE DESIGNATIONS_____-____-_- 10 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique (CUO RI DUN DS 2 ee re Oe ee 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique HEIGHTS OF ROCKS ABOVE SOUND- 6 Pt. Futura Book ING DATUM. ALL NOTES (2”’ AND 3%’’ WIDE)---_-_- 8 Pt. Futura Book BRIDGE AND OVERHEAD CABLES.__-_ 5 Pt. Futura Book SeIGAINIDINGAR KS ©). Sates pp Oe I IS 6 Pt. Futura Book PROJECTION FIGURES (BASE)-___-____- 10 Pt. Futura Book PROJECTION FIGURES (INSETS)-____- 8 Pt. Futura Book PROJECTION SUBDIVISION FIGURES 6 Pt. Futura Book (BASES AND INSETS). SPAUDHGRIE), VAIS Se) jn Eee 6 Pt. Futura Medium SCALE DESIGNATIONS. .______-________- 10 Pt. Futura Book IBVANISS, SSL OVNIGI DY TINA Doe = Ee eee 8 Pt. Futura Book INSET AND PHOTO LABELS.---_-_-____- 10 Pt. Futura Book BASH (PAGE) NUMBER SS s2255 225 oe aeee 12 Pt. Futura Medium JOINS NOTES (WHEN JOINING AN- 8 Pt. Futura Medium OTHER SMALL-CRAFT CHART). CONMINUEDENORES eas) s ae ee ene 8 Pt. Futura Book JRA CIUDIMDSC INNOIMOBT DIRS) 10 Pt. Futura Book TAN CHILLING JONI DOD APYORIB oe ee ee 8 Pt. Futura Book nsf pe 8 Pt. Futura Book (in congested areas 6 pt. may be used) NM CORRECTION DATE (BASE)______- 10 Pt. Futura Book 692-834 O- 64-8 Wo} (or) NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL SMALL-CRAFT (HEAVY BORDER LINE) 035” SMALL-CRAFT (INSET BORDER LINE) INSET OUTLINE ON BASE (RED) MILEAGE MARKER LINE (RED) .020” pies oy eo ieee ape INTERNATIONAL-STATE BOUNDARY as ite Wi yo Se — 015" ROADS 012” ANCHORAGE (RED) £0,101 ENCOUN EOUNDAR Vaan 01210 _____DANGER AREA (RED) 5.0mm _RESTRICTED DUMPING GROUND (RED) 010” SUBMARINE OPERATING AREA (RED) PROHIBITED ANCHORAGE AREA (RED) 010” DEFENSIVE SEA AREA (RED) a 5.0 mm PROHIBITED AREA (RED) 010” RESTRICTED AREA (TYPE SYMBOL-RED) totititiriiiiitaiittiaitiiiaiaiaiaiaiantitaai ata aia ay SHORELINE (HEAVY) 011” 6.0 mm oe i RAILROADS 010” ap STL 2 SSTATELPARKGRESERVATION BOUNDARY. yc Son __ _ CHANNEL (WIDE) _4- 5.0mm CHANNEL (MEDIUM) 43.7 mm ___ CHANNEL (NARROW) __ 2.5 mm _008” SUES SPOIL AREA FISH HAVEN, ig 2.0. mm _ DISPOSAL AREA _____ DUMPING GROUND_____.008"” SHORELINE (LIGHT) CANALS DITCHES STREAMS PIERS 007" _______ RULES OF THE ROAD (RED) =a 3.7 mm__ COURSE LINE (RED) SUBMARINE TRIAL AREA (RED) 6.5 mm__.007” FISH TRAP_AREA 007” RAY LINES (TYPE SYMBOL) 2 ee ok, CABLE AREA (RED) __ 215mm ee oe PIPELINE AREA (RED) 006” RATNVGESTUINY Eas SEWER REDD) RAILROAD TIES 006" = OVERHEAD POWER CABLE See TRAILS oe ay pe s TRIAL COURSE. __—__s_—_—« 006” PROJECTION oe TRANSMISSION LINE a8 Fr MARSH LIMITS _ | 005" DEPTH CURVES 005” uw oe 3! CURRENT ARROW (RED) go? Ni 00 (TYPE SYMBOL) 95 — RN \3 Lege \né —<—f0.1_kn_ Surfaced Ramps FACILITY NUMBER FACILITY BOX (RED) TYPE SYMBOL (RED) (TYPE SYMBOL) NORTH ARROW (INSET) mn LARGEST OF 4 SIZES (TYPE SYMBOL) oe = ° POSITION OF LIGHT, TYPE SYMBOL >= $$$ = pene AGE r LIGHTED BUOY, TYPE SYMBOL (RED) Pirates JOINS 184-2 (chart 296) (RED) Picea ia ites BEACON HOHTSHIA ee Saat 08" Rey LIGHTHOUSE AERO LIGHT (RED 4 € ) STORM 18 CONTINUED ON CHARTS 362 AND 1212 WARNINGS 012" 284" 7.1 mm Gy) RADIOBEACON, TYPE SYMBOL (RED) Small-craft line weights-symbols PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 97 PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS THE MERCATOR PROJECTION The parallels of latitude and the meridians of longitude constitute the framework for placing accurately all details which enter into the construction of the finished chart. They are essential to the navigator in plotting and scaling his position. With few exceptions, nautical charts are constructed on the Mercator projection. On this projection, meridians of longitude and parallels of latitude are straight lines intersecting at right angles. The distances between meridians are equal throughout the chart, but distances be- tween parallels increase progressively from the equator toward the poles, proportionately as the scales of the parallels increase, so that the scale at any point on the chart is the same in all directions. This projection has a number of advantages, among which are conformality, simplicity of construction, convenience in plotting positions from the border divisions, and the fact that on it alone a course can be laid off from any meridian or compass rose within its borders. Its principal advantage, however, and the one responsible for its world-wide use for nautical charts is that any straight line drawn on it in any direction is a rhumb line (loxodromic curve). Thus the rhumb line, or the track of a ship on a constant course, is a straight line on the pro- jection and will pass all features along that line exactly as they are charted. This is a great advantage in coastal navigation, since the straight line representing a constant course to be made good will indicate at once the distance at which dangers will be passed abeam. Disadvantages of the Mercator projection are that it makes comparison of areas very misleading when large differences of latitude are involved; that great circle routes cannot be plotted conveniently on it without the use of an auxiliary gnomonic chart. Other disadvan- tages are that the scale is constantly changing with the latitude, with the result that a eraphic scale cannot be used on smaller scale charts, making it necessary to measure distances along the border divisions for the latitudes in which the distance lies; and that for distances over 200 miles, bearings must be adjusted before plotting. On all nautical charts, a minute of latitude is considered to be approximately 1 nautical mile. 98 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CONSTRUCTION OF A MERCATOR PROJECTION To construct a Mercator projection, draw a straight line for a central meridian and then draw a central parallel perpendicular to it. Each should be as central to the sheet as the se- lected intervals of latitude and longitude will permit. To insure greater accuracy on large sheets, the longer line of the two should be drawn first, and the shorter line erected perpendicular to it. Example Required a Mercator projection for a new chart of Corpus Christi Bay, Texas, extending from latitude 27°38’ to 27°55’30’’; longitude 97°00’ to 97°27’; scale of middle parallel to be 1:40,000; projection interval 5 minutes, with construction line subdivisions 1 minute apart. For convenience all measurements are determined in millimeters. THE MERIDIANS OF LONGITUDE The middle parallel being 27°47’, the length of a minute of longitude is found, by reference to the Coast and Geodetic Survey Special Publication No. 5, page 64, to be 1642.65 meters (the value of 5’=8213.3 divided by 5=1642.65). At the scale of the chart, one minute of longi- tude equals 1642.65 divided by 40,000=0.0410665 meters or 41.067 millimeters. Lines repre- senting 5-minute intervals of longitude (541.067 =205.335 millimeters), and 1-minute subdi- visions for construction purposes (41.067 millimeters) may now be drawn. THE PARALLELS OF LATITUDE The distance between parallels of latitude is obtained from C&GS publication Mercator Projection Tables, Clarke Spheriod of 1866 (1955), page 7, by multiplying the differences between any two parallels of latitude by the value of 1 minute of longitude. For example, the value of a minute of latitude between 27°38’ and 27°39’ is 1.12283 41.067 or 46.111 millimeters. The spacings for all desired intervals may be obtained in the same way. The latitude and longitude values thus obtained should be entered on Form C&GS-1016 “Mercator Projection Data on N.A. 1927 Datum.” After the necessary data have been tabu- lated, the required projection lines are drawn parallel to the central meridian and central parallel as indicated in the illustration. When the Coordinate Plotter or Ruling Machine is used, the sum of the intermediate distances should be tabulated as shown on the sample of Form 1016. PROJECTION LINES (Fig. 1) Projection lines are full lines extending from neatline to neatline. They are broken for soundings, lettering, and other features which otherwise would be obscured by having the projection lines drawn through them. The projection line intervals in Figures 4 and 6 of the Appendix should be used in all cases, as they have been selected for a convenient span with dividers. PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 99 C & GS 1016 NC (4-9-62) Mercator Projection Data on N.A. 1927 Datum Chart No. 22° 2 o a Location _CORPUS CHRISTI BAY, TEXAS e Scalemee tO 000M es ee atitude 20a Ka io (s) Major Projection Interval___>__ BLACK Minor Projection Interval 1’ Biue Border. 0.0 -1.5-—-1.5 — 7.5 MM Material -010" VINYLITE Dimensions in Millimeters EGE SS WN os DRA o(hO) My limits 27°38' TO 27°55'30" Lat., 97°00' to 97°27' LonG. 3.3 = 1642.65 METERS; AT MAP SCALE 1642.65 = 0.0410665m = 41.067MM 1’ Long. at Middle Latitude_> 40,000 Remarks ALL INTERVALS COMPUTED IN MILLIMETERS Computed by__Name, Date Checked by Name, DATE West to East South to North Intermediate Total ee Inter. | Toto/ Distance | Distance _| * DIFF | Dist | Dist: ‘fans jtesoo| sso0 feos || a anol aa BORDER 1.500 3.000 eee pee le 000 ! HH (In actual practice, complete interval listing) NEATLINE 97°00'00" 41.067 Be Ola N ul BORDER 7.500 | 1126.809 eee ae eet 7.500|825.981 BORDER 1.500 | 1128.309 eee ae 1.500|827.481 *C & GS Mercotor Projection Tables, /955 , Page 7 **¥ 1.12283 x 41.067 M-2938-1 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 100 L90°T? OvoL2 Stolz } (@pnyye7 e1ppiW) jallered i = T [L | Sa === 0G0LZ I + | | Le IE | GGoLZ - t 100026 S006 101.26 1SZoL6 PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 101 COMPLETED PROJECTIONS On compilations cut apart in an east-west direction, the cartographer must indicate the distance (in millimeters) across the cut between parallels of latitude. Projection intersections (ordinarily in blue) and other auxiliary information used by the compiler must be retained for use by the verifier. PROJECTION RULING MACHINE There is available in the Bureau a machine to rule accurately, and to a certain extent mechanically, polyconic and other projections of slight curvature, as well as Mercator pro- jections and grids. This machine can rule on paper, plastic, and other mediums. The size of a projection that can be drawn on the ruling machine is limited by a rectangle 41 by 59 inches whose sides are parallel to the projection lines. The sheet itself, however, can extend somewhat beyond these limits, but ordinarily should not exceed 42 by 60 inches. In special cases a sheet 46 by 65 inches can be ruled. It is a responsibility of the cartographer to check the projection before starting to compile a chart. COORDINATE PLOTTER The coordinate plotter can be used to rule Mercator projections and grids. It has a maxi- mum working area of 43 by 45 inches. The length can be extended by supporting the outer end of the sheet. Dials read to 0.1 of a millimeter and can be estimated to 0.01 of a millimeter. Prepare computations to 0.001 of a millimeter. CORPS OF ENGINEERS RECTANGULAR COORDINATES (LOCAL) The local grid systems used by the Corps of Engineers are rectangular and have a pro- gressive deviation from the meridians and parallels. The meridian through the origin of the system is ordinarily parallel to the north-south grid line. However, caution must be exercised in using local grids, because in some cases the north-south grid line is not parallel to the meridian at the zero point of the system. The point to be used as the origin for the following computa- tions is the point at which the grid line and meridians are parallel. Geographic positions of Corps of Engineers coordinate grid intersections have been com- puted for many harbors of the United States. From these positions, the coordinate grids have been drawn on copies of the harbor charts. When Corps of Engineers blueprints showing plane coordinate control are to be applied to a Drawing, the geographic position of the grid intersection should be scaled from the above-mentioned chart copies and transferred to the Drawings to furnish control for the blueprints. 102 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL When geographic coordinates have not been computed for the area of the blueprint to which they are to be applied, it will be necessary to compute the positions on Form C&GS-89 “Computation of Geographic Coordinates From Plane Coordinates” described below. When this is accomplished, the form is to be attached to the Chart History. To find the geographic position of a point whose rectangular coordinates from a known geographic position are given: Example No. 1 To compute the geographic position of a point whose local grid coordinates are 40,000 ft. S. and 160,000 ft. E.: (1 foot=0.3048006096 meter) Origin of coordinates: Cape Disappointment Lighthouse, Washington Lat. 46°16’ 1038 m. Coordinate value of origin|N. or S. 0.0 feet Long. 124°03’ 67 m. referred to the Zero EK. or W. 0.0 feet Name of station: X Coordinates: N. or S. 40,000 feet=12,192 m. E. or W. 160,000 feet=48,768 m. Latitude N.-S. coordinates N. or S. 40,000 feet — =12,192 m. + or — seconds in meters= 1,038 m. N. or S. of 46°16’ =11,154 m. *From table + or — 7’=12,968 m. Lat. (uncorrected) 46°09’ 1,814 m. **Curvature— = 194m. ***T atitude 46°09’ 1,620 m. *From Special Publication No. 5, page 103. **Correction from formula for curvature corrections, page 104. ***UJse in taking out longitude values from Polyconic Projection Tables, Special Publication No. 5, Coast and Geodetic Survey, page 102. Longitude E.-W. coordinates E. or W. 160,000 feet =48,768 m. + or — seconds in meters= 67 m. E. or W. of 124°03’=48,701 m. ***Krom table + or — 38’=48,914 m. Longitude 123°25’ 213 m. PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 103 Example No. 2 To compute the geographic position of a point whose local grid coordinates are 30,000 ft. N. and 155,000 ft. W. (1 foot=0.3048006096 meter) Origin of coordinates: Maryland Lat. 38°20’ 426 m. Coordinate value of origin| N. or S. 0.0 feet Long. 75°10’ 315 m. referred to the Zero E. or W. 0.0 feet Name of station: Y Coordinates: N. or S. 30,000 feet= 9,144 m. E. or W. 155,000 feet=47,244 m. Latitude N.-S. coordinates N. or S. 30,000 feet =9,144 m. + or — seconds in meters= 426 m. N. or S. of 38°20’ =9,570 m. *From table + or — 5’=9,250 m. Lat. (uncorrected) 38°25’ 320 m. **Curvature— —— 3 Som: ***7 atitude 38°25’= 182 m. *From special publication No. 5, page 87. **Correction from formula for curvature corrections, page 104. ***Use in taking out longitude values from Polyconic Projection Tables, Special Publication No. 5, Coast and Geodetic Survey, page 86. Longitude E.-W. coordinates E. or W. 155,000 feet =47,244 m. + or — seconds in meters= 315m. E. or W. of 75°10’ =47,559 m. ***Rrom table + or — 32’=46,579 m. Longitude 75°42’ 980 m. 104 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CURVATURE CORRECTIONS long |2 Curvature correction= AX (see note) 10,000 48,768 |2 Case No. 1 8.15x =194 m. (page 102) 10,000 NOTE: In computing A, use uncorrected latitude of point whose geographic position is being computed. TABLE OF CURVATURE FOR 10,000 METERS Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters Ds? 3.65 31° 4.71 37° 5.90 43° 7.30 26° 3.82 328 4.90 38° 6.12 44° 7.56 Dili 3.99 33° 5.09 39° 6.34 45° 7.83 28° 4.16 343 5.28 40° 6.57 46° 8.10 29° 4.34 35° 5.48 41° 6.80 47° 8.39 30° 4.52 36° 5.69 42° 7.05 48° 8.69 STATE PLANE COORDINATES The State Plane Coordinate Grid may be computed and plotted on charts when using U.S. Corps of Engineers blueprints with State Grid control, by one of two methods: 1. Computing the geographic positions of the State Grid coordinates found on the blue- prints and plotting them on the chart. There are special publications of Plane Coordinate Projection Tables for all states. There is a detailed example of the necessary computations in each. If the number of computations warrant it, the computations may be obtained from the Electronic Computing Division within a few days. The computer is all programmed, so it is just a matter of punching cards for the desired grid intersections, and the time to run them through the computer. 2. By use of the special publication of Plane Coordinate Intersections Tables (2% minute). These tables give the Plane Coordinates of every 2% minute Geographic Intersection by states. The even 5- or 10,000-foot grid may be measured from the nearest 2% minute intersection by setting, on a pair of dividers, the difference (at map scale) from the 2% minute intersection value found in the table, and the even 5- or 10,000-foot grid value. Using this value and the 2% minute intersection as a center, swing an arc. The grid line may be obtained by drawing a line tangent to two arcs of the same value. GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 105 GEOGRAPHIC NAMES GENERAL STATEMENT Nautical charts are published primarily for the use of the mariner, and are only one of the many aids on which he must depend. The Coast Pilot, the List of Lights, Channel Condition Reports, and Tide Tables, together with Notices to Mariners are an adjunct to the Nautical Chart; and in approaching the coast from the open ocean, to coastwise navigation, to navigating in bays and rivers, the numerous land and sea bottom features and aids assume varying degrees of importance to the mariner. These considerations serve as a guide to the cartographer in the selection of geographic names, names of navigational aids, channel names, and notes which should be on a particular nautical chart. SOURCE OF GEOGRAPHIC NAMES Field surveys are the main source of the names appearing on nautical charts. Hydro- graphic surveys supply names seaward of the shoreline, such as water features, submarine features, and small geographic features seaward of the shoreline. Topographic and air- photographic surveys are the source of shoreline names and names landward of the shoreline. Numerous kinds of published material and reports supplement the field surveys. THE GEOGRAPHIC NAMES SECTION This section provides standardization of geographic names in the publications of this Bureau, and maintains active representation in the U.S. Board on Geographic Names. Reports on geographic names from the field parties are processed in the Geographic Names Section. Records are maintained which show the source of each name, together with its verification, history, and its use in the publications of this bureau, and on maps of other agencies. Names reported by field surveys which differ with names on other federal maps are submitted to the Board on Geographic Names for decision. The section maintains a Geographic Names Standard for each nautical chart. Changes in names are noted thereon, and a notice of the change is sent to the Nautical Chart Division. In order for name revisions made on the charts to be reflected in other publications of the Bureau, the Name Standards must be ever current. Cartographers shall notify the Geographic Names Section when names are added to or deleted from a chart. It remains the responsibility of the cartographer to determine which names shall or shall not be charted, depending upon their importance or usefulness on a particular nautical chart. The Geographic Names Section determines the correct spelling and the feature to which the name applies, or the area to which the name is applicable. Name discrepancies encountered in applying new source material to a chart shall be referred to the Geographic Names Section for an opinion. New or reconstructed charts ready for reproduction shall be submitted to that section for approval of the charted names. 106 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TERMINOLOGY OF SUBMARINE RELIEF Definitions of names to be applied to submarine relief, for such features as bank, reef, shoal, etc., are included in this Manual (pages 118 to 128) and in the Hydrographic Manual. NAMES ON COMPILATIONS AND DRAWINGS The requirements for lettering names on the Drawings and Compilations are legibility, proper location, correct size and spacing, and the use of single-stroke letters. Names are lettered in red on Drawings, and on Compilations are lettered on an overlay. The names should be placed in the exact location in which they are to appear on the printed chart. On new charts and reconstructed charts, all type for names, title and notes should be in place on the type overlay before the charts are submitted for reproduction. PLACEMENT OF NAMES (also see names of Dangers, pg. 65) Vertical lettering is used to name land features or fixed objects which extend above high water. Slanting (italic) lettering is used for all names relating to water areas, underwater features, or floating aids. Insofar as practicable, names of land features should be placed in the land areas, and those of water features should be placed in the water areas. However, the names must not obscure anchorage areas in small bays nor detailed hydrography in critical areas. In such cases, the name of the water feature should be placed on an adjacent land area. A name must not be placed along the axis of the deepest water, nor across a channel, if it can be arranged otherwise. If possible, names should be so placed that they will appear on the printed chart either entirely on a tinted area or entirely on an untinted area. Names of cities should be located near the place named, but should interfere with other data on the chart as little as possible. The name of a feature which covers a considerable area, such as an island or bay, should be placed in the approximate center of the area, if possible, and should be curved to follow the general configuration of the feature. Names of rivers and features of unusual length should not be spread out, but should be spaced for easy reading and repeated if necessary. The preferred orientation of names is parallel to the bottom of the chart. When the axis of a channel is practically straight, the name should be lettered on a line parallel thereto. The name of a range should be parallel to the range line. CURVED NAMES In general, names not parallel with the bottom of the chart should be lettered on a curve so as to read from the direction of the bottom of the chart. Such names should be near, and point either to or from, the feature named. See diagram below. A curved name is read more easily if its beginning is approximataly parallel to the bottom of the chart, but when this is impossible, it is desirable to have the curved effect at the end of the name. Do not curve a name beyond the vertical. Sharp and reverse curves should be avoided. GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 107 LETTER SPACING When two or more words constitute a single name, they must be separated by a space equal to that taken by the letter ‘‘I,” capitalized. Letters in a name shall not be spaced at distances greater than three times the height of the letters. ABBREVIATIONS It is standard practice to abbreviate names of railroads and the word ‘Point’”’ when the latter is part of a geographical feature. Otherwise, abbreviations of names on charts should be avoided. When abbreviations are necessary, only those listed on standard Symbols and Abbreviations Chart No. 1 should be used. ‘‘Shl”’ for shoal, “Bk” for bank, “St” for stream, “Cr” for creek, or “‘R” for river shall not be used when space permits charting the full name. When abbreviations for landmarks are necessary, they should be charted in caps, e.g., “APT,” SHOSE.”’ PERIODS On charts, all periods after abbreviations are omitted in water and in land areas; but the lower case “‘i’’ and “j’’ are dotted. Periods are used only where needed for clarification, as for example, in certain notes. CAPITALIZATION The following rules shall be observed in regard to the capitalization of geographic names and terms: 1. Capitalize the first letter of single words thus: Mud, Tank, Marsh, Uncovers, Wooded, etc. 2. Capitalize the first letter of the first word only, when two or more words are used, thus: Oil tank, Densely wooded, Sand and mud. 3. Capitalize the first letters of all words identifying public buildings, parks, etc., thus: Post Office, Municipal Stadium, Port Office. 4. Use lower case letters when word is enclosed in parentheses thus: (snow-capped), (ruin), (marked by beacons). 5. Capitalize all letters of landmark names, thus: TANK, TOWER, STACK. 6. Capitalize all letters of buildings, objects, etc. known to be conspicuous. Exceptions: small-scale charts or where space is limited. 7. Capitalize the first letter of all words in the following type of terms: See Plan, Plan A, See Caution. 8. Capitalize the first letter of all words referring to a charted area, thus: Cable Area, Danger Area, Foul Ground, Tidal Flats, Prohibited Anchorage, Harbor Limits, Dumping Ground, Spoil Area. On large-scale charts, or when considered important, all letters will be capitalized. 9. Capitalized first letter of first word only, in terms referring to action areas: Being filled, Proposed fill. 108 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL ORDERING TYPE The style, size, and spacing of type used on charts published by this Bureau are illustrated in the Appendix of this Manual. The proper style, size and spacing for practically any name or descriptive term should be determined by referring to these illustrations. In determining the size of type to be used, the cartographer should give the maximum size to the main line of the title. All other type should be smaller. Minor names of local impor- tance only should be inconspicuous. The space available on the chart, and the relative im- portance of the feature to which the name or term applies, are to be considered in selecting the size and spacing of the type. The legibility of place names is usually improved by increasing the space between the letters; however, the amount of type-setting time doubles when space is requested, and should not be used unless necessary. The following are requested on type orders: 1. Use Form C&GS-91, “C&GS Type Order” for ordering all type except the following: (a) Use Form C&GS-8321, “Title and Notes for Nautical Charts” (b) Use Form C&GS-8326, ‘Tidal Information” 2. Letter in ink or use typewriter. Do not use pencil. 3. Indicate type style by name or abbreviation, and list point size. Use red ink for this and other type-ordering instructions. 4. Furnish complete information as to spacing, centering, or other special treatment. 5. Arrange names, descriptive terms, notes and numerals according to style of type and then by point size. 6. Capitalize and punctuate exactly as desired. 7. State the number and kind of prints needed. we) GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 10 FoRM 91 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (8-2-54) COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY U.S.C. & G.S. TYPE ORDER *® TC 833, 835 PROJECT a OlNAra i G55463 ee eG 36 Foto setter ; Tran. yev. pos. waxed stripper Go not strip) SENDER J. Smith Re are re See SPACING SIZE AND STYLE SPACING wrey Italic ” | O ™ |lOot,\2p. 14 pt Light Litho Murrells nlet i Thompson Magnolia _ Beach MURREL HOMPSO Opt. Sot. Light Litho Magnolia Beach nke ack Island Goat Island _ N esto Flat Parsona Creek Whale Creak Woodland Cree ih 6 pt. 0.4 Lining Gothi 2FR I5ft Priv maintd Draftsman Italic 6 pt. No. 3 iahtline Gothic - LL Ss. Hy. No. 17 SUES I (a) ° z = ° oe) a Db °o O U + (J P) —+— ic < =) fa) -' o- a, ae * Type Style, size, spacing and instructions are shown in Red. 110 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL COMPILATION REVIEW The compilation review, an exhaustive study and inspection of the compilation, is made for the following reasons: 1. To ascertain that all existing information pertinent to the chart has been considered. 2. To assure that only those sources which most clearly define existing conditions have been used. 3. To determine that the material used has been properly generalized. 4. To assure that all symbolization conforms to standard practice and that all prominent objects and aids to navigation have been accurately plotted. 5. To make an artistic appraisal and, if necessary, a recommendation for the rearrange- ment of such features as geographic names, notes, or compass roses. 6. To assure that the chart is so compiled as to be most useful to the mariner. Upon assignment of a chart Compilation, the reviewer receives a Specification sheet and History sheet. The former defines the title, limits, sounding unit, depth curve and contour interval, while the latter contains a list of all source material applied to the chart by the car- tographer. The reviewer evaluates and verifies the compiler’s selection of the critical and essential information shown on the chart. At the same time, the History sheet is checked, so that upon completion of the review, it becomes a record of all data pertaining to the chart Compilation. Three qualities of a good Compilation are accuracy, completeness, and clearness. Accuracy is of prime importance. The plotting of all fixed aids to navigation, landmarks, wrecks, and obstructions should be checked from their geographic coordinates. All soundings should be checked for value, and their location should be true within half the width of the figure. Check all sectors, ranges, measured mile courses, and grid systems as well as dredged channels, anchorages, spoil areas, dumping grounds, cable, restricted and prohibited areas. Buoys shall agree in position and characteristic with the Notice to Mariners upon which they are based. COMPILATION REVIEW 111 The chart Compilation should be complete. This implies that all source material pertinent to the job has been considered and that the selected material has been applied in full or in part. The History sheet should be so marked for partially applied material that such material may be fully applied at a later date. Boat sheets, however, or copies of them, should always be fully applied since they are advance information, soon superseded by the smooth sheet of the hydro- graphic survey. Preliminary and incomplete manuscripts of topographic surveys are not to be used on a chart Compilation. Advance copies, prints, or manuscripts of topographic surveys may be used but should be underscored in red on the history sheet so that the final copy may be exam- ined later. (See page 40.) Examine all existing charts of the area and overlapping charts of the same series, for differ- ences which should be reconciled. Tn addition to the qualities of accuracy and completeness, the chart Compilation should be clear and legible. Clarity of expression is important, since the chart is an instrument which the navigator uses in order to follow a safe course. Vital information, such as the dangerous shoals and rocks, the ship channels, and the aids to navigation should not be charted in an obscure or ambiguous manner. Also check to see that there are no conflicts between the various colors to be used in the printed chart. Any notes or recommendations to the compiler shall be made on transparent overlays. These overlays together with the entire Compilation should be returned to the compiler for correction. 692-834 O- 64-9 112 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL RECENT DEVELOPMENTS I Bathymetric Compilations SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED FOR IHB PLOTTING SHEETS U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office ‘3000 Series” Plotting sheets shall be used for compila- tion bases. Negatives of this series are obtained from the Naval Oceanographic Office on written request. From these negatives three blackline prints are made on matte finish plastic, to be used as follows: (1) Primary Compilation—for sounding data corrected to true depths— shown in upright type; (2) Secondary Compilation—tfor uncorrected or discrete sounding data—in italic type;* (3) History Overlay—to show source of all sounding data. *NOTE: Corrected and uncorrected soundings shall not appear on the same compilation. Soundings shall be in fathoms and shall be no larger than 2.00 mm. nor smaller than 1.50mm. The position of the sounding shall normally be the center of the figures forming the sounding. However, where close development requires, a dot with a dashed leader line con- necting the sounding to the dot is permissible. A maximum number of soundings shall be used except, there shall be a minimum of 1.00 mm. spacing between them. Soundings are preferably oriented perpendicular to the parallels or, as a second choice, to the direction of the sounding line. Both these preferences are waived when close development of significant features is required. The required 100 fathom curve, and all depths shoreward of it, are to be taken from the nautical charts of the affected area. Where other depth curves are used to facilitate compila- tion they must be drawn in non-photographic blue ink. Other general requirements are: Piotting sheets are to be maintained (corrected) periodi- cally by applying data received subsequent to completion of original compilation. Original compilations and history overlays are to remain in the Coast and Geodetic Survey, with only black-line prints on stable-base film positives to be furnished IHB on their request. Important land geographic names may be shown, in upright type, if they do not encroach on the sea areas. The only topography to be shown is the HWL. The Coast and Geodetic Survey plotting sheets are basic. All prior (or current) IHB plotting sheets are to be used only as a reference or to fill in areas not covered by Coast and Geodetic Survey or Naval Oceanographic Office Surveys. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 113 II Training Program To maintain a minimum of personnel with sufficient experience and endeavor, to discharge the essential functions of chart construction and revision, is the responsibility of the Chief, Nautical Chart Division and his designated subordinates. The specialized and even unique operations required to arrive at the most advantageous presentation of a nautical chart, to assure the mariners safety and interests, demands engineer- ing science combined with an artistic ability. A number of technicians may be utilized to sup- port this effort. Extent of training would generally depend on the new employee’s schooling and/or experience; however, additional training will be needed for the performance of the many and varied duties required. A tabulation of all employees, their experience and special qualification, age and cor- responding eligibility for retirement, expected retention rate based on job attraction etc. could aid in recognizing the need for training. Management and supervisor-caliber personnel must be detected and developed to fill such vacancies as may occur from time to time. Other em- ployees must be properly prepared to assume the duties of the positions thus vacated. An accelerated training program may be employed when a considerable turnover is expected as a result of a reorganization, anticipated expansion of a unit or branch, or because of the adoption of new methods and procedures. To establish a well-organized training system and to coordinate the various training pro- erams the Chief of the Nautical Chart Division may designate an employee as coordinator to secure maximum efficiency. The coordinator should be responsible for the planning of the over-all training programs, to establish minimum requirements in adequacy and accuracy in the various phases according to needs. For this purpose he should consult with the affected supervisors and consider their opinions as to the specific needs and the length of time required. All this must be accomplished with the least possible interference with workload and time schedules. 114 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Training may be accomplished by: 1. Concentrated Class-Room Teaching, where a selected group will be exposed to the basic elements of the subjects, and a capable instructor with a well-organized lesson plan and sub- sequent brief tests is placed in a position of recoginizing potentials of the student and anticipated advantageous placement. This period of class-room teaching may be followed by an assign- ment of the trainee to a particular section or unit for further study of fitness. If his services prove satisfactory, further training should be given in some or all of the following categories to make him a more useful employee: a. Standards b. Navigation Aids Elementary drafting Hydrographic verification Chart revision Field assignment (hydrographic survey and combined operations) Chart construction and reconstruction Review of hydrographic surveys Review of revision and construction Development and planning Research Secondary division training Er SY eG) oO Eye These phases are listed in their approximate order of normal advancement, however, rigid adherence to this particular sequence is not essential. A general outline for each of these subjects with particular emphasis on the important aspects of the duties involved should be a combined effort of the chief of the affected unit.or section and the training officer. Such training outlines may change from time to time with improved methods and/or equipment. Minimum time allotments for each phase should be made for this training depending on time for the overall training schedule. 2. On-the-j0b training. This manner of training is the most direct and the most common and has been in use for many years. However, in the past, this method has often been a detri- ment to the employee and employer alike for lack of thoroughness and completeness. The new employee was often looked upon as an immediate additional helper and briefly told only what seemed apparent to get the total workload accomplished. There is no incentive or job attrac- tion—nor can the employer have an intelligent helper, unless the employee knows how the information was obtained he is to utilize, why he should do this function one way and not another, how his part is related to other activities within the organization, and finally, how his efforts can best serve the ultimate purpose. On-the-job training must be thorough and complete and should be guided by an established program to expose the new employee to the basic duties in each of the required categories. Even physical demonstration may be called for in discussions of proper and most efficient use of instruments, etc. Typical common problems should be pointed out along with a logical disposition. This type of training will be required, more or less, in addition to others as listed. In normal personnel turnover, this may be the only method needed and fulfill its purpose well, if carried out adequately. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 115 3. By attending lectures! The Chief of the Division or his subordinates may choose a well- qualified employee to present a paper on a specific subject and to introduce typical situations or problems of a general nature and applicable solutions. For the presentation of such a paper . a junior-level employee may be selected. He will have to do research and study in the prepara- tion of his paper, which would then be subject to his immediate Chief’s approval for adequacy and accuracy. This procedure would serve a multiple purpose: a. It could reasonably be assumed, that this type of employee would be of more value to the organization with the respon- sibility of subject assignment and be directly or indirectly rewarded for his efforts. b. He may be more receptive to the audience for being more nearly their equal on subject matter. c. Serve the primary purpose at the same time. 4. By improving his general background for his services to the organization through additional schooling. Courses within the Bureau and Department are afforded the employee at times at little or no expense to him. The subject of the course may be directly or only indirectly associated with his work. A wider selection of courses may be made available to the employee through the Graduate School, U.S. Department of Agriculture. Organization’s interest to further the ‘employee’s education may result in its financial support (whole or in part) towards tuition and books as required by the student. Financial support may even be extended to employees for special courses in recognized institutions or private industry for particularly advantageous subjects. Most of all TRAINING is inherent in daily and separate assignments. ‘‘Training”’ is, after all, only a guide for “learning”, therefore the ultimate responsibility rests with the indi- vidual. Those who recognize the opportunities offered and appreciate the time and efforts of those willing to teach and guide them, will find the rewards worthwhile. Display of personal initiative as well as formal or informal training will determine the more valuable employee, and accordingly result in appropriate advancement. With the intelligent and efficient dis- position of routine and less difficult tasks one is in training for the gradual culmination of com- plex problems, which an adequate training period and conscientious effort will help bring a solution. Everyone needs to be trained to understand fully his functions, for knowing the source of all related elements for the proper consideration of subsequent operations and to be suffi- ciently familiar with the overall effort and purpose. 116 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL III Research and Development The objectives of Research and Development activities in the Nautical Chart Division are basically two-fold: analysis and report on problems for decision-making where such prob- lems require more data collecting and analysis than can be accomplished by means of produc- tion management; information gathering and reporting on developing technologies or cultural trends which may affect the chart program in time by causing new demands. Work is generally carried on in the form of a Research Project as approved by the Chief of the Division and monthly reports are submitted on the progress of such work. The ultimate end of all such projects is to produce an organized body of information or record of experience which will have educational value to those directly interested in the type of problem studied and which will add to the fund of knowledge for general or public use. IV Electronic Computing The Nautical Chart Division is able to call upon two of the three computers in the Bureau for aid in solving complex problems and for data retrieval. The Electronic Computing Division of the Office of Physical Sciences retains general con- trol over the two main computers used in the Bureau—IBM 650 and IBM 1620. A third computer—a Clary (medium size)—is in the Photogrammetry Division for its exclusive use. The Nautical Chart Division uses the two main computers at present for three general problems: 1. Computation of local and State Plane coordinates and Grid Systems 2. Computation of Loran Curves 3. Collection of cost accounting and production management data for charts produced in the Nautical Chart Division RECENT DEVELOPMENTS LINZ In addition to these uses, the Electronic Computing Division uses the computers in the following areas: Scientific Engineering: 1. Processing of Geomagnetic Observatory data 2. Index Geodetic Data 3. Adjust triangulation 4. Adjust Aerial triangulation 5 . Locate Epi Centers of earthquakes and man-made disturbances Administrative: 1. Cost, payroll, and leave accounting 2. Production control for divisions of Office of Cartography 3. Maintain Personnel Rosters In addition to the above programs, the Coast and Geodetic Survey is conducting research and development activities with computers in the following areas: Testing of Automatic Hydrographic Digital Recorder Equipment for recording and plotting hydrographic survey data aboard ship automatically. Research into possible uses of automatic plotters in the construction of nautical and aeronautical charts. Research and testing for applications of satellite triangulation. Development of an automatic system of Production and Inventory Control for all charts and related publications produced by the Coast and Geodetic Survey to replace a semi-automatic system using edge-notched cards which is presently in use. Research and development of programs in the field of seismology. Research in all areas and functions for possible needs and uses for information and data retrieval. Instructions for ordering computations from the Electronic Computing Division: Submit request for computational work to be done on one of the computers in memo- randum form to the Chief, Electronic Computing Division, Office of Physical Sciences, stating what is to be done. Attach raw data to the memorandum. 118 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TERMINOLOGY The following definitions, primarily for physiographic terms, are given to clarify and standardize usage on C&GS nautical charts. These definitions are limited to connotations applicable to nautical and bathymetric charting. Archipelagic apron__.__-_-_-- A gentle slope with a generally smooth surface on the sea floor found around groups of islands or seamounts. ARON DHOD ross ono sae A sea or broad expanse of water studded with many islands or a groups of islands; also, such a group of islands. PATTOU OMe ree ae ahs ea The course of an intermittent stream steep-cut in loose earth; a coulee; a steep-walled trenchlike valley. (Local in South- west.) THOM ca 1 cots eal aaa EN A ring-shaped reef with or without islands encircling a lagoon. TEYGNG fc ea = Oe a pal ae a Oe A high rounded knob or mountain top, bare of forest. (Local in Southern States.) LEXY Bho eat Op ee ep are The edge of a cut or fill; the margin of a watercourse; an elevation of the sea floor located on a Continental Shelf or an Island Shelf and over which the depth of water is relatively shallow but sufficient for safe surface navigation. (Reefs or shoals, dangerous to surface navigation, may rise above the general depths of a bank.) JETP, ASS RU ee ee 5 apnea A pa A ridge or mound of sand, gravel, or other unconsolidated material below high-water level, especially at the mouth of a river or estuary, or lying a short distance from and usually parallel to the beach. Banmenibeach = as =a A beach separated from the mainland by a lagoon or marsh. x OnRICTATS 101 a A detached portion of a barrier beach between two inlets. IB UE ADE Ne CUI IIS een es A large depression of a general circular, elliptical, or oval shape; the drainage or catchment area of a stream or lake; a depression of the sea floor more or less equidimensional in form (when the length is much greater than the width, the feature is a trough). SCL TEI) eee Submarine topography (q.v.), esp. as applied to oceanographic studies. IBEX) Re Sana ee en NS A recess in the shore, or an inlet of a sea or lake between two capes or headlands, not as large as a gulf but larger than a cove. LBRO as es pms ie OS PA A widely (and loosely) used term along the Gulf Coast, most often applied to a creek or small river with tortuous course and sluggish current; a lake, often in an abandoned stream channel; a connecting channel. MB CCCI Mint ai i Gu BIN, Su ea The gently sloping shore which is washed by waves or tides, especially the parts covered by sand or pebbles. LEYDEN hee aan iy Area The floor or bottom on which any body of water rests. BENCl ween ee AE ey sen n A strip or relatively level earth or rock, raised and narrow. A small terrace, or comparatively level platform, breaking the continuity of a declivity. AS C11) eee an SO EAD 9 Cheetahs ae A hill or mountain. Local in Hudson River Valley. Also, an iceberg. TERMINOLOGY 119 IBertiae See Bee Wo oe ee The place where a vessel lies when tied up or anchored. BUC lite eee Se oe ee ae A bend or curve; a bend in a coast forming an open bay; a small open bay formed by an indentation in the coast; a minor feature which affords little protection for vesesls. Sui (A 2) eee eee A bold, steep headland or promontory. A high, steep bank or low cliff. FESO RA Ne A small open marsh which yields under the foot. PS ObLOT Veet atk Jepsen, YELP a The bed of a body of still or running water. BOULO MLA nee ee Lowland formed by alluvial deposit along a stream or in a lake basin; a flood plain. ROO PS eee oa een Sel A more or less rounded rock, larger than a cobblestone and as much as 10 feet or more in diameter. OVO Vs 5 es a ee A creek or brook, as used locally in Southern States. Also used to designate one of the bifurcations of a stream, as a fork. Breakwater (G-6)..____-_-_-- A structure built in the water to break the force of the waves in order to provide shelter for vessels and to protect a harbor or anchorage. [RUC RS LEE a Meet SS eee A stream of less length and volume than a creek, as used locally in the Northeast. Generally, one of the smallest branches or ultimate ramifications of a drainage system. JBXUTRT I eae en aa A lone hill, especially one with steep or precipitous sides. Canala(E=13) ye ee eee A long, fairly straight natural channel with steep sloping sides. Any watercourse or channel. A sluggish coastal stream (local on Atlantic Coast). ORDDCD See Se eee ee A relatively narrow, deep depression with steep side slopes, the bottom of which grades continuously downward. CUNO sre ESSE Shee oe es ae A relatively extensive land area jutting seaward from a continent or large island, which prominently marks a change in, or interrupts notably, the coastal trend; a prominent feature. (GOS Cee Rass 2 oo Sm 2h Skt A low, fertile river bottom. (Scot. origin.) (See ‘bottom land.’’) Cascade eae eee ees SoBe A fall of water over steeply sloping rocks, usually comparatively small or one of a series. Gataractees Seen eae) 2 sh ir A waterfall, usually larger than a cascade, over a precipice. OUTER Peles Nr el ee A large, natural, underground cave or series of caves. Often but not always used to imply largeness or indefinite extent to distinguish from “cave.” COR 4 Oe eS ae ee A key; a comparatively small and low coastal island of sand or coral. Pronounced “key”. The spelling “kay” is common in the West Indies. ORS See Saas SONNE Ee Je The cliff at a mesa edge; an escarpment. Local in Southwest. (Sp.) Cerrito (or cerrillo)_-.--=-= == - A small hill. Local in Southwest. ORDER tek a ee oS Hill, highland; ridge. Local in Southwest. (Sp.) CLOG OEA FS a ote Pe et The deepest portion of a stream, bay, or strait through which the main volume or current of water flows; the natural bed occupied by a stream of water. Gigs Seve 2 bees ee A deep breach in the earth’s surface; an abyss; a gorge; a deep canyon. 120 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CLASS) 2S ee aale) sea ek A high and very steep declivity; a high steep face of rock; a precipice. Coast ters eee Set el eh aa The seashore or the land near it. Coastal plain. ____-----_---- Any plain which has its margin on the shore of a large body of water, particularly the sea, and generally represents a strip of recently emerged sea bottom. Continental borderland____---- A Province adjacent to a continent, normally occupied by or bordering a Continental Shelf, that is highly irregular with depths well in excess of those typical of a continental shelf. Continental rise. ________---- A gentle slope with a generally smooth surface found at the base of a continental slope. Continental shelf.__._____---- A zone adjacent to a continent and extending from the low water line to a depth at which there is a marked increase of slope to a greater depth. Continental slope. __-____---- A declivity from the outer edge of a continental shelf or con- tinental borderland into greater depths. Coral Reticn 22 42 ae ee ne oe A reef made up of coral, fragments of coral and other organ- isms, and the limestone resulting from their consolidation. Condille; ce ee eee An entire mountain province, including all the subordinate mountain ranges and groups and the interior plateaus and basins. Couleemeatrtey dra) o GeV iee Selves A steep-walled, trenchlike valley; a wash, gulch, or arroyo through which water flows intermittently. (Western U.S.) COE manera teen tne eee A small sheltered recess in a shore or coast generally inside a larger embayment. Crags. wera e hy Piatt cper Sty A steep, rugged rock; a rough, broken cliff of a projecting point of rock; also a detached fragment of rock. (ORLA? ee ata OEE ee = LR The bowl-shaped depression around the vent or a volcano or a geyser; also hole formed by the impact of a meteorite, the detonation of a mine, or the like. Grode (CRIS, IP). cnccconess= A stream of less volume than a river. A small tidal channel through a coastal marsh. GREG I 5 SS eae Bee oe The summit land of any eminence; the highest natural projec- tion which crowns a hill or mountain, from which the surface dips downward in opposite directions. Grevassesss2)2 A)fe es 28 ern ae A deep crevice, or fissure, especially in a glacier. A break in a levee or other stream embankment. Current (T-18-20-Td) ______- The horizontal movement or flow of water. (HOGA fees Pe epee ee a er A new and relatively short channel formed when a stream cuts through the neck of an oxbow or horseshoe bend; an arti- ficial straightening or shortcut in a channel. DD emer Ne es St le ehh rer Ae A vale or small valley. WD alle siaeree LE). 2 bets co eal a The nearly vertical walls of a canyon or gorge, usually con- taining a rapid. Local in Northwest. Tee pipes yh oh a pe he A relatively small area of exceptional depth found in a depres- sion. The term is generally restricted to depths greater than 3000 fathoms. J ORG (A GINS ATSC are es ey eeu ele ohne RN A deep and narrow mountain pass. TERMINOLOGY 121 JOX SH Rg ee OA a de A small secluded valley or vale; a dale; a ravine. Dollie saa suena Te eee The low alluvial land, deposited in a more or less triangular form at the mouth of a river, which is often cut by several distributaries of the main stream. Denressionae eee eee A general term signifying any depressed or lower area in the ocean floor; a hollow completely surrounded by higher ground and having no natural outlet for surface drainage. Dike (G=60) sense eee A bank of earth or stone to form a barrier; a levee. DSmGlt eS Seo SIS ee aE A swamp bordering on, or near, the sea, often enclosing knobs or hummocks; a pocosin. Local in South Atlantic States. DES OS re ae era The line of separation between drainage systems; the summit of an interfluve. The highest summit of a pass or gap. DOCKMG=S6) see eae es sean The slip or waterway between two piers, or cut into the land for the reception of ships. DON CMR eae acto ee a ae A smoothly rounded, rock-capped mountain summit, roughly resembling the dome or cupola of a building. LEO Ps Se ge a A channel; a trench; a watercourse, especially a narrow one. Draidocie (G=G6) 2a =e An artificial basin fitted with gate or caisson into which a ves- sel may be floated and from which the water may be pumped out to expose the bottom of the vessel. (Sometimes re- ferred to as a graving dock.) Draka sh S22 oe DOVE ae ee A wash, arroyo, or coulee in the bed of which there is no water, except at infrequent intervals and for short periods. Dune (A-4)_--------------- A hill or ridge formed by the wind from sand or other granular material. Hddya(O=19) eee. ee. SUE A current of water runnng contrary to the main current or moving circularly; a whirlpool. EISELE ee Aa extended line of cliffs or bluffs; a high steep face of rock: an elongated and comparatively steep slope of the sea floor, separating flat or gently sloping areas. SESE C131) ree a er ee That portion of a stream influenced by the tide of the body of water into which it flows; an arm of the sea at a river mouth. EVER GLE Cane ate Mmonte a Pans TEE A tract of swampy land covered mostly with tall grass; a swamp or inundated tract of low land. Local in the South. Halin(falls)\(C=20) == aaa A cascade, waterfall, or cataract; the flow or descent of one body of water into another. (Usually pl.) OTe ee Oe eee ee A gently sloping, cone-shaped accumulation of material nor- mally located at the mouth of a canyon. late 2 Soo ee Sa ee ee eee A level tract lying at » small depth below the surface of water, or alternately covered and left bare by the tide (‘‘tidal flat’’, “mud flat’). Floating dock (G-37)___------ A floating structure which can be submerged to receive a ves- sel, and then floated to expose the bottom of the vessel. Hlood gates!) Seki ue ro ee A gate for shutting out, admitting, or releasing a body of water; a sluice. OO perene wee Sten als ae The bed or bottom of the ocean. A comparatively level valley bottom; any low-lying ground surface. HOO Meet ye a= 1 Se The bottom of a slope, grade or declivity. A term for the lower part of any elevated land form. 122 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL HEYA OOH fe pearls aah ee os SE One of the lower subsidiary hills at the foot of a mountain, or of higher hills. (Commonly used in the plural.) 1 Tf pts ae, ree yO ore ee eh a One of the major bifurcations of a stream; a branch. Ein @CtLnencon Cm ae a A zone of unusually irregular topography of the sea floor averaging 60 nautical miles in width and normally greater than 1000 nautical miles in length. This zone is character- ized by large seamounts, steep-sided or nonsymmetrical ridges, troughs or escarpments. GLY DOR, NSO ee Daee E A, A deep notch, ravine or opening between hills or in a ridge or mountain chain; a steep-sided depression cutting tran- versely across a ridge or rise. OCUIST eee ee ee A spring which throws forth intermittent jets of heated water or steam. Glacialigon gee a= A deeply cut valley in U-shaped cross section, resulting from glacial erosion. Glacial aca A lake, the basin of which has been carved by glacial action; also-a body of water held in place by the damming action of a glacier. Glacial ae Sand, clay, or boulders transported by glaciers to their present locations. Glaciers (C—3) aaa A field or body of ice, formed where snowfall exceeds melting and moving down a mountain slope or over a wide area. Cade ys maaan ae pale Spal, Weir A grassy opening or natural meadow in the woods; a small park. Applied in western Maryland to a bushy, grassy, or swampy opening in the woods. Gil er te eae rt Sc gD Hd. psn A secluded and small narrow valley; a dell, dale or vale. Gorge mms oes em ee ey ore A canyon; a rugged and deep ravine or gulch. Grade ties We pay Wh ered Sheed heh A slope of uniform inclination. Gradventa Gate Jan seh sense Any departure from the horizontal; a grade; a slope; a part of a road or railroad which slopes upward or downward; fre- quently used in connection with the slope of streams. Groinn(Goi) haa eee A narrow shore-protection and improvement structure project- ing out from the shore, built usually to trap littoral drift or retard erosion of the shore. Groton sng tere, aby led, A small, picturesque cave, vault, or cavern. Gules, 5 0 te gums wear A small ravine; a small, shallow canyon with smoothly inclined slopes and steep sides. Ga Lf ied apatite pee A part of an ocean or sea extending into the land, usually larger than a bay. GAG Shoah eal ie A small channel recently cut by running water; smaller than a gulch or ravine. LER emanate ln he A narrow passage or contracted strait connecting two bodies of water. IGT TOC Te eshte 5 Variation of hummock, but usually characterized more by soil type and vegetation than by elevation. (Southern U.S., esp. Fla. and Gulf Coast.) FLOR One ees 52h | hen naman A water area nearly surrounded by land or artificial dikes forming a safe anchorage for ships. UE Co pes es te Se Ht ae epee A headland or promontory. TERMINOLOGY 117433 ETCCOlOnd San ere eee A cape or promontory of some boldness or elevation. CO e ee Soe oc oes eee A tract of wasteland; peat bog, usually covered by a low shrubby growth, but may have scattered small open water holes. Local in eastern Maine. erg ojiland === ee The highest part of a plain or plateau. High-water line (A-9)____-_-- The line along the shore to which the waters normally reach at high water; in tidal waters, generally taken to mean the line where the plane of Mean High Water intersects the land. J UOP cage Nae tice Ss Mies Me. 8 py An eminence, less than a mountain, rising above the surround- ing land. loch eee cess ener eee ee ee A small hill. EL Ole: ase eee. ete ie ee Ee: A small bay, as Woods Hole, Mass. Local in New England. LOMO Wat ee = aoa ee A small ravine; a low tract of land encompassed by hills or mountains. ETN OC oe a eee A rounded elevation of ground, of limited size, rising out of a level surface (often swamp), frequently densely wooded. nile erste Sener ee eee ee A narrow waterway or a gap in the land, which connects a small body of water with a larger body; a small narrow bay or creek. SLANG ee eee ree a A body of land extending above and completely surrounded by water at the Mean High Water stage; an area of dry land en- tirely surrounded by water or swamp; an area of swamp entirely surrounded by open water. SLO ONSCL ea A zone adjacent to an island and extending from the low-water line to a depth at which there is a marked increase of slope to greater depth. SLOT CNSLO De =e ee A declivity from the outer edge of an island shelf into greater depths. HUD ae SGA SEE A small island. JST IS Ss ee Nasties, A Trae A narrow strip of land connecting two larger bodies of land. Jetty (G-8, 8a, Ga) 2222 22 A structure built out into the water to restrain or direct cur- rents, usually to protect a river mouth or harbor entrance from silting. LES ALES eee Oe Ce A low island or reef; a cay. LEC spe Ee i ape Es desert A channel, creek, stream, as the kills between Staten Island and Bergen Neck. LEGG) Din ae aces oh yg oo ap loi Sih A rounded hill or mountain, especially an isolated one. IEG sem ata ha creat yeh a A small round hill; a mound; a seamount rising less than 500 fathoms from the sea floor and having a pointed or rounded top. EOGOOT Seat sL UNAS wees A shallow body of water, as a pond or lake, which usually has a shallow restricted outlet to the sea. Teg (GaN) wre ES a Any standing body of inland water, generally of considerable size. Mondslideee an soe A ae eee Earth and rock which becomes loosened from a hillside by moisture or snow, and slides or falls down the slope. kn (GFID) 25a5ssqescosecse Fluid rock such as that which issues from a volcano or a fissure in the earth’s surface; the same after cooling. 124 Ledge Levee (AST) Meme ee sae (CESS Nea ae ae NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL A rocky formation continuous with and fringing the shore. The area that uncovers is usually represented on charts by symbols. An artificial bank confining a stream channel or limiting areas subject to flooding; an embankment bordering on one or both sides of a submarine canyon or seachannel, usually occurring along the outer edge of a curve or meander. Of or pertaining ‘to a shore, especially seashore; a coastal region. (In the U.S., generally an adjective; also, not a material.) The line where the established low-water datum intersects the shore. The plane of reference that constitutes the low-water datum differs in different regions. A harbor facility for recreational craft where supplies, repairs, and various services are available. A tract of low, wet ground, usually miry and covered with rank vegetation. It may, at times be sufficiently dry to permit tillage or haycutting, but requires drainage to make it permanently arable. Mass of interwoven brush, poles, etc., used to protect a bank from erosion. A flat-topped, rocky hill with steep sides. (Southwestern U.S.) An annular depression that may not be continuous, located at the base of a seamount or an island. Any accumulation of loose material deposited by a glacier. A low hill of earth, natural or artificial; in general, any promi- nent, more or less isolated hill. A mountain, or high hill. Used always instead of “mountain” before a proper name. An elevation of the surface of the earth greater than a hill and rising high above the surrounding country. A series of connected and aligned mountains or mountain ridges. The exit or point of discharge of a stream into another stream, lake, or sea. A bog or marsh. Local in north central United States, Canada, and Alaska. The narrow strip of land which connects a peninsula with the mainland, or connects two ridges. A lava-filled conduit of an extinct volcano, exposed by erosion. A short defile through a hill, ridge, or mountain. A deep, close pass; a defile; gap. Local in New England. The great body of salt water which occupies two-thirds of the surface of the earth, or one of its major subdivisions. The sea as opposed to the land. The opening by or through which any body of water discharges its content. TERMINOLOGY 125 IRaSad eee ae 2 Se ee A picturesque, extended rock cliff rising steeply from the mar- gin of a stream or lake; a line of bold cliffs, especially one showing basaltic columns. (Usually pl.) YN Ss i oe a a et A gap, defile, or other relatively low break in a mountain range through which a road or trail may pass; an opening in a ridge forming a passageway. A narrow, connecting channel between two bodies of water. Beak: =0) Se ae sae ees A pointed mountain summit; the topmost point; summit; a seamount rising more than 500 fathoms from the sea floor and having a pointed or rounded top. RENIN sila ae Sas Ae ee A body of land jutting into and nearly surrounded by water, frequently (but not necessarily) connected to a larger body of land by a neck or isthmus. Facer (G=9)) i aaa ee Se ree ee A structure built out into the water, usually with its greatest dimension at right angles to the shore, forming a landing place or a place alongside which vessels can lie. TUN NACLE sae oe ee ee A tall, slender, spire-topped tower, hence any formation sug- gesting such shape, as a pinnacle rock projecting from a level or more gently sloping sea floor. LEG CCR ass Ok pS AS A region of uniform general slope, comparatively level, of con- siderable extent, and not broken by marked elevations and depressions (it may be an extensive valley floor or a plateau summit); an extent of level or nearly level land; a flat, gently sloping or nearly level region of the sea floor. LOLCO UMD Heels Be SE es ‘An elevated plain, tableland, or flat-topped region of consider- able extent; a comparatively flat-topped elevation of the sea floor greater than 60 nautical miles across the summit and normally rising more than 100 fathoms on all sides. A OCOSLT te ee eee ee eed A swamp;a dismal. (Southern U.S.) IPOD aches SER Eta The extreme end of a cape, or the outer end of any land area protruding into the water (less prominent than a cape). IPOQU SAS eS a ee See ee A small fresh-water lake. IEG ih) Ee gen ee A water hole or small pond; a small body of standing water a small and rather deep body of (usually) fresh water, as one in a stream. LRU OA See RS Ae he ee pee A treeless and grassy plain; an extensive tract of grassland; a low, sandy, grassy tract in the Florida pine woods. Tar CCU DUC Cae eee a en tLe The brink or edge of a high and very steep cliff; an abrupt declivity. HZGOMONLOTY = eae eee A high cape with bold termination; a headland. Ter ON Gaon: 2 EEA es Sas eet A fork of a drain. Local in southern Appalachian Mountains. HET OUUILCE ne 2 SUN, he ee A region composed of a group of similar bathymetric features whose characteristics are markedly in contrast with surround- ing areas. Wie cbt te: 8 Ss seen he A swift current; a constricted channel through which such current flows. apie (G=19) eee A part in a stream where an increase in its gradient accelerates the velocity of the current over that in its adjoining parts. (Usually pl.) 126 Seamount group _-__- Seamount range-__ _- Siveliged gens aas NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL A gulch; a small gorge or canyon, the sides of which have comparatively uniform slopes. An extended portion of water or land; a straight portion of a stream or river; a level stretch, as between locks in a canal; an arm of the sea extending into the land; a promontory, tongue. An off-shore consolidated rock hazard to navigation with a least depth of 10 fathoms or less (see also coral reef). The elevations or the inequalities, collectively, of a land surface. A long and narrow elevation with steep sides; a long, narrow elevation of the sea floor, with steep sides and more irregular topography than a rise. Corner or cove; an angular recess or hollow bend in a mountain, riverbank, cliff, or the like (Local in Southwest) (Sp. origin.) A long, broad elevation that rises gently and generally smoothly from the sea floor. A natural stream of running water, larger than a creek or brook. A brook or small creek; a small, swift watercourse. A low point on a ridge or crestline; a ridge connecting two higher elevations; a low point on a ridge or between seamounts. Low hills or ridges of sand formed by action of the wind (See “dun e”’) ‘ An escarpment, cliff, or steep slope of some extent along the margin of a plateau, mesa, terrace, or bench. A large body of salt water, second in rank to an ocean, more or less landlocked and generally part of, or connected with, an ocean or a larger sea. A long, narrow, U-shaped or V-shaped, shallow depression of the sea floor, usually occurring on a gently sloping plain or fan. An elevation of the sea floor having a nearly equidimensional plan less than 60 nautical miles across the summit. Three or more seamounts in a line and with bases separated by a relatively flat sea floor. Three or more seamounts not in a line and with bases separated by a relatively flat sea floor. Three or more seamounts having connected bases and aligned along a ridge or rise. A line along which there is a marked increase of slope at the outer margin of a continental shelf or an island shelf. (For charting purposes the 100-fathom depth contour is normally accepted as the shelf edge; the actual depth usually is less but may be more.) An off-shore hazard to navigation with a least depth of 10 fathoms or less composed of unconsolidated material. The narrow zone of land fronting any body of water. TERMINOLOGY 127 Shonelinesete eee. saad ej) oe The line of contact between the land and a body of water. (The line delineating the shoreline on Coast and Geodetic Survey nautical charts and surveys approximates the high- water line.) SOUS SSS ee Sane eee ere A ridge or rise separating partially closed basins from one another or from the adjacent sea floor. SUUKdenthe 2 a ise See The greatest depth over a sill. IS UIC MSUILICROLC == eta aa ena A depression which has subsurface drainage only, through natural holes and caverns in limestone or by seepage into a lower-lying water table. SUC OE SEN a eo es 5 eee nS The inclined surface of a hill, mountain, plateau, plain, or any part of the surface of the earth; the angle at which such surfaces deviate from the horizontal. (SUASO 1] Os 8 See me ete ee me A minor, muddy marshland or tidal waterway which usually connects other tidal areas. SEG eet ea Me gS in hid ee A slough, or swamp. Sizes (E113) uaa ee A floodgate. SOUS: eetele ee Se eee ae A relatively long arm of the sea or ocean forming a channel between an island and a mainland or connecting two larger bodies, as a sea and the ocean, or two parts of the same body; usually wider and more extensive than a strait. SVEUGS See es aes eee ee es A small point of land or narrow shoal projecting into a body of water from the shore. Song) (S=/6)) = = a= eee A place where water issues naturally from the rock or soil upon the land or into a body of surface water. 2 SNOPES nes ee eee eae A subordinate ridge or rise projecting outward from a larger feature of elevation. SURUGI a CA Se Ee ee A relatively narrow body of water connecting two larger bodies. SURGES. ane a eee The shore or beach of the ocean or a large lake. SRG bs eS ee ee A broad, elongated depression, with relatively steep walls, located on acontinentalshelf. The longitudinal profile of the floor is gently undulating with the greatest depths often found in the inshore portion. Stream (0-13, 14)_..._-.---- Any body of flowing water or other fluid, great or small. Stream channel. ---=----_ =~ The bed where a natural stream of water runs; the trench or depression washed in the surface of the earth by running water; a wash, arroyo or coulee. Sampioes (05S) eee eee The highest point, as the highest peak of a mountain range, the highest elevation reached by a road, etc. Sonny (Calas os ae ge ak A track of stillwater abounding in certain species of trees and course grass or boggy protuberances; a track of wet, spongy land, saturated, but not usually covered with water; a boggy marshland and stream; a slough. IS UNES ep = Sat ae EE ee A body of dashing, splashing water. Specifically, a narrow ' sound or channel of water lying within a sandbank, or be- tween a sandbank and a shore; a bar over which a sea washes. Havlennow oe 2 S32. See A seamount rising less than 500 fathoms from the sea floor and having a comparatively smooth, flat top with minor irregular- ities. 692-834 O - 64-10 128 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL OANA OUP nae oan ecse A seamount rising more than 500 fathoms from the sea floor and having a comparatively smooth, flat top with minor irregularities. Terminal moraine___-------- A moraine formed across the course of a glacier at its farthest advance, at or near a relatively stationary edge, or at places marking the termination of important glacial advances. CTT OCC RP ee Re eer ae eet A bench-like feature bordering an elevation of the sea floor. A terrace does not include the continental shelf or island shelf but may include bench-like features on the shelf. Tidal marsh or flat__._______- Any marsh or flatland, the surface of which is wetted by a tidal flow. ndengateue: Da eta ISO ie 1 An opening through which water may flow freely when the tide sets in one direction, but which closes automatically and prevents the water from flowing in the other direction. Tide rips (O-18)__________-- Turbulence caused by the meeting of conflicting tidal currents or by a tidal current flowing over irregular bottom. INO OGS OA ae eee A long, narrow strip of land, projecting into a body of water; a long, narrow body of water indenting the land or bounded by islands. WO DOGRC/p |) ae ae The configuration (relief) of the land surface; the graphic delineation or portrayal of that configuration in map form, as by contour lines. HRC TC me ees eee anager A long, narrow, depression of the sea floor, having relatively steep sides. IOUT = sa sec ee se Any stream which feeds a larger stream or lake. LRU Daosaoe--s= PEEL Reet yy A long depression of the sea floor, having relatively gentle sides, normally wider and shallower than a trench. DROIT ote a te > a Ba One of the level or undulating treeless plains characteristic of arctic regions, having a black muck soil with a permanently frozen subsoil. Wiplandeeaek Sack EOS Bate A highland; ground elevated above the lowlands along rivers or between hills. VOY ee eee oes ere me A relatively shallow, wide depression with gentle slopes, the bottom of which grades continuously downward. This term is used for features that do not have canyon proportions in any significant part of their extent. VOLT SB Ae Seas naan e. An opening in the earth’s crust through which lava and ash issue; a mountain (usually conical) formed wholly or in part by such volcanic action. Viasat Ma Lees esd St A broad, dry bed of a stream. Watershed=e naa lS serene The area drained by a stream. Whewiay (GEIS) a A structure extending parallel to the shoreline so that vessels may lie close alongside to receive and discharge cargo. APPENDIX (FIGURES) pay pebiads Chee ee BE Pee atthe i ht ae h Rant CNiSr a Tides yt hee ae - = ata : ih) p paued OTA \ ine 4 La ag arn ie ms "e APPENDIX 131 Large chart (heavy border line) .060" Small chart (heavy border line) 040" Chart index border 020” Dee eee EE ee International boundary; State boundary (land only) 015” Roads (single line) .012” Shoreline (heavy) 011” Pe ace ee acces ee at ce al anc laernvetacoe care cn bvecsaecesac tal De IDICUIVESS (GOtS) ag re aici Mela c queen ener, 2 Gunu Ioky aay eee Ole Channel (wide) Channel (medium) Channel (narrow) 010’ Railroad Contours (heavy) Canals Ditches .008” 3.5mm+—e ; Disposa/ Area Dumping Ground 007” Fish Haven Spoil Area 007” Outer marsh line Streams Shoreline (light) Open buildings 006” Overhead power cable Trails 006” Projection Neatline Fine border line Railroad ties .005” Reservation line 005” Depth curves (blue plate) Range line ___.005” Transmission line Depth curves Trial course 005” Depth curves (black plate) Contours (light) 003” ee Neg ars iy tS ae .004” Chart index outline SUBMARINE OPERATING AREA PROHIBITED ANCHORAGE AREA 010” DANGER AREA RESTRICTED AREA PROHIBITED AREA 010” a eee eee ease = =" aa ee Ss Se eee eee ee ee ee eee eee ee eee Oe aS eS SS eS SSS i SS DANGER AREA (when required) 010” DEFENSIVE SEA AREA 010’ ee ee! «107 a GLa GA LI, PDL aL Le ee 2.5mm Var 2°W 008” te ake he Nie ode me sae 8 UNH oD 007” lsogonic lines (separated) Isogonic lines (close spaced) COURSE /98{/° TRUE 36.6M __ .007" RULES OF THE ROAD _ a .007” Track lines ANCHORAGE ANCHORAGE FOR EXPLOS/VES -007” Fish Trap Area 2 .007” SUBMARINE TRIAL AREA .007” ve aaa Cable Area Pipeline Area .006” Minimum width for double line roads. : 030” Road | : es ! RESOOORSRITOCOO beste wikis elated O76mm) ——— re Position of Light 006” AREA A m6 one 2.5mm 1 @ = Lighted Buoy 1:15000 to 1:25000 3 = (chart 9O/O) : ; : = 006” 120” Lighted Beacon Lightship ae" 3.0mm 1 @ Lighthouse Aero Light 1:30000 to 1:50 000 (see note) > -005” -018” ~— .012” , .284" 1:60 000 to 1:100 000 2 none 7.1mm Fadiobeacon : : 014” FIGURE 1 — Line Weights 132 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL UNITED STATES — EAST COAST DELAWARE — PENNSYLVANIA — NEW JERSEY DELAWARE RIVER WILMINGTON TO PHILADELPHIA Mercator Projection Scale 1:40,000 at Lat. 39°51’ SOUNDINGS IN FEET AT MEAN LOW WATER TIDAL INFORMATION Height referred to datum of soundings (MLW) Mean Mean Mean Extreme High Water | Tide Level | Low Water | Low Water feet feet Wilmington, Del 5.3 2.9 Chester,Pa 5.4 2.9 Billingsport,N.J 5.5 3.0 Phila. Pier 9N.,Pa 58 3.1 (463) ABBREVIATIONS (For complete list of Symbols and Abbreviations, see C. & G. S. Chart No. 1) Lights (Lights are white unless otherwise indicated.) F. fixed S-L short-long OBSC. obscured Rot, rotating Fl. flashing Occ. occulting WHIS. whistle SEC. sector Qk. quick Alt. alternating DIA. diaphone m. minutes Gp. group |. Qk. interrupted quick M. nautical miles sec, seconds Buoys: T.B. temporary buoy N. nun B. black Or. orange W. white C. can S. spar R. red G. green Y. yellow Bottom characteristics Cl. clay M. mud hrd. hard bk. black gy. gray Co. coral Rk. rock rky. rocky br. brown rd. red G. gravel S. sand sft. soft bu. blue wh. white Grs. grass Sh. shells stk. sticky gn. green yl. yellow 21, Wreck, rock, obstruction, or shoal swept clear to the depth indicated (2) Rocks that cover and uncover, with heights in feet above datum of soundings AERO. aeronautical R. Bn. radiobeacon C. G. Coast Guard station Bn. daybeacon R. TR. radio tower D.F.S. distance finding station AUTH. authorized: Obstr. obstruction; P.A. position approximate, E.D. existence doubtful HEIGHTS Heights in feet above Mean High Water AUTHORITIES Hydrography and topography by the Coast and Geodetic Survey with additions and revisions from the Corps of Engineers FIGURE 2 — Title Layout APPENDIX 133 24 pt. Light Litho 7 pt. Draftsman Italic KE pt. News (Selle we pt. News Gothic \ lst Ed., Nov. 1874 3.9™mm.} Catalog Page No. 5 (OP) (JOINS CHART 534) +-—Center lo) |= Chart center ss" mm mm Only for charts with longest dimensions north and south. mm. + lea.gmm. When length plus breadth is | 1™™IF : When length plus breadth is less than 55 inches. jymm. greater than 55 inches. 7.5™™.[-—$§+) 7.5mm. Neatline—-! | =— Neatline Chart center 5.01. [Rind aang Ed., Mar. 12/62; Revised 3/4/63 1375)mm. 1 369 PRICE $1.00 ee zo Compiled and printed at Washington, D.C. by 3 5mm. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE | COAST AND ea SURVEY 12 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed Stace imrceoatieh 8 pt. Lining Gothic uy 8 pt. Century Expanded “Year''-12 pt. News Gothic Condensed Center —+ (CONTINUED ON CHART /222! (Inner neatline 108.25cm N.S. x 82.90cm E.W.) ‘5mm. S59 mm [Sol mm. 18 pt. Coast Survey mie— New York Harbor)_ oe ie e & G. S e 369 °° mm 8 pt. News Gothic Condensed —¥-SOUNDINGS IN FEET - SCALE 1:40,000 PRICE $1.00.1°2 Center under sub-title 24 pt. Light Litho For marginal scales on small-scale charts see Figure 6. FIGURE 3— Border Layouts 134 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL FIGURE 4 — Border Subdivisions 40'30” 20" 10” 55" ! | (a | | __il 2,500 to 9,000 | IES SG SO REE LO IR OT TRE DE TT RC ETA __|| BS 6 30” OF 37’ 50" 40” 30” 20" 10” 72°36’ 50" =i | | | | | | Siititi ii tt | 10,000 to 29,000 Ee A SIE FP AN PDE aE OAL, EO ST] 57’ ia 3.75mm.! 5 37’ 45" 30" 15” 36’ 3 Sani 75°35’ [aS RE [DS Ft eT Saas } | 30,000 to 49,000 | L20" [300 Interval Interval !nterval 2.5mm.—y — Project. Project. Project. ZO - Scale lines figures subdiv. 2 5 000........ Ves eee LO at uv I) KONO) coocc00e UR eroaoan t Saebs al’ 15000... 1! 1! 1! Sub = or- 20000 .. 2! i! WY S> 30 000 .. Cee: Co We it r-45 =} AOOOORR a. Oo hina BE Bae Se i bs lon L fo) =) > L_ 30” S 30 S S L Re Yel ae Onee ose = 15” tS) SI S Cy |r iS) SUBDIVISIONS I L567 oO 1580" On scales 9,000 and larger, one-half minute at the iS i=l approximate center of the east, west, north, and south oO neatlines to be divided into seconds and numbered S a G S t-40 Iie as illustrated. Ss On scales 10,000 to 49,000, one minute at the ap- Se) proximate center of the east, west, north, and south neatlines to be divided into seconds and numbered [-30” as illustrated. Werreemumberses ee ee ee 12 pt. Lt. Lith. (Omit 00’ with Degrees) 3775 m: eyed 42° Minutemumibers seen 8 Pt. Lt. Lith. jee eer Second numbers 6 pt. No. 2 L.C.G. L Second numbers (with Minutes)............ 7 pt. Cen. Exp. ie 35° Plane Coordinate Grid numbers..6 pt. No. 3 L.C.G.c. 19 allS5% 10" - 55 37° F E55’ Les cm E 50" APPENDIX 135 FIGURE 4A — Subdivisions for skewed projections, 1:40,000 Scale 136 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 96°06’ 04’ FIGURE 5 — Border Layout of Inset on Chart APPENDIX 137 Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border SEE Wes Ree Se euecly Scale lines figures subdiv Scale lines figures subdiv. 50 000 000 euoee a 000 peed 250 000 100 000 ef 40’ % mel ua aa Scales 480 000 to a 900 000 ' 5’ 5 a 40° H | 20’ 40’ Scales Scales Scales 50 000 i © 110 000 251 000 1 to 0! to to 109 000 , 250000 a 475 000 HI 1 zie hn ae a zt ae H[| 45° 30’ Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border lines figures subdiv. Scale lines figures subdiv. Scale lines figures subdiv. 1 000 000. 3 000 000... 1 500 000. 4 000 000 2 000 000. 5 000 000... 905 000 to 2 200 000 44° Scales 2 250 000 to 5 500 000 45° FIGURE 6 — Border Scales NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 138 00012 ooo'st 000'si 00021 000°6 000'9 ooo'e 0 oos'| 000’ ——— ———— ————————S SS Se et) 0000r:1 ooo'st ooo'zI 000°6 000'9 ooo gost 000°€ ——————————— ——————————— Cert ECE HS ECE ET et} 000°0€:1 00001 000'8 000'9 000'y 000'2 000'1 000'2 ————— ————SS——I SSS EEC EEE EY J 000 02:1 000s 000'r 0o00'€ 000'2 oo0't oos 0001 ee. ——— ——————— = SS Es) SCO000'01 1 oos'z 000'2 oos'| ooo'l oos osz 00s . = ———— —_——————————————— Ti — os es —— 3094 o00'se 000'0€ 000'sz 00002 00's! Qo0'0! 000'S tc) o0s'z 000'S 6 ‘ C el ———— — SS St et Et SCO000 002:1 000'S1 000'F 1 ooo'e! 000'21 0011 o00'0! 000'6 000'8 Q00'L 000'9 000'S 000'r o00'e 000'2 0o0'! te) 00s _000'1 Se aS —— = Soa 000'L 000'01 000'6 000'8 00's 000'9 00'S 000'r o00'€ oo0'z 000'I 00s 000'1 [ ———————I —— SE ——s ——————1 See EET) 000'09:1 000'6 000'8 000'L 000'9 00's 000'r. Qo0'€ Q00'2 000'! to) 00s. 000'1 [ ———————1 _—_—————— ——————— — SI SCe et eet} 0000S'! o00'L 000'9 00's 000'y. 000'€ 000'2 0001 00s 000! (e ———————————————T _————— ————————————————— = Soe et es «(000'0F'! oos's 000'S 00S'p 000'F oos'€ oo0'€ 00s'2 00'2 00s't 00011 00s 0) sz 00s , — —————— ESS ee) O00 0E'! oos'é o00'e o0s'2 000'2 oos't 000'1 oos QO 001 002 O0€ OOF 00S = —————————— ——————————— ———— el Se et FT) «(000021 006‘! oo8't (oleya 009"! 00s'1 oor'| O0€'| 002"! oot 000'1 006 008 OOL 009 00s oor OoE 00z 001 0 0S 001 AS = ——— — — ee al —=——_ —————_ oo =— [— is — 0101000) a8 006 008 foley 009 00s oor. OoE 002 01 001 c ———— ———————————— ——=1 ————— or =I = Ere) 000S'1 spiey FIGURE 7 — Graphic Scales 139 APPENDIX “AaTAB] 10 0NO'OR-T JO [BOs ye szrwyo |]B UO paoe|d aq 07 sayeos gE aAogE ay, :210N 0005 0007 O00€ 0002 0001 0 0001 a = so — oo — or spe, £ 4 L ) j L c ——————————————————————————— SSS} SAI) 2}NVeS £ G ee SalI RONEN 0005 ooor O00€ 000¢ 0001 t = ae = E Spare, 4 L qo ee _____— SalI [RONEN 000°0#:T 9189S YOONVE OL NOLLVONILNOO YaLVM MOT YHAMOT NVAW LV (SNOHLVA NAATIA OL LAdA GNV SWOHLVA) SWOHLVA NI SONIGNDOS qYaALVM MOT NVAW LV (SNWOHLVA NAATIA OL LAA GNV SINOHLVA) SWOHLVA NI SONIGNDOS (dquo uornnbianu asoysyo 10,4 ) YaLVM MOT NVAW LV Lada NI SONIGNNOS YALVM MOT YAMOT NVAW LV Lad NI SONIGNQOS YALYM MOT NVAW LY Lad NI SONIGNDOS FIGURE 8 — Standard Notes and Scales 140 NAUTICAL CAUTION Improved channels shown by- broken lines are subject to shoaling, particularly at the edges. CAUTION Temporary defects in aids to navigation are not indicated on this chart except where a buoy replaces a fixed aid. See Notices to Mariners. CAUTION Southeast Channel Entrance is subject to continual change. 1240. Caution Extremely heavy tide rips and strong currents may be encountered in the vicinity of the islands shown on this chart. 9030 CAUTION Vessels entering Long Beach Channel should pass eastward of lighted whistle buoy"LB,”’ and vessels departing should pass westward. 5147 CAUTION The shoreline is subject to continual change in this area 887-SC CAUTION Mariners are warned to stay clear of the protective riprap sur- rounding navigational light structures shown thus & NAVAL TRAIL COURSE The line of buoys in the entrance to Penobscot Bay between Latitude 44°01’ and 44°08’ mark a Naval trial-course. Vessels must keep clear of this course while trial tests are in progress 1203 PLANES OF REFERENCE Depths charted in Caloosahatchee River and St. Lucie River are referred to mean low water. Depths in the Caloosahatchee Canal are referred to a low water elevation which is 10 feet above mean sea level. Depths in Lake Okeechobee and St. Lucie Canal are referred to a low water elevation which is 12} feet above mean sea level. 1289 CHART MANUAL PRIVATE BUOYS Private buoys are maintained in most of the bays, ponds and Inlets on this chart. 259 DUMPING GROUNDS Regulations and permission for dumping in the areas indicated may be obtained at the office of the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, Ney York, N. Y. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY Use chart 845-SC. The depths and channel markers are not shown hereon. 1247 ST. LUCIE INLET The channel is subject to continual change. Entrance buoys and lights are not shown because they are frequently shifted in position. Use chart 845-SC. 1247 VEGETATION The land is generally heavily wooded, The woods decrease in density with the elevation. leaving the higher elevations bare. 8148 STORM WARNINGS The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm warnings on the following lightships: Pollock Rip (41°36'-69°51’) Nantucket Shoals (40°33'-69° 28’) Ambrose Channel (40°27'-73°49') Scotland (40°26’-73°55') Barnegat (39°46'-73°56’) Five Fathom Bank (38°47'-74°35') For a complete list of storm warning stations, see large scale charts. 1108 STORM WARNINGS The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm warnings at the following approximate locations: Custom House, Boston (42°21.5'-71°03.2') Boston C, G. Station (42°22.1’-71°03.1') Boston Lightship (42°20.4’-70°45.5') Deer Island Light Station (42° 20.4'-70°57,3’) *Old Colony Yacht Club (42°18.0'-71°02.7') *Hingham Yacht Club (42°15.7'-70°53.7') Pt Allerton C. G. Station (42°18.4/-70°54') *Winthop (42°22.1’-70°59.3’) *Seasonal 246 FIGURE 9—Standard Notes PLANE COORDINATE GRID Oregon State grid, north zone, is indicated by dotted ticks at 5,000 foot intervals 6155 *PLANE COORDINATE GRID Oregon State Grid, north zone, is indicated by dashed ticks at 5,000 foot intervals. The last three digits are omitted. *On new and reconstructed charts, grids are now being shown by dashed lines instead of dotted ticks. 6158 FISH TRAP AREAS Boundary lines of fish trap areas are shown thus: Caution: Submerged piling may exist in these areas. 1216 BERTH NUMBERS The numbers on land along the waterfront are the berth numbers. 5147 APPENDIX 141 TRAFFIC LIGHTS Traffic lights are in operation at Reedy Point Entrance, at Lorewood Grove, about one mile west of the P. R. R. bridge, and at a point one mile west of Chesapeake City Bridge Consult the Regulations for the Control of Traffic in the Canal before entering 570 Lake Washington Ship Canal Traffic Signals Red (stop) green (go) lights are maintained on the guide pier below the Great Northern R. R. bridge for the guidance of vessels going through the large lock. 690-SC LIGHTS Only the principal lights along the outer coast are shown. 1000 RACING BUOYS Racing buoys within the limits of this chart are not shown hereon. For location and description see the Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners and Light List. 1206 THIMBLE SHOAL CHANNEL DEPTHS Tabulated from surveys by the Corps of Engineers - report of Aug.1962 Controlling depths in channels entering from Prajectibimensians seaward in feet at Mean Low Water J Name of Channel Thimble Shoal Channel @ North Auxiliary Channel South Auxiliary Channel Right Right inside outside quarter quarter quarter auarter 40.0 40.0 30.1 29.3 Length Depth Width (naut. M.L.W. (feet) miles) (feet) a. This channel is restricted to exclude vessels and tows drawing less than 20 feet. There is no restriction to passenger ships. NOTE: The Corps of Engineers should be consulted for changing conditions subsequent to above. 1222 FIGURE 10—Standard Notes 142 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CHANNEL DEPTHS The project depth in the channels of the Columbia and Willamette Rivers are, 48 feet from the entrance to Clatsop Spit Lighted Whistle Buoy 14, thence 35 feet to Portland, Oregon, and 30 feet from the mouth of the Willamette River to Vancouver, Washington. Freshets occur annually during the months of May, June, and July which may cause some shoaling; however, channels are restored to project depth as soon thereafter as possible. The controlling depths are published monthly in the local Notice to Mariners by the U.S. Coast Guard and monthly in the U.S. Naval Ocean- ographic Office Notice to Mariners. Additional information may be obtained from the Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, Portland, Oregon. 6152 WIRE DRAGGED AREAS The area tinted green has been swept by wire drag to a depth which in deep waters materially exceeds the draft of the largest vessels. In shoal waters the drag was set to pass as close as practicable to the bottom 8094 (Green overprint) Information blocked out in green is now obsolete. Corrections in green to Oct. 30, 1950. (Green overprint) FIGURE 11— Standard Notes APPENDIX PROHIBITED AREA The area in and about Womens Bay, west of the dashed magenta line is a Naval Defensive Sea Area. No vessels, except those authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, shall be navigated in this area. The U.S. Naval Reservation is an Air Space Reservation. No aircraft, except those authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, shall be navigated above this area. 8545 PROHIBITED AREA Unalaska Island is a Naval Defensive Sea Area and Airspace Reservation. No vessels or aircraft, except those authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, shall be navigated in or above the area within the three mile limit. 9302 PROHIBITED AREA 207.174 (Seaplane Landing) A navigation channel 300 feet wide outside the limits of the prohibited area is available to surface craft. 576 CAUTION Boundary limits and designations of Submarine Operating Areas are shown in solid magenta lines and 143 CAUTION Oil well drilling structures may be found outside the obstruction areas which are indicated by dashed magenta lines 881-SC CAUTION Construction equipment may be stationed in this vicinity. CAUTION Bridge is under construction, and within the tinted area are numerous lights, buoys and piles used in its construction. NOTE A Navigation regulations are publisned in Chapter 2, Coast Pilot 2, or subsequent yearly supplements and weekly Notices to Mariners. Copies of the regulations may be obtained at the office of the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers in New York. Refer to section numbers shown with area designation. 541 are indicated by letters, thus: AREA ''G” As sub- marines may be operating in these areas, vessels should proceed with caution. During torpedo practice firing, all vessels are cautioned to keep well clear of Naval Target Vessels flying a large red flag. WARNING 359 San Clemente Island is a NAVAL RESERVATION and is closed to the public. All vessels are warned that the vicinity of the island CAUTION This chart is not intended for use in navigating the tributaries of Chesapeake Bay and the aids to navigation maintained by the U. S. Coast Guard are not charted in those waters. 78 CAUTION Numerous oil well drilling structures are located within the limits of this chart. 523 692-834 O - 64-11 FIGURE 12—Standard Notes is dangerous on account of gunfire and bombing. S1ll *PROHIBITED DUMPING GROUND Dumping of all objects or materials of a metallic nature is strictly prohibited. * Dumping ground notes may vary according to the regulations authorized by the Corps of Engineers District. 144 SUBMARINE OPERATING AREA 207.640 (see note A) 5532 SPECIAL ANCHORAGE Anchor lights not required on vessels less than sixty-five feet long. CABLE AND PIPELINE -AREAS The cable and pipeline areas falling within the areas of the larger sca/e charts are shown thereon and are not repeated on this chart. 1208 LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE Differences of as much as 3° from the normal variation have been observed on Cuttyhunk Island between Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. RESTRICTED AREA Anchoring, trawling, fishing and dragging are prohibited in this area 207.158 (see note A) 1222 RESTRICTED AREA 204.30 (see note A) SEAPLANE LANE A 207.50 (see note A) NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL FIGURE 13—Standard Notes INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY The Intracoastal Waterway is indicated by a magenta line. Distances are shown in International Nautical Miles. Courses are true. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY Project Depths 12 feet Norfolk, Va. to Fort Pierce, Fla. 9 feet Norfolk to Albemarle Sound, via Dismal Swamp Canal 8 feet Fort Pierce to Miami, Fla. 7 feet Miami, Fla. to Cross Bank, Florida Bay. From Cross Bank to Key West, Fla., the controlling depth is 5 feet. Rep. June 1962. The controlling depths are published weekly in the Notice to Mariners. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY AIDS Intracoastal Waterway aids are character- ized by a yellow band or border. Proceeding from Norfolk, Va. to Key West, Fla.: 1. Aids with red reflectors are on the star- board side; green reflectors are on the port side. 2. Where the Intracoastal Waterway co- incides with another waterway, the dual- purpose aids have distinctive yellow triangles on the starboard side and yellow squares on the port side. 829-SC INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY The Intracoastal Waterway between the east and west limits of this chart is not completely shown. Use chart No. 837-SC. The project depth from Charleston to Beaufort, Se GriSmi2aheets The controlling depths are published in the weekly Notice to Mariners, 792 OKEECHOBEE WATERWAY The routes are indicated by a magenta line. The project depths from St. Lucie River to Fort Meyers are: 8 feet via Routes 1 and 1B, 6 feet via Route 2. Locks are operated during daylight hours. The controlling depths are published in the weekly Notice to Mariners. 1289 APPENDIX 145. ANCHORAGE AREAS 202.155 (see note A) Limits and assigned numbers of anchorage areas are shown in magenta. GENERAL ANCHORAGES © ® @O® TEMPORARY ANCHORAGE-limited to 72 hours without permit. NAVAL ANCHORAGE-commercial vessels may anchor for 24 hours with permission of Captain of the Port. 21B BARGE AND STEAMER ANCHORAGE-limited to 30 days without permit. TEMPORARY GENERAL ANCHORAGE - limited to 48 hours without permit. QUARANTINE ANCHORAGE-vessels shall clear area after being granted pratique. The southern portion of (23) may be used when anchorage (24) fully utilized. ANCHORAGE FOR EXPLOSIVES-load in excess of 20 tons of high explosives prohibited. B o ow 541 CURRENT DIAGRAM GEORGES BANK AND NANTUCKET SHOALS Explanation Directions and velocities of tidal currents at eighteen stations are shown by arrows. The length of the arrow from the center of the circle represents the average velocity on ascale of one inch equals three knots. The figures at the arrow heads are the hours after the time of maximum flood at Pollack Rip Channel, (Stone Horse Shoal Lightship), the daily predicted times of which are given in the Coast and Geodetic Survey Atlantic Coast Current Tables. The velocities plotted should be increased by 20 per cent when the moon is full or new and decreased by 20 per cent when the moon is in first or third quarters. For effect of wind and tidal currents, see Current Tables, Atlantic Coast. 541 SCALE OF VELOCITIES 1 0 1 2 Sy (SOUS FIGURE 14—Standard Notes 146 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL = 24 Pt. a aaa | _ 30 Pt. 18 Pt. _ eee 1, AX AS Nee (eee an ns ae Cdn Boman | EMT TTT TY CENTURY EXPANDED (CEN. EXP.) (Caps, | and figures) a A IL Eo eee eA Bet Ave leareumess “ALEXANAlexan ALEXANDAlexand > ALEXANDRAlexandri -* ALE XANDR Alexandri « ALE XANDRI Alexandria, 7) a es Cane Oni. eel IN| roA TL EB X A A lew waa “A LEXAND Alexand oA LEXANDR Alexandri > ALEXANDRIA Alexandria Vi > ALEXANDRIA Alexandria Vir ze ALKXANDRIA V Alexandria Vir eof fF © AMD Ale ko ao eA) 1B XC AN DER AAS exraniclaprminay oe ALEXANDRIA V Alexandria V 2 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA. EG Alexandria Virgi 1s ALEXANDRIA VIRGI Alexandria, Virgini Zio ALEXANDRIA, VIRGIN Alexandria Virginia | FIGURE 15 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts APPENDIX 147 ] 2 5 6 inches foo as aa T | Land Features a | CENTURY EXPANDED (CEN. EXP.) (Caps, lower case and figures) Size Spacing A IL; E xX A N D R I 2 Em Qd. 6 7) 4 6 8 10 ; Pe a OG NDE 1 A ited x? a ne diam Nein VN, My SG VN INT JD) JR) V py Wemsaray nid arasitieen vam S sims. ALEXANDRIA. VIRG Alexandria V ire 2 Pr. Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINI Alexandria Virginia 1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA Alexandria, Virginia, Uni Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGIN IA UN Alexandria Virginia, United mo Ee A ND PR OT A Vi 1 PS oy ex AN DOR Wl PAR OA Ugere va mide i va Nut Qd. ALEXANDRIA VIRG Alexandria Vises 5 3 Em Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGIN Alexandria Virginia 2 Pr. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, _ Alexandria Virginia, Un | 1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA. VIRGINIA ,U NI Alexandria, Virginia,United Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA. VIRGINIA UNITED Alexandria, Virginia United Sta, — 2m Qd. A L E xX A N D R I A. V I R G Be eke See OND AR VE AE) eh x any dia aay Nua ALEXANDRIA. VeleRaG sien Alexandria Vai reiera é sens. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA. tou ‘Alexandria, Virginia, a | 2 PL. Sp. ALEXANDRIA ‘VIRGINIA, UNI Alexandria, Virginia, United 1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA , UNITED ‘Alexandria Virginia, United Stat | Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STAT ‘Alexandria Virginia, United States a Macnee eee Pee ee DRA TP AR } i Yok er PGA wiNR a WS Geb pee Ue IB TID) 1 esac tame aac riamen ee NOTE 22. Nt Qd ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA ,U go eee wi Gbeter Weber tite 1 wl = 3 Em Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA ju NIT Alexandria Virginia, Unite 2 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED Alexandria Virginia, United State 1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STAT ‘Alexandria Virginia, United States of Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STATES OF ‘Alexandria Virginia, ‘United States of Ameri 2 Em Qd. é L E xX a N D R I a0 Vv I R Cc. I N I A sy U N I T | orga ex query We 0 12 Et at A IX Il @ 32 Bom cl ae loa Vi siger, penile ween 0 5 10 5) 0 5 10 15 20; Nut Qd. G DBR AND EWA VERS CHE NGIE AS EU NOSLEYD @lexoudrig. Water iepinbitar Uaniigtyetd Ss « 3 Em Sp. Ge ND EA URAC INGA ‘UNITED SN w ls Ope emda Mii ueninila il nivel Sivaitels MS 2 Pt. Sp. Gp RRS SEDI VALERIE UNITED STATES Oe a eewnia Uniced Sugies of Le 1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA UNITED SUAS an GAL jh GCE Wicaie thttics SUGEOE of ee Zero Sp. UBER RS {paNeaD Sutin OF AUUODIENCL AL een Virginia, United States of America Alexandria I 10 20 30 40 50 FIGURE 16 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts 148 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL | Land Features Len LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Caps, lower and figures) g: WW A Ss H AN) 2 ae eal oW ASHI Washi “~WASHIN Washin “WASHING Washingt “WASHING Washinsgto “WASHING Washington pes W. A S H. I N, “«W A S H IW ashi “@¢WASHHINGWashin : “WASHINGT Washingt °WASHINGTO Washington poise WASHINGTO Washington | =» WASHINGTON Washington mew, ) AY S YH 1S NG gan rma W A § H IN, Woe sy aa aes: Washingto ee Washington 30 Pt. — 27%.WASHINGTON, BA Washington, Ba 2% WASHINGTON, BA Washington Balti 00» WASHINGTON, BA Washington Balti | il FIGURE 17 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts Size: Spacing: 2 Em Qd. 1 Em Qd. 14 Pt. 3 Em Sp. 12 Pt. 2 Pt. Sp. 1 Pt. Sp. ~~ Zero Sp. 2 Em Qd. 1 Em Qd. Nut Qd. 3 Em Sp. 2 Pt. Sp. 1EPtSSp: Zero Sp. 2 Em Qd. 1 Em Qd. Nut Qd. 3 Em Sp. 2 Pt. Sp. 1 Pt. Sp. Zero Sp. 2 Em Qd. 1 Em Qd. Nut Qd. 3 Em Sp. 2 Pt. Sp. 1 Pt. Sp. \caceeareg) Gi sacar} [p= OE ae et ey Oe err est Zero Sp. Le aa LIGHT LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Cops, lower case, and figures) Nut Qd. 3 Em Sp. 2 Pt. Sp. 1 Pt. Sp. Zero Sp. (~ 2 Em Qd. 1 Em Qd. Nut Qd. Vi ee OR Hee N EG SV Om IN’ WW) “an sehg ay a 8 ot onan APPENDIX 149 1 2 3 4 5 6 inches Land Features W A S H I N G T O bs VASE CrCl | Woes. eh. i, mig Wi at Ss EIN G7 OUN Weayseit i 1 8 tol Wears Hil N Gr ON: BA Washington Balt WASHINGTON, BALT. Washington Baltim WASHINGTON, BALTIM Washington Baltimo WASHINGTON BALTIM Washington Baltimore Ww A S A I N G a O N B ee eS CHT NN Gat (Ol NEW ales oh i ag) orm WASHINGTON BALWashington Ba WASHINGTON, BALTI Washington Baltiat WASHINGTON ‘BALTIM Washington, Baltim. WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE Washington, Baltimore WASHINGTON) BALTIMORE MI Washington Baltimore Mia Ww A Ss H I N G T O N B A L 10 WASHINGTON, BALT I MWeehingéon Balti 10 WASHINGTON, BALTIMO Washington Baltimore WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE Washington Baltimore WASHINGTON) BALTIMORE, M Washington Baltimore Miami ,WASHINGTON | BALTIMORE, MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami Bea. o- W A iS) H I N G ae O N, B A L Tt WAS HIN GT ON, Be AO Wi a cist thh anh soot Vows Re WASHINGTON BALTIMO Washington Baltimo WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, M Washington Baltimore M WASHINGTON. "BALTIMORE, MIA Washington, Baltimore Miami WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami Bea WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, MIAMI BEAC Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Lo iW, A tS) H iL Ni G a O No B A L a I M oO ANT Las fey Ube Sash Gy A) NE ea ee Se Ou on DBA Fe) 18) ONE GIN @ IN ee OR RSE (Wh SUR UTE GQ Ue WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE MIAMI Washington, Baltimore Miami WASHINGTON, BNET O Wig MIA MI AY GO ACOs DOING SIS mi B WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEAC (Washington Baltimore Miami Beach 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG \Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long Po 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 o-,0 FIGURE 18 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts 150 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 6 inches 0} = ree | r eee a ae oe | ee ‘Land oe ik a a LIGHT LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Caps, lower case and figures) Size: Spacing: Ali Ceh My A 8 H To aN, iG) pte Om LAN! BY A Li he SMe Oe ORE eE: My Ul Al 0 5 10 ° 15 20 1EmQd. WAS HIN GTON BALTIMORE WwW asmiweatom Bahl tim o ty) 50 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 Nut Qd. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami a 0) = 10 20 0 10 20 * 3E£mSp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Ce) 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 2 Pt. Sp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH Washington Balti more Miami Beach (0) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30 1 Pt. Sp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 Zero Sp. \WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG POINT GR Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long Point Green, (0) 10 20 30 40 10) 10 2 30 40 50 8 Pt. possibly: | Mollison Airport Indian Head Brooklyn Navy Yard Cope Village Brighton Beach Long Island Bailey Peninsula Great Gulch Colorado Canyon Sheephead Key Piney Point VIRGINIA Cape Henry Ulster Landing Port Arthur Reeves Field English Lookout Weekiwatchee Swamp Fort Morgan Great Marshes Rigolets Town 6 Pt. generally: NW Bluff Scarboro Hill Mt Ellis Pin Rk (above sndg. datum) Cedar Hammock Indian Mound Bold Peak Canlaon Volcano NEWS GOTHIC (N.G.) Use for Radio, Television and Radar Stations only. 6 Pt. RBn RDF RSta RT Ra Ra(conspic) Ramk RaRef Racon DFS HEAVY COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (H.C.G.C.) (Caps and figures, No lower case) 6 Pt. No. 2 generally should be used for landmarks: 6 Pt. No. 2 BUILDING CHIMNEY CUPOLA DOME FLAG TOWER HOUSE LORAN STATION MONUMENT SPIRE TANK 6 Pt. No. 3 BUILDING CHIMNEY CUPOLA DOME FLAG TOWER HOUSE LORAN STATION MONUMENT SPIRE STACK TANK TOWER Landmarks Avoid landmark abbreviations wherever possible. 6 Pt. No. 2 APT CAS CH cuP FS HS LOOK TR MON PIL STA SCH TV TR BLDG CATH CHY ELEV FTIR HOSP Ls s OBSY R MAST S'PIPE WB SIG STA CAP CG COR FP GAB HO LT HO PAV RTR TR (WBAL) | LIGHT COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (LT.C.G.C.) (Caps and figures, No lower case) Lighted Beacon Names 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: BALTIMORE BLOODY PT BAR POINT CROOKED RIVER PARKERS ISLAND SHOAL Bridge and Overhead Cable Clearances 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used for clearances: BASCULE BRIDGE FIXED BRIDGE PONTOON BRIDGE SWING BRIDGE HOR CL 50 FT HOR CL 30 FT HOR CL 65 FT HOR CL 50 FT VERT CL 12 FT VERT CL 35 FT VERT CL 7 FT VERT CL 15 FT FORT CASWELL BASCULE BRIDGE MORROWILIETIERIDGE REMOVABLE SPAN SWING BRIDGE-EAST DRAW ONLY HOR CL 105 FT HOR'CL/2201FT HOR CL 60 FT HOR CL 84 FT VERT CL 15 FT VERTICL ISIET/DOWN VERT CL 8 FT VERT CL 12 FT VERT CL 145 FT UP VA HY BASCULE BRIDGE & RETRACTILE BRIDGE DUPONT SWING BRIDGE N & W RR BASCULE BRIDGE Nock HOR CL 150 FT HOR CL.N DRAW 75 FT HOR CL 125 FT see SSF VERT CL 15 FT HOR CL S DRAW 50 FT VERT CL 10 FT WEN CoEAoeee OVERHEAD CABLE CL 70 FT VERT CL 14 FT HOLDEN BEACH CABLE FERRY ROLLING LIFT BRIDGE L & N RR AND HY SWING BRIDGE HOR CL 80 FT OVERHEAD POWER CABLE HOR CL 57 FT HOR CL 105 FT AUTH CL 75 FT VERT CL 10 FT VERT CL 12 FT FIXED BRIDGE NO CLEARANCE LIGHT COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (LT.C.G.C.) State Coordinate Grid Tick Values 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used: 10000 20000 30000 40000 _ 1200000 FIGURE 19 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts APPENDIX 151 (0) ] 2 3 4 5 6 inche T | Land Features | LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) (Caps, lower case and figures) Size: Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: 3 Em Spacing: 10 Pt. Under construction Under construction Under constructi Under constr 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 8 Pt. Under construction Under construction Under construction Under construc 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 1%) 10 6 Pt. No. 4 Under construction Under construction Under construction Under constructio 0 5 1000015 0 5 10 15 0 10 15 0 5 10 15 LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.) 6 Pt. No. 3) Under construction Under construction Under construction Under construction 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5} 10 15 0 5 10 15 LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) = Ww a Lighted Beacons, Unlighted Beacons, Aeronautical Lights 6 Pt. No. 4 generally: AERO gynov Bn’2A"" Lts at ete For Green lights change R to G. For White lights, use prefix only, omit R in the following list: [~ FR30ft9M"4" FROM’4" FROM FR FI R 73sec Fl RK 5$sec FIR 2hsec o FIR 3sec 30ft 9M’4A" FIR 3sec9M”"4A” FIROM"4A” FIROM FIR FR FIR 3sec 30ft 9M"2"” FR FIR 3sec9M”’2" FRFIR9M’2" FRFIROM FRFIR Gp Fl R(3). 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Gp FI R(3) 10sec 9M"2" Gp FI R(3)9M"2"” Gp FIR 9M"2" Gp FIR9OM Gp FIR Qk FI R 30ft9M"2” Qk FIR9M"2" Qk FIROM QkFIR 1 Qk FIR 30ft9M”’2" | Qk FIR9M’2” | QkFIROM IQkFIR S-L FIR 30ft 9M"2"” S-L FIR 9M"2” S-LFIR9OM S-LFIR Occ R 4sec 30ft 9M”2A” Occ R 4sec9M"2A"” Occ R9M"2A" Occ ROM OccR Gp Oce R(3) 10sec 30ft 9M’4” Gp Occ R(3) 10sec 9M"4" Gp Occ R(3) 9M"4" Gp Occ R9YM"4” Gp Occ ROM Gp Occ R Alt 10sec 30ft 9M"2" Alt 10sec 9M"2" Alt9M’2" AIt9M_ Alt Alt Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M’2" Alt FI R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2” Alt FI R(3) W(1)"2" Alt FL R W9M"2” Alt FI R W 9M Alt F R Fl P(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M’2" Alt F R Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2" Alt F R FI R(3) W(1) 9M"2" Alt FR FI R W 9M’2” Gp FI R(4-5) 15sec 30ft 9M"2” Gp FI R(4-5) 15sec 9M"2" Gp FI R(4-5)9M"2"” Gp FIR9M"2” Gp FIR9OM Gp FIR Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 9M"2” Alt Occ R W 9M"’2” LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.) Lighted Beacons. Unlighted Beacons, Aeronautical Lights 6 Pt. No. 3 (congested areas) Alt F R FI. R(3) W(1)9M"2" Alt FR FIRW9M"2" Alt FR FI R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt F R Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2” Color change i No Color chang 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: AMBER BELL DIAPHONE ECHO BOARD HORN SIREN Elevations of Rocks that Cover and Uncover 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (2) (8) (9) (10) LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) Prominent Buildings 6 Pt. No. 4 Capitol Customs House Courthouse Lincoln Memorial Naval Hospital Post Office LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.) Street Names 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: Main Avenue Ditmars Boulevard First Street Ist St State Hy No 15 US Hy No 207 |_Portage to Gold Bay Bay State Road MacArthur Trail LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) Object Names 6 Pt. No. 4 generally: (Aband Lt Ho) Tampa Causeway Naval Operating Base US Reservation Quincy Yacht Club Airport Landing Field Ocean Park (a recreation park) Yankee Stadium Marine Barracks Naval Landing Pier No 3 Port Terminal Bn "2" Marker (lighted) Rainbow Pier Olson Wharf Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: Nut Qd. Spacing: 1 Em Qd. Spacing: Cypress Cypress Cypress Cypress Cw jn fr CS Ss Marsh Marsh Marsh Marsh M a fr S In Mangrove Mangrove Mangrove Mangrove Mitaeantegenomavane Wooded Wooded Wooded Wooded Wi @) 90: Ch Gel ———| LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.) 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: Artesian well Dike Hospital Ramp Telegraph Astro Sta Dock Jetty Revetments Telephone Boiler Dolphin Landing Rock wall Training wall Bdy Mon Draw Levee Ruins Trap Breakwater Duck blind Lock Sand dunes Tri Sta Bulkhead Dunes L&NRR Sch Ho Cooper, 1906 Causeway Cswy Elevation Marine railway Sheet piling White (C of E) Cemetery Fence Oil derricks Sig Sta Tunnel Church Ferry Pier Slide Viaduct Conspicuous cliff Fishing stakes Piles Sluice Wharf Culvert Fresh water Pipe Sou Ry Depot Groin Platform Stone piling a FIGURE 20 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts 152 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 3 4 5 6 inches 0 1 2 Tt Ko PE TT TT pr Water Features jl DRAFTSMAN’S ITALIC (Drft. /t.) (Caps, lower case, and figures) Size: Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: 3 Em Spacing: 1am, dangerous dangerous dangerous dangerous dangerous roc dangerous roc dangero us roc G4 ngerous roc AMBROSE {CH AMBROSE A MBROSE AMBROSE eee OES adganger OUS rock danger OuUS rock gqangerl OUS OVE g iy 10) 4 8 12 yY 0 4 8 12 aA (0) 4 8 12 ey 10 Pt. AMBROSE {CHA AMBROSE .CHA AMBROSE CHA AMBROSE,CHA Gen. erous GOCK dangerous rock dangerous rock dangerous rock 9 Pt. 9 YA 10) A 8 12 Y {0} g 8 12 y (0) q 8 12 x GESTRICTED PESTRICTED PESTRICTED GESTRIC Ile (D 8 Gen ones Lock, area dangerous rocky.ar dangerous rock dangerous rock ar 8 Pt. 4 NG 20 (0) Z 8 12 “6 (0) g 8 12 A (0) A 8 12 a GESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AR RESTRICTED A RESTRICTED AREA 0 4 8 12 0 4 8 12 (0) 4 8 12 7 Pt. RESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AREA Fas Sari Crlney iw Al raEaA t) 4 8 12 0 4 8 12 () 4 8 12 () 4 8 12 ae esr Gockyaiesd ERG OFOUS Bockynalgess GEAGOPOUS PAGLY OER. Haeogorous POG ky NeLgeen 40 FEET FEB /955 40 FEET FEB 1955 40 FEET FEB 19/55 Ao rPeley Fal. O55 0 & 0 1 () 4 8 12 16 0 4 8 12 16 t) 4 8 12 16 5 Pt. 40 FEET JAN 1955 40 FEET JAN 1955 40 FT JAN 1955 40 FT JAN 1955 0 4 8 12 16 OG O68 12 iG ) 4 8 12 GO" 6 iy 2 R'6" RB Buoy Characteristics 6 Pt. should be used: /R5sec BELL /Qk F/HORN F/G Ssec WHISTLE DIAPHONE S/REN GONG Chart Junction Notes 7 Pt. should be used: (/JO/NS CHART 865) (JOINS INSET) (CONTINUED ON CHART 1/220) Courses 7 Pt. should be used: 68/° 7RUE 5.8M /573° TRUE 8.5M 2343° TRUE /5.IM Improved Channel Depths and Names 6 Pt. possibly: 39 FT JAN /955 AMBROSE CHANNEL Fixed Floating Objects 6 Pt. generally: FLOAT FLOATING TARGET LOG BOOM Ra Ref RAFT RBn Land Contour Numbers and Elevations on Land or in Water 6 Pt. should be used: 48 50 75 /00 /295 (25) (38) Object Names 7 Pt. generally: © North Anchorage Quarantine Anch Boat Harbor Canal Ditch ‘Reid Glacier ~— Turning Basin Ranges 6 Pt. generally: © 8U7TERM/ILK RANGE BRUNSWICK PT. CUT RANGE LOWER FLATS RANGE RANGE "A" Sector Descriptions 6 Pt. generally: RED SECTOR WHITE SECTOR GREEN SECTOR LIGHT OBSCURED LT O8SC Trial Courses 6 Pt. generally: | MEASURED NAUTICAL MILE COURSE /80°32' TRUE 609/.5 FEET COURSE /52°/2' TRUE Soundings Type for soundings (11 gauge) is reproduced photographically from stock film: 3 4 5 6 7 8 |0 II Underwater Features 7 Pt. generally: Awash MLW Foul Area Oil and gas seepage Rock Subm bkw Uncovers 4 ft Being filled Grass Old dike Sand Subm jetty Wash Boulders Gravel Oyster Bar Shoa/ Subm marine railway Wreck Breakers Kelp Oyster Reef Shoal Area Subm pile Wreckage Breaks in heavy weather Ledge Oysters Small rocks in mud Subm ruins / ft Changeable Area Masts Possible Danger Snags Subm sewer 5 knots Coral Mud Proposed fill Spoil Area Tidal Flats Fish haven Dumping Ground Mud Flats Reef line Strong Current Tide Rips Eddies Obstruction Reported Stumps Trees General Notes, Land or Water Features 7 Pt. generally: ANCHORAGE Lights visible on bearing 239° only Cable Area Priv maintd ANCHORAGE PROHI/B/TED No recent surveys (chart 400) (see note) Area shoaled by deposit from dredging Older surveys south of this break Keep clear Torpedo range Cora/ reef, bare in spots at low water Only one light shows on range PARE PO MED Lake elevation about 250 feet Possible danger due to guntire Pipeline Area Intracoastal Waterway Name C. G. B. It. 6 Pt. No. 3 generally; COPPERPLATE GOTHIC BOLD ITALIC (C.G.B. IT.) Water Depth Contour Numbers Cl. It. 5 Pt. should be used: (Should be used only for name ‘‘Intracoastal Waterway'') CLEARFACE ITALIC (Cl. It.) (Water depth contours) Size. Spacing: Zero should be used: E 6 Pt. No. 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY Size: | Spacing: Zero should be used: 6 Pt. No. 3 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY 5 Pt 5 10 15 20 25 50 100 150 500 1000 1500 & PHN. 4 pa SB ASAE AREAS FIGURE 21 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts Co ea Toa AA TTT TTT ‘k Water Features a Oe r ee Size: Spacing: COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (CS. It.) (Caps and lower case; No figures) 24 Pt. 18 Pt. 14 Pt. 12 Pt. L, Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BR Potomac River Eastern Branch ~ 2 Em Qd. ee O 7 O M A C ; R I APPENDIX 153 6 inches oes OM AC Pro T O MP ot 0 me mE OW OM AC "Pot 0m ae 1s POTOMAC Potomac R ns POTOMAC RIV Potomac River x» POTOMAC RIV Potomac River we POTOMAC RIVE Potomac River E 9 10 Eee aenO) eipliesO) eAAS CANO ONE OT Fa EC wn OeeaOr MAC) ili YON ONTINaNC Riv ee 12 O) 1 O MANE RIV Potomac RU Viet 2m POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River ka 18. POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River East zs POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River Eastern 2 Em Qd. Pp O Zi O M A G R I V E 9 12 Vemesh 2 (QD IO) Ke ANG TET LAOS Me AOTC IC Te eae NUNSEE ID (OY ARO) A ING TV ER Potomac IR EUVOGF 10 stem Sele Oe VCARC; RIVER Potomac River Bitte lO 1 OVMCA GC; RIVER EA Potomac River Easter 1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EAST Potomac River Eastern B Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTER Potomac River Eastern Branc 0. 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 2 £m Qd. P O Dy O M A C R I V E R G 3 6 9 12 Ve IP Oy LO Ml Ae tr LES sVine ree xO! Ul OW He “A € USB ZA. det OMT ORM “ALC: RIVER E Potomac River Eas Siem Sp de OPPO MAL RIVER EAS Potomac River Faster eT LENO) NE) MAL a G RIVER EASTE Potomac River Elastern TP SP. DOTOMAC RIVER EASTERN Potomac River Eastern Br 10) 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 FIGURE 22 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts West Arroyo Glades Bank Eureka Bar Miller Basin Florida Bay Bates Bayou Chittenden Bend Minots Canal Osher Canyon Blake Channel (natural channel) | Sandy Cove COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (C.S. It.) 10 Pt. Possibly: Bailey Creek Willies Cut East Entrance Cowen Escarpment Tar Flat Northeast Ford Middle Ground Smith Gulch Gulf of Mexico Sanders Harbor Whale Head Inlet Lone Oak Kill Jarvis Lagoon Kitty Hawk Lake Davis Ledge Atlantic Ocean Round Hammock Pass Parker Pond Wells Prong Broad Rapids Pingleton Reef Poplar Branch Rip Patuxent River Hampton Roads FIGURE 23 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts 154 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL (0) ] 2 3 4 5 6 inches al Tt Water Features COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (C.S. It.) (Caps and lower case; No figures) Size: Spacing: (2 Em Qd. P Oo 1 O M A C R f Vv E R E A 15 limQd. P OT OM AC SRE aE MS IEEE OE ONO. @ 1 bP @ PRP 10 Nut@Qd POTOMAC RIVER RAS POCOR@E River Hoaster < 3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTE , Potomac River Eastern Z| 2 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN fotomac River Eastern Branch 1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER BASTERN BRA fotomac River Eastern Branch lL» Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH (Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Cr 2 Em Qd. P O tf Oo M Aa. R I YW Ei R E A S Lie E R N 0 3 6 g) 12 15 18 21 Urb JED ge O We A GE 13) Ut WV IR) Tee EA POE @O pm Ge 18 GP Gop i @ 6 & (0) 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 Nut Qd. fOFOMAG BAW Bik BES ID te a Gi OF ORE 1B Bie Eastern Bran & 3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BR Potomac River Eastern Branch ~ 10) 10 20 (0) 10 20 2 Pt. Sp. POLQMAE fis AV dadis BAS LSE BRAWN go Ol0 REE Isiver Bestar Branch 1Pt.Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FI Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish 10) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30 > Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CR Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Cr (0) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30 CENTURY EXPANDED ITALIC (Cen. Exp. It.) (Caps, lower case, and figures) Size: Spacing: 2Em Qd. P @) T (0) M A Cc R I 4 E R E A Ss TT E R N B R [ 0 5 10 15 20 UGnCeeh j2 Ow Owe Ae Fay Tn Va EE EAS TE PO. O i G @ 28 O.G BP HO 8b Ee RP (0) 5 10 15 0 5 20 Nut Qd. Gg OPOUAE 1b Vy 1B 8 BAS NE BRA a OL ORBE eo Oe BOave gfe Branch « 3EmSp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish be) (0) 10 20 0 10 20 30 2Pt.Sp.5 POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish 0 10 20 (0) 10 20 30 1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CR_ Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Creek East 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 es Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CREEK /EASTE Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Creek, Eastern Creek (0) 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 Size: Spacing: m2 Emi@d) iP) 0 T 0 mM AC Py TO AVaS GEL AGR, Aanee ea OF O Mm A e BP PARR 0 5 10 0 =) 10 1EmQd. POTOMAC agli Pot O hace Ri 1 Em Qd. PoTowac R41 Potomac Ri 0 5 10 5 10 0 5 10 0 5 10 Nut Qd. POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River E Nut Qd. poromac KIVER Potomac River Ea EE 0 10 0 10 0 10 = 2 Pt. Sp. Pore MAC REY Ble E Gove mac igor Eas 2 2 Pt. Sp. PorTomac AER E Gove mac River Eaat 3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER E Potomac River Ea 3 Em Sp. PoromMac kIVER E Potomac River East (0) 10 0 10 (0) 10 0 - 1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTE Potomac River Eastern Br 1 Pt. Sp. poromac RIVER EAST Potomac River Eastern (0) 10 0 10 20 (0) 10 0 (0) l» Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN B_ Potomac River Eastern Bran Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN Potomac River Eastern Branch 0 10 20 (0) 10 20 0 10 20 Mitchell Rock (below sndg. datum) Colington Seavalley Stratford Shoal Grays Slough Buzzard Sound Tobias Spit Mikes Strait Mill Stream The Thoroughfare Lewis Wash 1. Aero Radiobeacon: APPENDIX Characteristics SANTA ANA (EL TORO) AERO R. Bn. 440 2. Distance Finding Station and Radiobeacon: Characteristics GRASSY PT LT Fl G 15sec 73ft 14M DFS DIAPHONE R Bn 286 10m-20m & 40m-50m Characteristics HOLLINGERS ISLAND Fl 6sec 65ft 14M DFS BELL RBn 176 10m-20m & 40m-50m STACK®) SANTA ANA (EL TORO) AERO R. Bn. 440 =:=- i) Dolphins ° 19 GRASSY PT LT FI G 15sec 73ft 14M 31 DFS DIAPHONE R Bn 286 ==": 10m-20m & 40m-50m VA 155 Type 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic 6 pt. News Gothic 6 pt. News Gothic Stock Film No. 375 Type 6 pt. No. 3 Light Cop. Gothic Cond. 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic 6 pt. News Gothic 6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic 6 pt. News Gothic Stock Film No. 375 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic 3. Lightship, Distance Finding Station, Radiobeacon: Type 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic Stock Film No. 375 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic HOLLINGERS ISLAND F/ 6sec 65 ft /4M DFS BELL lites 9 /Om-20m & 40m-50m 44 FIGURE 24 — Radiobeacon Symbols and Respective Type Styles 156 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 1"=1000! 1"%=83 5! :12,500 215,000 FIGURE 25 — Proportional Divider Settings APPENDIX 157 MAP SCALES AND EQUIVALENTS (The term ‘‘scale’’ as used in the formulas at the bottom of the table is the reciprocal of the fractional scale.) Fractional scale | Feet per in. 1 600%ee= eae 41. 667 24.00 126.72 0. 008 12. 700 0. 0399 25. 091 1:600_ 50. 00 20. 00 105. 60 0. 009 15. 240 0.0574 17.424 1:1,000- 83. 333 12.00 63. 36 0. 016 25. 400 0. 1594 6. 274 1:1,200- 100. 00 10. 00 52. 80 0.019 30. 480 0. 2296 4. 356 1:1,500_ 125.00 8.00 42. 24 0. 024 38. 100 0. 3587 2. 788 1:2,000_ 166. 667 6.00 31. 68 0. 032 50, 800 0. 6377 1. 568 1:2,400_ 200. 00 5.00 26. 40 0. 038 60. 960 0, 9183 1. 089 1:2,500- 208. 333 4. 80 25. 344 0. 039 63. 500 0, 9964 1.004 1:3,000- 250. 00 4.00 21.12 0. 047 76. 200 1. 4348 0. 697 1:3,600 _ 300. 00 3, 333 17. 60 0. 057 91. 440 2.0661 0. 484 1:4,000- 333. 333 3.00 15, 84 0, 063 101. 600 2. 5508 0. 392 1:4,800- 400. 00 2. 50 13. 20 0.076 121.920 3. 6731 0. 272 1:5,000- 416. 667 2.40 12. 672 0.079 127. 000 3. 9856 0. 251 1:6,000 _ 500. 00 2.00 10. 56 0.095 152. 400 5. 7392 0.174 7,000 f= =- === 583. 333 1.714 9.051 0.110 177. 800 7.8117 0. 128 17i200 Seen ene 600. 00 1. 667 8. 80 0.114 182. 880 8. 2645 0.121 18749205222 -=— === 660. 00 1.515 8.00 0.125 201. 168 10. 00 0. 100 1e8;00082=e-=---—- 666. 667 1. 500 7.92 0. 126 203. 200 10. 203 0. 098 183400 See nena 700. 00 1, 429 7. 543 0. 133 213. 360 11, 249 0.089 1:Q;000 Sea seae aa 750. 00 1,333 7.04 0. 142 228. 600 12. 913 0.077 1:9,600__.-------- 800. 00 1. 250 6. 60 0. 152 243. 840 14. 692 0. 068 1:10,000--.------- 833. 333 1. 200 6. 336 0. 158 254. 000 15. 942 0. 063 1:10,800---------- 900. 00 1.111 5. 867 0. 170 274. 321 18. 595 0. 054 °12;}0002===-2- === 1, 000. 00 1.0 5. 280 0. 189 304. 801 22. 957 0. 044 1E13}200 222 22= === 1, 100. 00 0. 909 4. 800 0. 208 335. 281 27.778 0. 036 1:14,400__.------- 1, 200. 00 0. 833 4. 400 0. 227 365. 761 33. 058 0. 030 1:15,000-__-------- 1, 250. 00 0. 80 4.224 0. 237 381. 001 35. 870 0, 028 Sh115'G00 ae ee enna 1, 300. 00 0. 769 4. 062 0. 246 396. 241 38. 797 0. 026 1:15,840--.------- 1, 320. 00 0. 758 4.00 0. 250 402. 337 40. 000 0.025 1:16,000-__-------- 1, 333. 333 0. 750 3. 96 0. 253 406. 401 40. 812 0. 025 1:16,800-_.--- = 1, 400. 00 0. 714 3.771 0. 265 426. 721 44,995 0. 022 1:18,000-- -- 1, 500. 00 0. 667 3. 52 0. 284 457. 201 51. 653 0.019 1:19,200-_-- 1, 600. 00 0. 625 3.30 0. 303 487. 681 58. 770 0.017 1:20,000_- 1, 666. 667 0. 60 3. 168 0. 316 508. 001 63. 769 0. 016 1:20,400_ - 1, 700. 00 0. 588 3. 106 0. 322 518. 161 66. 345 0.015 1:21,120-- 1, 760. 00 0. 568 3. 00 0. 333 536. 449 71.111 0.014 1:21,600-- 1, 800. 00 0. 556 2. 933 0. 341 548. 641 74. 380 0.013 1:22,800-- 1, 900. 00 0. 526 2.779 0. 360 579. 121 82. 874 0.012 1:24,000-- 2, 000. 00 0. 50 2. 640 0. 379 609. 601 91. 827 0.011 1:25,000_- 2, 083, 333 0. 480 2. 534 0. 395 635. 001 99. 639 0.010 1:31,680_- 2, 640. 00 0. 379 2.000 0. 500 804. 674 160. 000 0. 006 1:40,000-- a 3, 333. 333 0. 30 1. 584 0. 631 1, 016. 002 255. 076 0. 004 1:48,000-_ . 4, 000. 00 0. 250 1.320 0. 758 1, 219. 202 367. 309 0. 003 1:62,500-- E 5, 208. 333 0. 192 1.014 0. 986 1, 587. 503 622. 744 0. 0016 1:63,360- - a 5, 280. 00 0. 189 1.000 1.000 1, 609. 347 640. 00 0. 0016 1:80,000-_ a 6, 666. 667 0. 150 0. 792 1. 263 2, 032. 004 1, 020. 304 0.0010 1:96,000-- 8, 000. 00 0. 125 0. 660 1.515 2, 438. 405 1, 469. 24 0. 0007 1:120,000_ 2 10, 000. 00 0. 10 0. 528 1. 894 3, 048. 006 2, 295. 684 0. 0004 1:125,000- e 10, 416. 667 0. 096 0. 507 1.973 3, 175. 006 2, 490. 98 0. 0004 1:126,720 = 10, 560. 00 0. 095 0. 500 2.00 3, 218. 694 2, 560. 00 0. 0004 1:250,000 = 20, 833. 333 0. 048 0. 253 3. 946 6, 350. 012 9, 963. 907 0. 0001 1:253,440 2 21, 120. 00 0. 047 0. 250 4.00 6, 437. 389 10, 240. 00 0. 0001 1:500,000_ 2 41, 666. 667 0. 024 0.127 7. 891 12, 700. 025 39, 855. 627 0.425 1:1,000,000-- ----- 83, 333. 333 0.012 0. 063 15. 783 25, 400. 050 159, 422. 508 0. 562 Formulas Ss 12, 000 63, 360 Scale Ft. per in. X (Seale) 2 43, 560 X 144 | (Ft. perin.)? es rete 12 Scale Scale 63, 360 0. 3048006 43, 560 X 144 (Scale) 2 (5, 280) 2 al eal | al a Fathoms to— Meters to— Feet to— Yards to— L 1 a. Sl Feet Meters Fathoms Yards Feet Meters Meters =aI | mae | 1 6 1. 82880 0. 54681 1. 09361 3. 28083 0. 30480 0. 16667 0. 91440 2 12 3. 65761 1. 09361 2. 18722 6. 56167 0. 60960 0. 33333 1. 82880 3 18 5. 48641 1. 64042 3. 28083 9. 84250 0. 91440 0. 50000 2. 74320 4 24 7. 31521 2. 18722 4. 37444 13. 12333 1. 21920 0. 66667 3. 65761 5 30 9. 14402 2. 73403 5. 46806 16. 40417 1. 52400 0. 83333 4. 57201 6 36 10. 97282 3. 28083 6. 56167 19. 68500 1. 82880 1. 00000 5. 48641 7 42 12. 80163 3. 82764 7. 65528 22. 96583 2. 13360 1. 16667 6. 40081 8 48 14. 63043 4, 37444 8. 74889 26. 24667 2. 48840 1. 33333 7. 31521 lea 54 16. 45923 4, 92125 9. 84250 29. 52750 2. 74320 1. 50000 8. 22962 Hale | zee |e all {I a FIGURE 26— Tables 158 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CONVERSION TABLE Feet to Fathoms (8255213 353-358 59 FIGURE 27— Tables Fr FMs. Fr. WG 6 Fms. ING 6 Fms. i onan 33-88... 1 359-36 = 60 matin 89-94 15 365-370 61 BS ea OF-100 16 BUA B76 62 Cis Ame TOW 1OG — — 17 Ae 302 === 63 Beem Seo Sk ants IO7—112 18 383-388 64 emma LAB—1LS~_ _ 1© ASe= 30 — — — 65) ae mae (es IIOSIAn § BO) 395-400 66 ape eae 2 IAB=130 ... 27. OlS8O6 == OF i ele 131-136 22 | 407-412 68 15 ---- 2 3 IBV LEe — 22 NIgGoM LS === ©S) tah Bec Sy als WHA TNS | ON, 419-4oy 70 1S ao 3 © 149-154___ 25 MAS USO son fl a ae Wie 155-160 26 431-436 72 A ao 9 9 NOI 1G6-= 27 4327-442____ 73 cee omens eT, WO(eL72 2s H4Z-HAS 74 7 ES NUS 173-1782 2S | Mio aMEnT 2 75 cy Lieeemee we es 179-184 30 455-460 76 An” aes IG5=1OO. = Ail NING 6. 17 Le cae fare 32 ioe iG Sompcice’ 5 te 197/202_-_ 33 (SoS. 79 hums 203-208 34 479-484 80 SSMiuxaes es, Sh a 209=21 = 35 485-490____ 81 Ay Sune Z2il5= 220) 9 36 491-496 82 1 oo @ @ APN P26h Bi NO AS OD aos Sepia 27 Ok ae 2A Coca s® 503-508 4 Aomete=ss. 6) AG 233-238___ 39 509-514____ 85 Arte Sy ian’ 239-244 40 515-520 86 porate es OME a0. Nal Selo AS.-._S/ 3 ER wk ABIDES 42 527-532 88 Aon eee 257-262__-_ 43 Ss 5Ke= — SS) sob. eau 263-268 yy 539-544 90 Pia nee ames 269-274___45 545-550____91 Q ==. G A P5280) WetG 551-556 92 Seo mar ee AS 26 557-562____93 52 ---- 8 4 AST Do2 ng 563-568 ol SELi | BAe | Hee pe ee 299/50" 50 “ Bah Meee ae FOSS RO_- 5 Sal 581-586__-- 97 58 ---- 94 ATISAIG. | 52 587-592 98 oy Weeaal is Bue F22-. 58 593-598____99 ei s-- 10 1 323-328 54 539/601 100 Sa Fe aaa B20 = 20) mess O5- 610m. 210m 64 ----10 4 335-340 56 6l1Ls616 LO2 eal een tei AM Vhe_ Si 67622... 102 Tse. 12 Ali7aAee ES} 623-628 104 629-634___105 APPENDIX Feet to Fathoms Gg Fins. ING Fms. | T Ft. 159 635-640 106 GMISGNS === LOK 647-652 108 653-658 --- 109 659-664 110 665-670 s-5 1 671-676 112 67-682 === 1s} 683-688 114 GsO-6S8 3 a5 695-700 116 (Ol=(O622 22 LLY 1On- (ie 118 (Lge TSs INS TIO ="ak 120 (25 (205 S12 (a= 136 122 (3s eee es 743-748 124 (ea Gt AS 755-760 126 (Ola 66s225 LOT TOT=0T2 128 ThE See ee?) 779-784 130 (5 (90 aS NS 791-796 2 PSWASO2 N35) 803-808 134 GOSS SS) 815-820 136 S21826 13 Se7—8382 138 S38 -eBeE= == 139 839-844 140 845-850____141 851-856 142 957 =862. 148 863-868 144 669=8/7 42 S145 875-880 146 SOL AGH. Sy 887-892 148 SSCS IS) 899/90 150 TOS ONO... Sal 692-834 O - 64 - 12 CH= ©)NG 152 Gili ieee = 53 923-928 154 929-934____155 935-940 156 ORI OMG. AUS 947-952 158 953-958____159 959-964 160 OG5-9/O. 2. Lei 971-976 162 Offa 9S2_ 5-63} 983-988 164 980-99)" 7 1165 995-1000 166 NOOWE MOOG. 5 16 7/ NOOV= MOM 168 IOI3Z=1OLS__ — 16S) 1019-1024 170 1O2LS=1OAO_ 22171 1OGU=OR6 172 IOA7e LON. 173 1043-1048 174 NONMOS IOS 15 1055-1060 176 MOGULS NOE. = 77 1067-1072 178 IOV 32=1OVS_— re 1079-1084 180 1085-1090___181 IOOGIL=A1OOSG ALS OS AMO2» —_S5} MUO Z=1LIOGS} 184 ADTOOS AD The Ss LIS LiLo 186 ILLS TIAG 2 ey LILO LiSP 188 LIQVSNIZE) MSO 1139-1144 190 MANE = Wie. Valent 1151-1156 192 LIL VoL LSD Os} LIGSoLIGS teh LIGO= I NOS) LL 5= LILO 196 INSU LLG. __ 167 FIGURE 28— Tables IL IS ILaeye 198 ALB ve lsja aleye) 1199/1204 200 I2O5= 1200-201 IIIA I2WS 202 IAN (SIe22 = = 208 1222=W22s 204 A2O= 12S BOS 12e5— leo 206 WAN Sao ZO ea Nese 208 1253-1258__- 209 1259-1264 210 IA65=127/0. 222 1. VATA AS 212 IAR(eILAS2 2113 1283-1288 214 IASOS1292___ BUS) 1295-1300 216 IAOISIAO6 217 LAO VS 132 218 NZIZ= TSU _ 21S) 1319-1324 220 1205-1330. 22 LAPIS IAS 222 IQR 1aVne -__ BBs 1343-1348 22h Meh S5yh_ 2 225) 1355-1360 226 NASH IASG 227 LAST SUS 2 228 137 3=13(S 228 1379-1384 230 1265139022223 IZOI=1AOGS 232 1ag//N0e- 233 1403-1408 234 WHOS) =I 2235) 1415-1420 236 LIPS WAGs 2S Leste 238 1433-1438__ 239 1439-1444 240 T445-1450___ 241 1451-1456 e4e2 Rarer ae 1mm NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 160 €80IS CIT ‘€ 6 OSL2y"seL‘2 6 LIPbE “LSb‘Z 6 £8092 6212 6 OSLLT'108‘T 6 LIP60°ELb‘T 6 | E80TO'SbI‘T 6 | OSzz6"918 6 LIbb8"88b 6 £8094 ‘09T OO0EZ ‘OIT'€ 8 L99¢1 28L'2 8 CEE90 "Sh ‘2 8 00086 "szt‘z 8 19968°L6L‘T 8 €€E1869h'T 8 | OODELTPI‘T 8 | L99b9'EI8 8 €€£9S SBb 8 0008> “LST H L146 901 ‘EL £8998 BLL'2 L OSZBLOSh'z A169 "22112 L €8S19"F6L‘T L OSZES 99h'T ZL | LI6bh SEl‘T Z | ERsoe-oIgs Z OSZ8z28b LIG6I "ST EER ONEO 2 Se p A OaaLiy 8 ? Sea ASIC 9 OOSEE “164 ‘T 9 LoIs2‘eob'T 9 | E€89T'SET‘T 9 | onSeO'Z08 9 L9TO0"6Lb 9 €€8T6 OST 9 + e mean : 5 fai ; A 19901 °L60‘€ + €£€20°69L‘2 + 00066 Ob ‘2 + carats ; one ; anaes ; eer ; ceeeeaie 5 GOES © eee “L60‘ 694" “ObFS “ert “PBL! ‘9Sb'T b | £9909"8ZI'T % | egezs-ooR O00bh'ZLb LOOSE bbl + £8528 C60 '€ OS2PL"S9L'2 L659 “LEY'2 E8515 601 '2 € OSz6b'T8L'T € LI60bESh'T € | ERSzes2t‘T € | OSzbz-Z6EL € LIOST 69h € €8SL0 Ibl € OSS "060'E z LOI9b°29L'2 2 CERLE beh ZZ 00s62 "901 ‘2 Z LOTIZ BLL ‘TZ €€82TOSh‘T 2 | OOSbO"ZZI‘T Z | LOT96"E6L Z €€848 SOP Z Q0S6L "LEI 2 L1p92“L80'€ I €808T "654 ‘2 I 0S460"TEb‘2 I LTyIO"€0T'2 1 8086 "PLL ‘T T OSLE8 "Shh ‘T T | LIPOL‘RII‘T T | €8089°06L T OSL6S "29h T LIPIS“¥EL 1 E€E86 '€80'E OFE | 00006'ssu‘2 OFS | L998 Uzb‘2 OFL | ceeeL660‘2 OF | oODS9'IZL‘T OF | LoD0S ‘ENT OFF €£ESh SII‘T OFE! 0000h'Z8L OF | LoOIE-6Sh OFT | EcEEz EI OF osco4080‘€ 6 LI619 °2SL‘2 6 esses t2p‘z 6 osesp 9602 6 LI69€ '89L‘T 6 €8S82‘Obb‘T 6 | OSzNz‘2IT‘T 6 | LIGIT'b8L 6 €8S€09Sh 6 OSzs6"Z2I 6 HN iy 0 Be Pa 3 NORA aia 5 oe g £880 °S9L‘T 8 O0SOO'deh'T 8 | LOTZ6°BO1‘T 8 | geseg ‘os, 8 O0SSL‘2Sh 8 LOILO"b2T 8 : : “LIS 868 OSL08I9L‘T ZL Live “€€h't L | €80b9°SOT‘T £4 | OSLSS°LLL ZL LIbLb 6b) €806612T poops LOuOy 2 eee 2 BESO YG 2 PONT a SEO 9 1992S "BSL ‘T 9 E€Ebb OE’T 9 | OOOSE'ZOT‘T 9 | L99L2"bLL 9 ECE Ohh 9 OOOIT ‘SII 9 €£862 $90‘ + OosTZ ‘9&2 ‘2 + arene + Sar RE: ; ae ; Tee ; ay 5 aque ; arated ; Sea ; £862 "$90 “9eL “806 ‘ “080! “TSLé 88 °Ezy iT b | €€86L°S60'T & | OOSIL "LOL + LOTEO"6Eb €6BPS IIT + OSLTO'I9C'E € LIbE6 ‘ZEL‘2 & £8058 'bOb‘2 € 0SL94°9L0'2 € LTb89'8hL‘T & £8009 Ozh‘T € | OSLTS'260‘T € | LIbErbOL & €80SE 9Eb OS492"R0T € LO9EL ISO‘ 2 €£€S9 624 ‘2 2 OO0LS"TOr'z z L998 €L0'2 Z CLEOh"SHL'T 2 O00ZE LIb‘T 2 | L99Ez"6R80‘T 2 | EEEST‘TOL 2 000L0"Eeh Zz 49986 "FOL Z fBssh'vCO'e T OSZLE"92L'2 I L1682 "866 ‘2 I €8S02 040'2 I OSZ2t "2b. ‘T 1 LIGEO'bIb‘T T | €BSS6'sg0‘T I | OSZZ8"ZSZ T LI68L "62h T €8S0L"I0I 1 OOSLT'IS0'€ O&G | LoT60'€2L‘2 OB | Eegod'see‘z OL | 00Sz6'990'2 O9 | LoTbe-seu‘t OES | Ececz‘OTb‘T OF 00S49°280‘T O€&| LoT6S*bSz O8G | Eeg0S‘ozp OfT | oOSzr's6 OF L1¥68°L40'E 6 £8018 '61L‘Z 6 OSLZL"16€°% 6 LIpr9'€90‘2 6 €809S"SeL‘T 6 OSLLb*LOp‘T 6 | LIPGE"6LO‘I 6 | €R0TEISL 6 OSL22‘E2b 6 LIPbI S66 BELO REO : Sunes ote e eee : EeeDeAOaOye 2 pooneaZert 8 L9961 "bOh'T 8 | EET 9L0‘T 8 | ODEO 'abL 8 19966 61h 8 e€698 16 8 : 5 q 0£280 “£50 ‘z 1666'82L‘T Z E8ST6OOP‘T £ | OSzes'zL0‘T ZL | LIGbL*bbL L €8599'9Tb 028588 L L91SO"8E0'€ 9 £896 "604 '2 9 o0sesTse‘2 9 £9108 "€50'2 9 fell "S2l‘t 9 o0sea"L6€‘T 9 | L9TSS‘690‘T 9 | EERob'TbL 9 OOS8E ET 9 LOIOE "SB 9 CROLL “vEO'E S 0S489'904'2 $ LIp09'8LE‘2 €802S0S0‘2 ¢ OSLEp"z2L‘T ¢ LIPSE b6E‘T S | €8042°990‘T ¢ | OS”BT’sEZ S LIPOT‘OTb €80z0'28 = S O006b TEO‘E + 1990b €0L'2 + CeEZE SEZ b 000b2 *Lb0'2 + LOOST “6IL‘T C€ELO'T6E‘T | 00066°290‘T | 19906"FEL + €€E28 90h + Q00FL"8L + L1602 "820'€ € e8S2TO0L'2 € oszvo'zle'2 € LT6S6Eb0'2 €8S48 SILT OSZ64"L8E‘T € | LI60L"6S0‘I € | Egszo'te, € OS2S "E0b € LI6Sh'SL €€826'F20'E 2 O0sre “969'2 z LOI9L "BOE ‘2 2 £6849 '0b0'2 Z 00S6S"2TL'T 2 LOTIS b8e'T 2 | €€8zh'9S0‘T 2 | OOSbE'SzZ Zz 19192 ‘00h 2 €ERLT'2L 2 OSLb9"TZ0'€ LTb9S “69 '2 I €808h"S9E‘2 I OSL6E “LE0'2 I LTPTE “60L‘T 1 €g0ez 1ge‘T I | OSLbTeSo‘T 1 | ZTH90'SzZ T €8086 966 T 0S468'89 A999 "810 € OGG | eeesz"069'2 OBB | oo00Z'z9e‘2 OZL | LO9IT-+E0‘2 Os9 | ceeco90L‘t Oe | oODSE-ZLE‘T OBF 49998 '6bO'l OE) E€E8L"12L OS | OODOL*E6e OBI | L99I9'S9 OB £880 °STO'E 6 0S200°489'2 6 LI6I6 "BSE ‘2 6 €8SE8 “0£0'2 6 Os2SZ‘20L‘T 6 L1699"bLe‘T 6 | E8sss‘9p0‘T 6 | OSzOS ‘SIL 6 LI6Ib 06 6 essee'29 6 00S08"TIO‘e 8 19124 "€89'2 8 eeRE9'SSEZ 8B O0sss*420'2 8 LOILt “669‘T 8 €€88E TLE'T 8 | OOSOE*EFO‘T 8 | LOIZZSTL 8 C€BETL8E 8 00SS0°6S 8 L1b2S"800'E €80bp 089'2 L OSLSe“2SE'2 L LTvl2 “b20'2 €8061969‘T Z OSLOT'B9€‘T £4 | LIb20°0bO‘T LZ | €80F6'TIL Z OSLS8 "Ese L LIPLL'SS LL feeb “S00'E 9 0009T °449'2 9 L99L0 6¢E'2 9 £€666 020'2 9 00016 "269‘T 9 19978 "b9E‘T 9 | E€€hL°9£0‘T 9 | 00099"80L 9 L99LS08E 9 €€e6h'2S 9 0$296 "T00'€ ¢ L1648EL9'2 § £8564 'ShE'2 S$ OS2TL°L410‘2 ¢ 11629 °689'T ¢ €8SpS 196‘T G | OSz9p"EEO‘T $ | LIGLESOL S £8962 LLE S OSzI2‘6h 19189 '866'2 + €€86S 019 '2 + OOSTS"2bE'2 + LOTEh"b10'2 EERE 989‘ > Qosoz'sse'T » | LOTST“OE0'T » | e€860'20L + OOSTO"bLE + LOIE6'Sh ov £900b °S66'2 € OSLTe "199 '2 ¢€ LTbE? “6€E ‘2 € €80ST I10'2 € 0S90€89'T € LTb86"PSE'T € | €8006'920'T € | OSzI8 "869 € LIPEL OLE € €80S9 2b € 0002T z66'2 zZ 199£0"¥99'2 2 e€eS6"SeE'2 Z ooole“Loc‘2 z 19981 °6L9'T 2 €C0LISE'T Z | 000Z9'EzO‘T 2 | L99eS"s69 Z CCESh LIE Z o00Lze6e 2 LI6EB 886 (2 T F8SSL°099'2 I OSZL9°'2eE'2 1 4163S “p00 '2 1 €8S0$°9L9‘T I Osezpsre'T 1 | LI6E€ O2O‘T I | Eassz°269 T OSZLTb9E T L1680'9€ I Feess S862 O16 | onsib-Ls9°2 OTS | Lol6e6ze‘z OTL | cegoet00‘2 O19 | ooszz-e19‘t OTe | zoIbI-se‘T OTF €£8S0°LT0‘T OTS! 00S46'889 OTS | LoT6g‘09€ OTT | cegog'ze OT OSLL2"286'2 6 LIP61"9S9'2 6 €ROIT 92E'2 6 0SL20866'T 6 LI¥b6699‘T 6 €8098 Ibe ‘T 6 | OSLLL"ETO‘T 6 | LT¥E9"S89 6 €8019 LSE 6 OSL2S "62 6 19966 °816'2 8 f€E16 "059 '2 8 coves “2ze'2 8 L99bL "b66'T 8 €€£99°999'T 8 oooss"see‘T 8 | L996b‘OT0‘T 8 | E€eIb'z89 8 QOOEE "PSE 8 lo9bz92 8 €8STL°SL6'2 L OSZE9 "L912 LI6bS “61E ‘2 €8S9b T66'T L oszee "£99 'T Lie6z"See‘T £ | €8STZ"L00‘T ZL | OSzel6L9 L LIGbO"ISE €8596°22 L DOSEHAELO;2 2 paren 2 See ® POFEINBED 2 Os uaa 9 e€Bt0 'zee'T 9 | OOSE6*E00'T 9 | LoTSE's49 9 C£B9L "LEE 9 00589 “61 2 € “p86! €8028°9S9‘T ¢ OSLEL 8zE‘T § | LIbS9"000‘T ¢ | €804S°2Z9 ¢ OSL8b Phe LIb0b “OT f€€L8 S962 + 00064 °4£9'2 + 19904 "60£'2 + €€€29 "186‘T 000s “ES9‘T LO9Sh'Sze‘T b | E€ELE"L66 + | 00062699 + 19902 "Ibe + eeezl'er + OS26S "296 '2 £ L160S +€9‘2 € €8S2bp"90e'2 € OS2re "846‘T € L16SZ"0S9‘T € €8SLT2ze‘T € | OSz60'h66 € | LI600'°999 ¢ €8S26"LEE € OS28°6 = E . ‘ . ‘ ‘ LOTIE"656'2 2 €€822 TE9'2 2 OOSrT"E0e'2 z L9190°SL6‘T 2 €€8L6'969‘T Z ooses sie ‘IT 2 | 49118066 2 | €€8zZ'z99 Zz O0S#9 "FEE 2 49196°9 2 £80€0°956'2 1 OSL6°L29'2 1 L198 "662'2 I €808LT6'T I 0S469°€>9‘T 1 LTyI9"STE‘T T | €80€5°486 TT | OSLbh°6S9 T LIPOE "TEE T €g0sz'€ =i 900S4'2s6 2 O06 | 19999"b29°2 OO8 | EeEss-962‘2 OOL | CD00S'896‘T 009 | z99Ib049‘T O09 | Eecee-zie‘T OOF CODSZ-+96 008 49991959 00% | eeeso'sze OOT (1) =~ ____~ ine pee joo SToJaFAL oT SIOJOTAL pot SI9}97AT PEER SISJOTAL }297 SIOJOTAL }y29q SII}OJAT y22T 8 sIOJOVAT y2T sSISJOTAL poy sia p27 sil [po0] E€€EEgoge- — yajaur 1 :10}De} DOTONpay] LHaa OL SHXALHN—HLONAT FIGURE 29— Tables 161 APPENDIX “LL2' 169b 6b6‘Z 6 €ssse 1292 6 osz0e €62°2 6 LI612Z °S96‘T 6 ERsel 4E9'T 6 | OSZS0°60E‘T 6 | 41696 086 6 £8588 '2S9 6 Oszog bze 6 ioide see $ eesel “9r6'2 8 OOSOL “s19‘2 8 19120 062'2 & €€8E6 196‘T 8 O0SS8e£9‘T 8 | L9TLL"SOE‘T 8 | C€889"LL6 8 00509 669 8 4912S "IZE 8B €8066 ‘OL2‘E L OSL06 2462 L LIb28b19'2 L €80bL 982°2 L OSLS9 “8S6'T ZL LIbLS 0€9'T ZL | €806h'20E‘T L | OSLOP"bL6 ZL LIb2€ “969 L €80b2 ‘BIE L QO0TL 492‘ 9 19929 ‘662 9 EEEbS T19'2 9 0009p “€82‘2 9 LOOLE SS6‘E 9 eee62 -429'T 9 | OOOTZ “662'T 9 | L99ZTTL6 9 €£Eb0 'Eb9 9 00096 bE 9 Li6zb $92‘ S €8Sbe 962 osz9z '809°2 § LIGLT 082°2 €8560 ‘2S6‘T $ OS210 +29°T ¢ 41626 ‘s62°T $ | €8S~8'496 S 0S294 "69 $ LI6L9 IIE § pI19Z'E + 00s90 e£6‘2 + 19186 409'2 + €€868 9L2'2 OOST8 "8h6'T + L9I€L ‘029° & | €€8p9'zez‘T % | O0S9S"b96 + LOTBb"9E9 + E€86E "BOE + OSL98 “82 E € LI#84626'2 € €800L 109'2 € OSLI9 “EL2‘2 € LIVES “Sh6‘T € €80Sp LI9‘T € | OSL9E"6RZ‘T E€ | LTP82 196 £8002 ‘€£9 € OSLIT “SOE € 1998S “$Sz‘E 2 egeos 926'2 2 000zb 865‘2 2 LOGEE OLZ‘2 2 €CES2 “2h6'T 2 QOOLT “vI9‘T 2 | L998O-9BZz‘T 2 | E€€00'8S6 2 00026 629 2 L998 10E 2 egsoe 1sz‘€ Tt oszzz €26‘2 T LI6EL “S6S‘2 €g8sso492°2 0S2L6"866'T T L1688OI9'T I | €asog'zez‘t 1 | OszzL"ps6 T 11669929 1 easss ‘862 T 00cz0-sbz'e O66 | Z9Ib6“6I6‘2 OG6S | cegse'tes’z OGL | 00SLL"E9z‘2 O69 | L9T69"SE6‘T OGY | E£809"L09'T OGF| OOSZS‘64z‘T OGE] L9Thh'IS6 O6Z | ceBse'ezo OGT | OOSLz2 "S62 O “bbe 3099 916°2 6 OSLLS “"88S‘2 6 LIv6b 0922 6 €80Ib “2E6'T 6 OSLZE"P09'T 6 | LIbbZ‘9LZ°T 6 | €809T‘8h6 6 0SLL0'029 6 LIb66 162 6 Rea 3 oooge e162 8 19062 86'¢ 8 €€EI2 “LS27°2 8 OOOEL 626‘T 8 19990 "109'T 8 | €€€96°242'T 8 | 00088 "rr6 8 19964 "919 8 CEETL “B82 8 oszet sez‘E L L1660016‘2 essiozss‘2 L osze6 €S7'2 L L16¢8°S26'T €8S9L"L6S‘T 4 | OSz89"69z't L | LI66S"Th6 4 €BSIS E19 L oszer sez 19106 eee | EEeEe eee | el eee ol iecs 2 lgawecict & | uieoeosy ¢ |eaoeresct ¢ osu ses ¢ | ctrsosos ¢ | couse § €8029 1€2‘€ oszes ‘€06'2 § Sb" ; “ . ‘ . * ‘ * c . c * c . 7 * ouone azzie | uspeeconei2 ¢ | eeurzisi b | onuso Hi | emait & | oeersvene € |ctoceoet © |escuv-ece © |oscee-0os € | tieceeue 6 €ESLL 12z'€ Zz C0S69 "€68'2 2 LOLI9"S9S‘2 2 €e8zS “LE2‘2 2 O0Srr 606‘T 2 AQI9ET8S‘T Z | C€BLZ ES2'T 2 | OOS6T "S26 z LOTTE “LOS 2 £6820 692 2 OSL6p 8IZ‘E T LIbTh 068'2 1 €80ee 29S‘2 T OSLbZ bEz‘Z L¥P91 906'T T £8080 °8LS‘T I | OSL666p2‘T I | LIbl6 126 1 £808 ‘6S I OSLbL S92 T i99iz"siz‘€ O86 | eecer-igs‘z OSs | o0DSO6ss‘z OSL | 19996 0Ez‘z O89 | EeEsB°206‘T OBL | 00008 P4S‘T O8F| L991L 9bz‘T OBE Eeced'sI6 O8S | O00SS ‘06S OST | L999h'292 O8 €8SE6lIZ‘E 6 osisg"ees‘2 6 LI69LSSS‘Z 6 €8S89 ‘Lz2‘2 6 0S209 668‘T 6 LIGIS TLS‘T 6 | E8SEPEPZ'T 6 | OSZSE'SIE 6 11692 “18S 6 €BS8I 652 6 ooss9 g0z‘E 8 LOILS “088'2 8 €€88b ‘2552 8 O0SOp b2z‘2 8 LOIZE “968'T 8 eesez 89S ‘T 8 ose ee zl ee ai é eeas an z vase ssz ; LIPLE“S0Z‘E LZ €sdez “LL8‘2 L 0S40z 6bS‘2 L Libel 1222 L €80r0 €68'T L OSLS6 b9S‘T ZL i i i 1 €€€60'20Z‘E 9 00010 F/B‘2 9 19926 SbS‘z 9 €€eb8 LIZ'2 9 00094 ‘688°T 9 Leet p FeCOacer ci 2 Cos 2 eT 2 BEEve She 2 OSZI8"86I‘€ S 11624 °0L8'2 £869 2bS‘2 S 0s29s ‘bI2‘2 § LI6Lb 988‘T S €8S6E ° i : ree eee | eet eee | tte ee eee tl eeteos © \avesccet ¢ lemerect © |osso-ccs © |crvas-me ¢ | eavoe-cez 6 €80SZ “261 SLOT b98'2 € 1680 “9€S‘Z 802‘ “6L8' : z ( 00046 88I‘E Zz 19983 °098'2 Z €€€08ZES‘2 2 00024 ¥02'2 2 L99€99L8°T 2 EeESS ‘BST 2 | OOOLPOZZ'T 2 | L998E "268 2 £EE0E 9S 2 00022 ‘962 2 11689 “S81‘E 1 €3509 "LE8'Z 0S22S “6zS‘2 1 LIGEb “10Z‘2 I €8SSe ELBIT Oszi2‘SbS‘T 1 | LI6BT“LI2‘T 1 | €8S0T 688 1 0szz0"19s 1 LI6E6 ‘E21 €€80r Z81‘€ O26 | ousze+s8'z OLS | ZOTbZ-9zS‘2 OLL | EEBST-s6I'Z OLO | 00SLO"0L8‘E OLY | L9166‘TbS‘T OLF| E€806"EIZ‘T OLE) OOSZS'ses OLS | LOTbL “LSS OLT | e£859°622 OL ° £ . © ” if *, if * € * © * € . *, 0 * Z. OSLZT“6LT‘E 6 LIb¥0"IS8°2 6 £8096 '22S‘2 6 OSLLE "P6I'Z 6 LI¥6L,"998°T 6 EB0IL “BEST 6 | OSLZ9‘OIZ'T 6 | LIbbS "288 6 S809b PSS 6 pe O evs loewsiee 1 |aweswe £ |trewrs 2 |oseomr 2 |lelaen ¢ [Gunter ¢ [orice 2 [dees 2 |mpe J €8S9S “2LT'E L OS28bh br8‘2 LI66E 91S‘2 L ERSTE BBI‘Z ZL S2éz ‘098'T L raat : : 1 00S82 “691'E 9 LOT0Z “182 9 CeBIT 'EIS'2 9 O0SEO “ssI‘z 9 L91S69SB'T 9 £6898 82S‘T 9 OOESLRUOL EE 2 Aa 2 PAO ae 2 Fes OY 3 LI¥00°991E S €8026 LEB‘Z Osze8 60S‘2 ¢ LIPSL“I81'2 § €80L9 ES8°T § OSZ8S “SZ7s‘T ¢ “L61‘ i EEEZL COLE ¥ 0009 “reB'Z + 4995S "90S'2 + | ECELb BLT‘2 O006E ‘OSB + LOQUE “22S'T ¥ | E£EZ2"PEL‘T b | OOF 998 ea ee g Perez y qsrorscte @ | eeeud-ece'e & |eneconer's £ [cereoncte ¢ [ecoze-eret ¢ [ovcrctes: 2 |covoo-ver't 2 |eeess-ece 2 | oocop-tes 2 | Lot1y-e02 2 €8088°2ST°E I OSL6L "$282 T LIbIL96b‘2 1 €80€9 ‘891'2 T OSLbS ‘Or8'T T LTb9y Z1S‘T T | e808 b8T'T I | OSL62 ‘958 T LIble "82ST eg0el 002 T 00009 6sI‘€ O96 | L99IS"Iz8‘z O98 | EEeEer Eor‘2 O9L | OOUSE'soI‘z O99 | 19992 "LER‘T O9G | EEEst 60S‘t O9F| COOOT I8I‘T O98) L99TO "Ess O9B | Eeeesp2S OST | 000S8~96I O “Orr ‘818° q 291 ecg! "sos‘ “LLIS q 1695 E61 6 LIGIE “OFI'E 6 €9SEZ 8182 6 OSZST 06h‘2 6 11690 ‘291‘2 6 €8S86 ‘efB'T 6 0206 'SOS‘T 6 | LIGIB*LLT'T 6 | E8SEL “68 6 oszso"Izs 6 Aes Bas b E€8C0 Erl'€ 8 00SS6F18‘2 8 LOUL8 “98b'2 8 €€88L 8512 8 O0SOL “OE8‘T 8 19129 aay 8 eee vy z pore ae f pOMeReTA z SeNez 081 8 OSLSL“6E1‘E L LIpLo‘118‘2 L €806S E8b‘2 L OSLOS “SST‘2 ZL Lipep'L7a‘t €80bE 66r'T L SZ" i d cooenre s laeitance ¢ |luwouye ¢ | tirwane ¢ |Gsmetest © |linu-ant s [Score s |tsiose s | aim $ | ber on § "S08 1620 °LLb‘2 €8S+6 ‘8h1‘2 S q i 5 i O0ST662T‘E + L91es “1082 + Seas “€Lb iz + 00599 "Sbl'Z + LOI8S “LIB‘T ¥ E€86h 68h b Os eer y pore eeeS y pearziels y re Oe y ceeccis ¢ | ince ss © |omrun'e § trmsnve 2 [acme tus © |lomcenrt ¢ lace vtt ¢ louse ¢ [ise ¢ | Botit & 0szZ0OzI‘€ 1 L168616L‘2 1 €8506 €9b‘Z T 0szz8"sel‘2 T LIGEL“LO8‘T 1 €8559 6Lb‘T 1 | OS2LS IST‘T 1 | Lt68h'ez8 T £8S0b ‘Sob T oszze LOT 1 L9T6L ‘9IT‘€ OS6 | cegoL'sez‘2 O88 ! o0Sz9-09p‘2 OGL ! oIbs'zeI‘z O99 | cess p08‘T O82 | OOSLE9Ly'T OF L9TEZ ‘BbI‘T ONE] EeRdz‘0ze O9% | COSZT‘z6y ONT | LOTHO VOT O Tables FIGURE 30 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 162 BLSSZ "682 86056 882 81969 "88Z SETHE "882 8S9£0 "882 SLTEL “L982 L692% *L82 LI22T “L82 LELT8 “982 LS2TS “982 LLLOZ “982 46206 “S82 L186S “S82 LEEG6Z “S82 15886 “82 LLE89 “¥82 LO8LE “P82 LI¥L0 “982 LE69L “E82 LS¥9b “E82 LLOST “E82 L6¥S8 “282 LTOSS °282 QESH2 “282 9S0+6 “182 QLSE9 “182 960€E “182 91920 “18Z QETZL “082 9SOTr “082 QLTIT 082 96908 “642 9120S “6LZ QELET “612 9S268 "812 QLLBS “BL 96282 842 91816 °LLZ QEELO “LLZ SSB9E “LLZ SLE90 “LL2 S68SL "912 STS “9LZ SEG6PT “912 SSbb8 "SLZ SL6ES “SLZ S6vEz “SLZ STOE6 “bL2 SESZ9 “PLZ SSOZE “PLZ OAAM+T NORAD SANMT NONAD 6 8 L 9 Ss % € 4 T 0 ANMNTNOEDH OCANMTNONDOA ix] 7) § ZLSLL “82 Z60Lb “852 2199T “8S2 ZET9B =LS2 @S9SS “LSZ TLIS2 “LS2 1696 9S 1129 “9S2 TELEE “9S2 TSZ€0 "952 TLL2L “SS2 1622p “SZ TI8IT “sz TEETS “SZ TS80S “pS2 TLE02 “SZ 16868 “€S2 TLb6S “E52 TE682 “SZ TS¥86 “SZ TLOL9 “252 O6PLE “2S2 O10L0 “2s2 OESOL “ISZ 0S094 “TS2 OLSST “ISZ 06058 “0Sz O19bS "OSZ OfTH2 “OSZ OS9E6 "6b2 OLTES “6bz 0692€ “662 01220 “662 OELTL “8b2 OSZTh “8h OLLOT “8b2 06208 “Lbz 6086b “Lbz 6Z2E61 “LZ 6b888 “9b2 GOERS “962 68842 “9b2 60bL6 “Sbz 62699 “S#2 GbP9E “ShZ 69650 “Sbz 68bSL “bbz 600S% “bbz 62Sb1 “bbe 6b0b8 “EbZ SANMT NORAD SANMT NORAD CANNOT NORAD ANMTMNORAHA SANT NONADA a @ s 99962 "822 98066 "L2z 90989 “422 S218€ “L2z S910 °“L2Z SOTLL “922 S899b 922 SOZ9T ‘922 S2LS8 “S22 Sess “S2z SOLbZ “S2z S826 “p22 SOBES "$22 SZEEE “b2e Sb820 “p22 S9EZL “E22 S88Th “E22 SOPTT “E22 $2608 “222 S¥vOS "222 ¥966T “222 $868 122 ¥006S “12z veS82 “122 bb086 022 P9SL9 “022 P80LE 022 +0990 ‘022 P219L 612 boOSh 612 POST 612 $8968 “812 bOZPS “81Z P2LEZ “812 bb2£6 LIZ $9129 °L12 €822E “L12 £0810 “412 EZETL 912 £p80b “912 E901 “912 €886L ‘STZ €0b6b “STZ E2681 “STZ E>h88 “P12 £96LS “bz €8bL2 “bIZ €00L6 E12 €2S99 “E12 EP09E “ETZ SrNMTNONAD a & SANMT HONAD i) t SCANMT NONOD Qa b& OAANMST NOP DAH | b& OCaINM+ NONRAD O9ST8 “L6T O80I1S *L6T 66502 “L6T 61106 “S6T 6E96S “96 65162 “961 61986 “S6T 66189 “S6T GILLE “S61 6€220 “S6T 6SL9L “¥6T 6L29¢ “v6r 66LST “P61 61ES8 “E61 GE8PS “E61 6SEbZ “E6T 6L8€6 “Z6T 66€£9 “26 816ZE “261 8€b20 ‘261 8S61L “T6T SLblp “T6T 86601 “161 81508 “O61 8£00S “O61 8SS6I “O61 8/068 “681 86S8S “681 SI182 “681 8€9L6 '88T 8STL9 “S8T 8L99€ “S8T 86190 “88T SILSZ “LET LEZSb “LET LSLbT “LET LLZ2¥8 “981 LOLES ‘98T LI€E? “98T LE8Z6 “S8T LSE29 “SBT LL8TE “SBT L6ETO “SBT LI60L “$81 LEvOb “P81 LS660 “p8T LLP6L “E81 L668h “E8T LIS8T “€8T LE€088 “281 ESSEC “LOT €L0E0 “LOT €6S24 “99T ET12b “99T €E9TT “99T €STI8 “SOT €L90S “SOT £6102 “SOT £168 “POT £€26S “POT €S182 “POT €1286 “€9T £6LL9 “EST ETELE E9T €€890 “€9T €SE9L “29T 2L8S¢ ‘29 Z6EST “291 216¢8 “T9T ZEPPS “TOT 2S6E2 “191 ZLb&6 O9T 26629 “O9T Z1SZE “O9T Z£020 “O9T 2SSTL “6ST ZLOTb “6ST 26SOT “6ST 21108 ‘8ST ZE96b “BST ZST6T ‘8ST 2988 “LST Z618S “LST TILL2 “LST TEZ2L6 “9ST TSL99 “9ST TL29€ 9ST T6450 “9ST TIESZ “SST TEShh SST ISEPT “SST TL8€8 “PST T6EES “PST T1622 “PST TE26 “EST IS6i9 “EST TLPTE “EST 16600 “EST TISOL “2ST 19 O€00b “2ST Snrnmyrnorana é SAAMST NONAD SANMST NORAD a i) ANMTNOnNOD SANT NORAD LvSS8 “9ET L90SS "SET L8S¢2 “SET LOTb6 “SET L29€9 “SET LvIEe “SET 19920 “SET LBIZL “v€l LOLTb “v€L Leet “eT LeL08 “ET 1920S “€€T L8L6T “€€T LOE68 “2ET L288S “2€T Obese “ET 99846 ‘TEL 98EL9 “TET 9069€ “TEL 92490 “TET 9P6SL “OET 99S “OET 986bT “OET 90Sr8 “621 92Z0S “62T 9PSE2 “62T 9906 ‘821 98529 “821 9OTZE “821 92910 '82T SCrANMat NORAD CANT NOnRDa SAANMST NONAD CaN sT NON AD oD >) 7) 16 SANMT NORAD SmNnawTNOoOran qQ Yn) OPITL “L2T $9904 “L2T S8IOT “L2T SOL6L “92T S226b “92T SpL8T “92T $9288 “S2T S8LLS “S2T SOELZ “S2T $2896 “$21 S¥E99 “b2T SOBSE “b2T S8ES0 “p21 SO6bL “E2T S2bbb “E21 SP6ET “E2T SOPEB “221 $862 “221 v0S2Z “221 $2026 “121 CANMT NOnNAD = 6 SCANMT NORAD CANMT NONAD SANMT NOnNDH ISLE “90T 19040 “90T 18S9Z “SOT TOTS “SOT T29ST “SOT THIS “POT 1996S “POT I81b2 “POT TOLE6 “EO 12Z€9 “€0T TeZ2€ “€0T 19220 “€0T TSLTZ ‘20 QOETP ‘201 0280T “201 O08 “TOT 0986¢ “TOT O8€6T “TOT 00688 “OOT O2@P8S “OOT 0642 “OOT 09646 66 08699 66 OOS9E “66 02090 "66 OPSSL ‘86 090S+ “86 O8S¢T “86 OOTP8 “46 O29ES °L6 GETEZ “46 65926 96 64129 96 669TE “96 61210 96 6EL0L °S6 65206 °S6 6460 °S6 6626L “$6 6188b "¥6 GEEST “6 65828 £6 G6LELS “€6 66892 “€6 61496 “26 6£6S9 "26 8SPSE “26 8660 "26 86bbL 16 810bb “16 SANMYT NORAD emnar Nonna SANMYTNONAA SCANMNT NON DDH = Q be) Lo) oo br) CANM+T NONOD SES68 “SL SS06S “SL SLS82 SL $6086 “PL ST9L9 “bL SETLE “bL SS990 “bL SLI9L “EL S69Sb “EL ST2ST “€L SELb8 ZL SS2bS “ZL PLLE? “2h b62€6 “IL P1829 IL PEEZE IL $S8T0 TL PLETL “OL +6806 “04 bIPOT OL vE66L “69 bSb6r “69 bL68T “69 b6b88 “89 b108S ‘89 vESLZ “89 %S0L6°L9 $LS99 “19 €609E “19 £1950 °L9 £ETSL “99 ES9bb “99 ELTbT “99 €69€8 "SO €1ZES “SO €€L22 “$9 £5226 69 ELL19 “$9 €62TE “69 £1800 "¥9 €EE0L “9 €S86E “£9 €LE60 “€9 £6882 "29 2Tb8b “29 2E6LT “29 2SpL8 19 2169S “19 26692 “19 21096 09 SmANMTNORDH SANOMTNOnNAD ie) CANONS MONOD a a SmnarnNonoan = i] CTANMT NONDDH 62STb “Sb 6P0IT “Sh 69508 “bb 6800S “vy 60961 “bb 62168 "Eb 6P98S “Eb 69182 “Eb 68946 “2b 60219 ‘2b 82L9€ “2b 86290 “2b 89LSL ‘Ib 882Sb Ib 8081 Th 82E¢8 ‘Ob 8P8ES “OF S9EEZ ‘Ob 88826 “6 80629 6€ 8261€ 6 8bP10 “6 89604 "8 88F0 BE 8000T “8E 82S6L “LE Ly06b “LE LOST “LE L8088 “9 LOLS “9 L21L2 9€ L996 “SE L9199 “SE L89SE “SE L02S0 ‘SE L2LbL “bE Leebh “ve LOLET “bE L8ZEB “EE L082S “EE LZE22 "EE Lv816°2E LOETO “ZE 9880E “Zé 90600 “2 92669 “TE ObP6E “TE 99680 ‘TE 98b8L OE 9008b “0€ SAINM +S NOnRDA bs) Ln) SaANMT NORAD CANMT NORAD Se) = SCAN MT NORAD = si CmnanesT NORONH €2S€6 “pT £v0E9 “bT €9SZE “bT £8020 “eT £09TL “ET €211b ET £901 “EL €9108 ‘21 28966 21 202Z6r ‘21 SANMST NONOA ww 22288 IT 228s “IL Z29LL2 “IT 28226 ‘OL 20899 ‘OT @2€9€ ‘OL 26850 “OL 29€SL 6 288bb 6 ZOvbT 6 226€8 “8 Zrres 8 29622 8 28h26°L 20029 °Z T2STé“L TrOI0 “ZL T9S0L “9 18006 °9 10960 ‘9 T2T6L°S Tr98b °S T9I8I“S 18928 “> T02LS 12192 “¥ 1296 ‘E T9LS9 “€ T82SE°E TO8+0 *€ Teel “2 OP8E “2 O9EET “2 08828 ‘I 00¢2S *T 02612 T ObrT6~ 09609 ~ O8+0E ‘0 SAN M Ts NONAD STAANMYT NORAD i) a OAAMST NONOD al CSnANNTNHONAND 322 SIO}OTAL 20a 7227 SI9}97AL [22}@U g6ogooghofo = OOF I :10}D"} MONONpay] SYAaLAN OL LHHA—HLONYT SIO}OIT BIOJOWAL SIO}OIT BIOJOWAL 3207 Tables FIGURE 31— 163 APPENDIX JO}JOM OPO’ = SeTIUT 2T 19j}9U1 09822" = BOqOUT 6 19}0UI OpZSI" = seqoUT 9 J0jemm 029,0° = seTouy ¢ J0}OUI 06/2" = SOqOUT IT 19}901 0Z€02" = seqoUuT g J9}9UI OOLZT° = seqouT ¢ 19}9U1 0g0S0" += seqouy z 30}9UT O0PS2°O = SOTIUT OT 19}9UI O8/L1'O = saqouy L JOJOUL OOOO = Seqouy » JojoU OPS20°O = + Qouyt T8S6b “FOE TOT6I “POE 12988 “€0€ THI8S “€0€ T99L2 “E0E TSTL6 ‘20€ T0499 "20€ 0229€ ‘20€ OvZS0 “20 o9zS4 10 O8Lbb “TOE OOEbT “LOE O28E8 ‘00 OFEES “OOE 09822 ‘O0E O8€26 °662 00619 "662 O2PTE “662 06600 662 O9F0L “862 O866€ “862 00560 °862 02064 *L62 GES8b “L6Z 6S08T °L6Z SLSTO “blz S60TL “ELZ ST90b “EL2 SELOL "€LZ SS96L ‘212 PLIGb “212 PO98T “2LZ $1288 “112 PELLS “IL2 PS2L2 “TLZ ¥LL96 ‘OL2 $6299 “042 PI8SE “OLZ FEESO ‘OLZ PS8bL 692 PLErh 692 FOBET 692 PIPES “892 $€62S “892 $Sb272 “892 $L616 “192 bOPT9 “L9Z ELOTE “92 €€S00 “192 €S00L “992 ELS6E “992 £6060 992 ET9BL “SO £ET8b “S9Z ES9LT “S92 ELTLB “$97 £6995 “+92 E1292 “492 €€L56 £92 €S2S9 “£92 ELLYE “E92 €62+0 “€92 E18EL 292 ZEEEP “297 2S82T 292 69SES “Ebz 680E2 “Ebz 60926 ‘2bz 62129 ‘2b2 SP9TE “2bz 89TTO ‘2bZ 88904 “Ibz 8020 “Ibz 82460 “1bz 826L 0bZ €9SS0 “E12 €80SL ‘212 209bb “212 @21el “212 2H9E8 “T1Z ZOTES “112 28922 “112 20226 ‘O12 22L19 ‘O12 @p2le ‘O1Z 29400 ‘O12 28204 602 Z086E 602 22€60 “602 288 “802 Z9E8b 802 288ZT 802 20648 *L02 2269S “402 Tpp92 “102 LSSLS ‘28 9LOL2 ‘281 96596 ‘I8T 9T199 “TST SENSE “IST 9STSO ‘IST 9LObL ‘O8T 961 bb O8T OTLET ‘O8T 9EZEB “OLT 9SLZS 641 9L222 ‘6LT 96LT6 ‘8ZT OTET9 “BLT 9E80E “SLT 9SE00 ‘SLT 91869 “LLT SOE6E “LLT ST680 “LLT SEPBL “OLT SSOLb “OLT SLPLT “OLT $6698 “SLT SIS9S “SLT SE092 “SLT SSSS6 “PLT SLOS9 “PLT SOSbE “PLT STTbO “PLT SE9EL “ELT SSTEP “ELT GL9ZT “ELT $6128 “2LT STLIS “2LT vE2T2 CLT $SL06 ‘ILT L209 TLT ¥6L62 “ILT b1€66 “OLT vE889 ‘OLT PSEBE “OLT +L8L0 ‘OLT F6ELL “691 +169 691 FEP9T “691 $S6S8 ‘891 PLPSS 891 $6662 “891 bISb6 LOT bE0P9 “LOT 2€SS9 ‘09 2S0SE ‘09 2LSb0 ‘09 26064 6S Z19Eb 6S 2ETEL “6S 25928 “8S 2L12S ‘8S 26912 ‘8S 21216 “LS 2€L09 “LS IS20€ “LS 14266 “9S 16269 9S TI88€ “9S TEE80 “9S TS8LL “SS TLELb “SS T689T “SS TT¥98 “bS 0SS60 ‘2ST 0L064 ‘IST O6S8b “IST OTST “IST 0€948 “OST OSTLS “OST 01992 ‘OST 06196 ‘6bT OILS9 “6bT O€ZSE “6bT OSLb0 “6bT OL2bL ‘8hT O6LE> “8h OTEET SbT 0€828 “LPL OSEZS “Lol 69812 “LeT 68€16 ‘OFT 60609 “9bT 6240E “OPT 66666 “SbT 69669 “ST 6868E “SbT 6080 “ST 62084 “bbl OPSLb “bbT 690LT “bb 68598 “Eb 6019S “EbT 62982 “Eb beST9 “T2T POOLE “I2T $8500 “12T bOTOL ‘O2T $296€ “021 bbTo0 ‘O2T p998L ‘611 P8I8b 6IT POLLT '6IT b22L8 BIT SESET “16 8S0E8 ‘06 8LS2S ‘06 86022 ‘06 81916 68 BELTS ‘68 8S90E ‘68 81100 ‘68 86969 ‘88 812Z6€ ‘88 8E280 ‘88 8S28L “L8 LLLLY ‘L8 LOZLT ‘LB 41898 “98 LEEDS “98 LS8S2 ‘98 LLES6 “S8 L68¢9 “SB LIPbe “SB LE6EO “SB LSbEL “8 LL62 “b8 L621 “b8 L1028 €8 LESTS €8 LSOIZ €8 LLS06 ‘28 46009 °28 91962 28 92SLT ‘OE 9b0L8 ‘62 9959S ‘62 98092 ‘62 90956 ‘82 92TS9 ‘82 OPOE ‘82 99TbO ‘82 9B9EL “LZ SOZEb *L2 S2L21 “Le Sb228 ‘92 SOLTS ‘92 S8212 “92 $0806 “Sz SZE09 “SZ Sb862 “SZ S9E66 “bz $8889 “be SOP8E “b2 S26L0 “bz SbpLl “E2 $969b ‘EZ S8P9I “EZ $0098 "22 S2sss ‘¢ bhOS? “ZZ P9St6 “IZ $8969 “12 POSEE “12 P2TE0 “12 bp9ZL “02 $9I2b 02 p89IT “02 $0218 ‘61 $2L0S “61 bb202 “61 $9168 ‘81 $826S ‘81 $0882 “81 $2€86 “LT bb8L9 “LT €98L€ “LT €8890 “LT €0¢9L ‘91 €26Sb “91 €ppSt OT £9668 ST E8bbS “ST £00b2 ‘ST ence t: woran Ree Wonaon Rae ae wmonoan Peo NOnDD Riese wmworan SCAANM+T NORAD B9LB8b ‘ObZ 88281 “ObZ 80848 “62 8ZELS “62 84892 “6€Z 89£96 "8€z 88859 “8EZ 80PSE “8EZ 8260 “8EZ 8hbbL “LEZ LOGE “LEZ LBPET “LEZ LOOES8 “9EZ L2ScS “9EZ LyO22 “9EZ LOST6 “SEZ L8019 “SEZ LO9CE “SEZ L2100 “SEZ L969 “bEZ bpL9S ‘BIT $9292 ‘BIT P8156 “LIT bOES9 “LIT E28 “LIT EvErO “LIT €98EL ‘OTT €8EEr OIT £0621 “OTT €2b28 “SIT EP6TS “SIT €9bI2 “SIT €8606 “PIT £0509 “PIT €200€ “PIT €6S66 ‘EIT €9069 ‘€1T €BS8E “EIT £0180 “EIT €29LL 211 CvILp 2rt 29991 ‘211 28198 “ITT Z0LSS “ITT 22eS2 TIT 2bLb6 “O1T 29269 ‘OIL @8Le€ “OIL ZO€EO “OTT 2282L 601 SnNMyt+ HOnAD oO a 19656 "902 T8PS9 “902 TOOCE “902 T2S+0 ‘902 TPObL *S02 T9SEb “S0Z T80€T “S02 10928 “b0Z 1212S “02 Tp912 “02 TE6SS “pS TS#S2 “bS TL6+6 “ES T6b¢b9 “ES TLObE “ES TESEO “ES ISOEL “2S OLSZb 2S 0602T “2S OT9T8 TS OETTS “IS 0s902 ‘IS 0Z106 ‘0S 0696S ‘0S 01262 ‘0S 0£L86 ‘6b 0289 ‘6b OLLLE ‘6b 06240 ‘6b 01894 ‘8b O£E9b “8b OS8ST ‘8h OLES8 “Lb 068¢S “Lp 60bb2 “Lh 626£6 ‘9b 6PPE9 “OF 6962E ‘9b 68420 “9b 6002L “Sb 6LSL8 "962 660LS "962 61992 "962 6£196 S6z 6S9S9 “S6z SANMTNORDAHR SANMTNORDHA SAnnmrnornoaa 6LISE “S6Z 66940 “S62 6IZbL “¥62 GELEb “FEZ 6SZET “PEZ 6LL28 “£62 6622S “£62 61812 “£62 6£E16 262 65809 ‘262 8LEDE "262 86866 “16Z 81b69 “162 SE68E “162 8S¢80 162 8L6LL ‘062 86bLb ‘062 SIOLT ‘062 8ES98 “682 8S09S "682 LOT6E “bEZ 18980 'b€z LOZBL “€EZ L2LLb €€2 LeZLT “€EZ LOL9B “ZEZ 1829S “2€2 90862 “2EZ2 92ES6 “TEZ 9b8b9 “LEZ Q9EbE “TEZ 988E0 “IEZ SOFEL “OEZ 9262+ ‘OEZ Obp2l ‘OFZ 99618 "622 98bIS “622 900T2 “622 92506 822 94009 822 TOTI6 “€CZ 18909 ‘€02 T02Z0€ “€02 12266 “202 1269 “202 O9L8E 202 08280 202 COBLL “102 OZELb ‘102 Ov89T “102 09€98 ‘002 088ss ‘002 00%S2 “002 026+6 ‘661 Opbt9 “661 O96€€ ‘661 O80 ‘661 OOOEL ‘86T OZSZb “861 OvOzT ‘861 6b1S6 ‘2bT 69969 “2b B8IPE ‘Chl 80L£0 ‘2bT 822EL “TT 8bL2b “ThT 89221 “IPT 88218 “OPT BOETS “OPT 82802 ‘OPT 9£166 18 9S989 “18 QLIB8E 18 96940 18 gI2LL ‘08 9EL9b “08 9S29T “08 9LLS8 “6L 9625S “64 9I8b2 “64 9EEb6 BL 9S8E9 “8L QLEEE “8L 96820 ‘82 OTb2L “LL SE6lb LL SSPIT “LL $1608 “9L S6P0S “OL $1002 94 ANMFTMORDAH SCANMTNONDAH CANNOT NORAD SANMTMNORDHA SANMTMONRDH SGHAMTNONRAHR GAnntr NOnRDD o SANMTNOENDAHD GANMYTNOEDHA SANMNTNONDH SnnNnmt HOnAD SnmNmaytr NOnDAD SnNnnyt NONAD enna tT NonNnag So | SANMTMNONAHR SANMTNOKNADAHR SANMYTNHONAH © ise) SAAMYTNORNAHR SCANMYNONDAHR BGnNntrNOnAaDA c x SANMTNORDAH CAANMTNORDAHR CANnMTNOnNAD 2) t=) & SANMTMONAH SCANMTNHONAD 2) a ZLEZB “192 2681S “192 2112 “192 Z£606 “092 2509 “092 2L662 ‘092 Z6rE6 “6SZ 21069 652 ZESBE “6SZ 25080 “6S2 8h£06 “6ET 8986S “6€1 88E62 “6ET 80686 ‘8ET 82>89 ‘BET 8h6LE “BET 89bL0 ‘8€T 8869L “LET LOS9b “LET L209T “LET ZZ “601 Z298TT “601 28€18 801 2060S ‘80T 2202 ‘801 2668 “LOT 2966S “LOT 18682 “LOT TOS86 “90T 12089 “90T SCAANAMTFMNONDAH GANMTNOKNDAHR GANMTNONDAH GHANMTNOKRDH ECANntrnonag FINS MON DDA SaANMT NON AD OnNMT HON AD SCT ANM+T NONOD OnAMT NONAD SmrnNmyerNOonNAaD SANM+tT NOnRAD SANT NONAD OnANMTNONAD Sas wonrnan ® g Tables FIGURE 32 — MANUAL NAUTICAL CHART 164 gg0°260T 6 OTO"LLE 6 zE6°T9B 6 7S8°97L 6 LLL*TE9 6 669°9TS 6 T@9°10y 6 77S°98% 6 997° TLT 6 B8E°9S 6 L€6°060T 8 658°SL6 8 TgL°098 8 TOL"S7L 8 929069 8 B7S°STS 8B OL7*007 8 €6E°S8% 8B STE"OLT 8 Lee"ss 8 98L°680T L BOL°7L6 L T£9°6S8 L €55°77L Lb SL7"6e79 ob LOE*7TS L Oze"66€ L eve-7ee 79T°69T L Lg0°7S L S€9°BB0T 9 LSS°€L6 9 0B7'8S8 9 zov-eyL 9 AS ee) L7Z°ETS 9 69T"B6E 9 T60"€gz 9 €to"s9t 9 9E6°%S 9 787° L80T S$ LOv*"2L6 S$ 62ELS8 GS Toe"27L TLTU°Le9 S 960°2TS § BTO"L6E S ov6"tez S €98°99T S$ SBL°TS SG YEE*9B80T 7 9St°TLe 7% BL1°9S8 7 OOT"TYL ¥ €z0'9%9 7 S76°O1S 7 L98°S6E 7 O6L°08% 7 ZTL'Sot 7 7E9°0S 1 €gt°Sg0t € GOT*OL6 € L20°SS8 0S6°6EL € zLe°729 € 46L°60S € LUL vee € 6E9°6Le OE 19¢°79L_ € cey'6 ¢ ZEO"7VB0T 2% 756°896 2 LLB°€S8 2 66L"BEL @ TeL°€29 2 €79°80S Zz 99S°€6E 2% 8B7°BL2 2% OI7"€9T 2 €€6°37 2% Teg°z80T T 708°L96 T geL*2s8 iT BY9LEL T OLS*%z9 «iT €67°L0S T ST7726E 1 LEETLLZ TT o9z*z9T T zet°Ly T TEL*TB8OT 076 €59°996 O78 SLS*TS8 OVL L67°9EL O79 oz7"Tz9 «07S z7€°90S O77 79%°T6E OTE LBT°9LZ 072 60T°T9T OFT T€0°97 OF OgS"OB0T 6 Z0S°S96 6 27"0S58 6 LYE"SEL 6 69%°029 6 T6T*SOS 6 €IT°06€ 6 GEO"SLZ 6 856°6ST 6 0s8°77 6 6z7"6L0T 8 IS€"796 8 TLz"678 8 gol vel 8 gIl'6T9 8B 070'70S 8 €96°8Be 8 GBB8°ELZ 8 LO8*SST 8 OEL Ey 8B gLz2°BL0T L 00z"£96 L eeteve L SYO"EEL Lb L96°LT9 L 068°20S L zTg°LBe L TEL*2Le ob 959°LST L 6LS°2%7 L L2T*LLOT 9 050°%96 9 2L6°978 9 76s" TEL 9 L18°9T9 9 6EL°T0S 9 199°98E 9 €RS°TLe 9 90S°9ST 9 Bert? 9 LL6°SLOT $ 668°096 ¢ Teas7e E7L"OEL 999°ST9 885°00S § OTS"SBE €e7OLe SSE°SST LLe°07 gza°7LOT 7 B7L°6S6 7 OL9°778 7 €65°6%L 7 STS°719 1 L€7°667 4 o9e"78E 1 zez69% 7 yor yst 4 get be 4 SLO"ELOT € L65°856 © oes"e78 € z77"e7L Y9E"ETI € Lge"séy7 € 60z"EBe € tet e9e € €S0°ESt € QLO"LE € zs*tLOT 2% LIV" LS6 2% 69€°%78 2 Té6z"LzL 2 Elz*2z19 2 9ET*LOY 2 g50°27B8E 2 086°99% 2z €06"TST 2% Ses-9€ 2 YLE*TLOT T 962°9S6 T etz'17s 1 ovt'9zL T €90°TT9 T $86°S67 T L06"OBE T ofg°s9z iT 25L°0ST T LOSE T €%Z"OLOT O0€6 S7T°SS6 O€8 190°078 O€L 066°72L 0€9 ZT6"609 O€$ Y€8°767 O€7 9SL°6LE O€E 6L9°79% 0% TO9°67T O€T €@S°7E O0€ ZL0°690T 6 766°ES6 6 LT6°8E8 6 6EB°EeL 6 T9L°809 6 €89°€67 6 909°BLE 6 Bzs'E9% 6 0S7°87T 6 ELE“EE 6 T%6"L90T 8 €78°2S6 8 99L°LEB 8 g89°%2L 8 OT9°L09 8 €€5°267 8 SS7*LLE 8 LLE*z9% BB 66z°L7T 8 z@z"ze 8B OLL°990T L €69°TS6 L S19°9€8 L LES*Tt@h L 097°909 L zee*t6e7 L YOE*OLE L gez-19e 67T°97T L TLO°TE L 0z9°S90T 9 275°0S6 9 797°SEB 9 9B8e°0%L 9 60€°S09 9 Teéz"067 9 EST°SLE 9 9L0°09% 9 g66°77T 9 O%6"62 9 697°790T S T6e"676 GS €reves Ss gez*6TL SG 8ST°709 0g0°687 S Eo0"vLE Sz6"852 LYS eyT 69L°82 BIE°E90T 7 ove'876 7 egt ees 7 SB0°STL 7% L00°€09 7 Of6"LEY 7 zse°zLe 7 LL ASC eet, 969° 27T 7 6T9°Le 7 L9OT*z90T € O60°L76 € eto°zes € YE6'9TL € 9s8°T09 € 6LL°987 € TOL*TLE € €29°9S2 € 97S°T7T € 897°9% € LIO°T90T 2Z 6£6°S76 2 T98°0£B 2 €BL°STL 2 90L°009 2 879°SB7 =z OSS°OLE 2 €L7°SS% 2 S6E"OYT 2 LIE*Se 2 998°6S0T T 8BL°776 T OTL*6z8 T €69°7TL T $55°66S T LL7°787 T 66€°69€ T zeeyse =T Tye°6€T T 991° 72 T STL°8S0T 026 | LE9*E76 O28 095°828 Oz zB7"ETL 029 707°86S 0% gee°esy oz7 67zZ°B9E OzE ILT°€S2 02% €60°BET OZT gIO"Ez 02 Y9S*LSOT 6 987°276 6 607°L28 6 Tee*eth 6 €S2°L6S 6 OLT°z8Y 6 B60°L9E 6 ozo'zsz 6 Z76°9ET 6 S9s°Te 6 €1T7°9S0T 8 QEE"T76 8B esz'978 8 OST'ITL 8 €0T°96S 8 Sz0°187 8 LY6"S9E 8B 698°0S2 8 Z6L°SET 8 TIL"0% 8 €9%°SSOT L SBt'0v6 L LOT'S28 620°OTL L z56°765 Lb YLE°6LY L 96L°79E L 6TL 67% L T9°VET L €9s"6T L 2Tl°7S0T 9 YEO'6E6 9 956°€28 9 648°80L 9 TOR*€6S 9 €2L°SLY 9 979°E9E 9 89s‘are 9 O67°EET 9 et7"st 9 T96°ZSOT $ €BB°LE6 S gog*ez8 Ss BzL°LOL 059°26S €LS*LLY S S67°29€ S$ LUV Lye S$ 6EEZET S z9z°LT GS OTS°TSOT 7 €EL°9E6 7 Ss9°1z7a 7 LLS*90L 7 667°T6S 7 ez7°oLy =4 TE'T9E 7 g9z°97e 7 6st Tel 7 WUC ERS 099°0SOT € zBS°SE6 € 40S°0%@B € 9e7°SOL € 67E°06S € The'Shy € €6T°09E € OITsvz € BEO'OET 096°7T € 60S°670T z TET*7E6 2% €S€°618 2% QLz°7OL % B6T°68S 2 OZT'7L7 Z% Z70°6SE 2 S96"E7e 2 LEB°szT 2% 608°ET z BS€°s70T T Oge*€€6 T €0z°sT8 1 SeT°€OL T L70°88S T 696°2L7 T 26B°LSE T VAS Maca 9EL*LZT T 6s9°27T T LOZ*LYOL O16 | 62T°e%e6 OTs 250°LT8 OTL 7L6"TOL O19 968°98S OTS 618°TL7 OT7 TYL*9SE OTE €99°T7z Oz $aS°9%T OIT 80S°IT OT 9S0°970T 6 6L6°0€6 6 TO6"ST8 6 €%B°00L 6 O7L'SBS 6 899°0L7 6 06S°SSE 6 ztS"ove 6 SE7"StT 6 LS€°OT 6 906°770T 8 8%B8°6%6 8B OSL°7T8 8 €L9°669 8 S65°78S 8 L1S°697 8 6E7°7SE 8 Z9E°6E% 8 yez-77T 8 90z*6 8 SSL°EVOT L LL9°8%6 66S5°€T8 L %zs°g69 L v7 €8S OL 99€°897 L 6Bz°ESe L Tie"gez L €€t°eet L $s0°8 L 709°270T 9 9%5°L26 9 677218 9 TLE*L69 9 €6z°z8S 9 gIz°L97 9 BET*2SE 9 090°LEZ 9 ze6°T27t 9 S06°9 9 ES7°T7OT S$ 9LE“9%6 g6z°TTB 0zz"969 $ z7T°Tss = $90°997 S LB6°0SE S$ 606°SE2 ZEB OzT S ATP €0€°O70T 7 Stz°sz%6 7 Lyt‘ots 7 690°S69 7 266°6LS 7 716°797 7 9ea°67e 7 6SL°7E% 7 Tg9°6IT 7 €09°7 37 ZST°6E0T € YLO"7%6 € 966°808 € 6T6°€69 € T7B°B4S €9L°€97 € SB9°B7e € go9°eee € O€S*SIT € zo7°— € TOO"sEOT 2 €%6°%zH 2 978°Log 2 89L°%69 Z 069°LLS 2% z19°%97 «2% SES*LTE 2% LS7°zEz 2 6LE*LIT 2 ZOECEe 0S8°9€OT T ZLL°T26 1 5697908 T 419°T69 iT 6ES5°9LS T 297197 ~T TBE"97E T goE*TEz T gzz-9It T Ist't T 669°SEOT 006 | 2297026 008 44¥5°S08 O0L 997°069 009 6BE°SLS 00S TT€*097 007 €€2°SYE O0€ SST°OE% 00z 8L0°STT OOT — al SOL SONI SOIL SEIN SON = SPLIN SOHN SPL SOILWN SOHN SPIN SPIN SOL SOI SOI SOLIN SON SOLIN aa SPIN 2INIEIS = PEOINEN] §=—«-@3NABIS = fEIGNEN) aynzeys = ONE, 83N7BIS =| fEIINEN 83N78IS |= fBIANEN) 93N783S RINNE 83n7e}Sg = FRDNNN) 27N78IS = RINNE) 93N3e1S raanen | 27N7BIS |= fRININEN, i SAIW SLALVLS OL SATIN TWOILNWN - HLON31 FIGURE 33— Tables 165 APPENDIX SS6T 99° 67TT LY" SYTT SZE*LYTT PLT OVTT €20°S7TT zLg°€YTl 22L*27Tt TLS *TYIT Oz?" OVTT 692° 6E€TT 6IT*SEIt 896°9ETT LTS*SETT 999° TETT STS“€ETT S9E°ZETT Te *TEtT €90°OE€TT fT6" sett Z9L*LeIT TI9*92TT 097°S2TT 60€*72TT SST°E€ZIT g00°22TT LS38°O2TT 90L°6TIT SSS*STIT SO7*LTIT 7Sz°9TIT €Ol'STIT 2S6°E€TIT ZO *2TIT TS9°TIIlt 00S *OTTIT 67€°60TT 861° SOIT 870° LOTT L68°SOTT 97L°7OTT S6S°€0TT S77" ZOTT 76z° OTT €7T*OOIT 266° 860T 178°L60T 169° 960T 07S°S60T 68° 760T g€2°€60T ANT NOD OO ~o oa ao an i on DOANNDHON WA FICTIONS EASIGS CGANNTNOE-DD DCANMTHOrDHA O a wy an 675° 7EOT g6€*€£OT Lye" Z€0T 960° TEOT 976° 6z0T S6L°820T 779° LZ0T €67°9Z0T ZVE*SZOT Z6T° 7Z0T TO" €ZOT 068° TZOT 6€L°0Z0T 685 °6TOT g€7° TOT Lge*LTtot 9ET*9TOT $g6°7TOT S€g°E€TOT 789° 2TOT €€s* Tot 2g€°OTOT Z€e*600T T80°g00T 0£€6°900T 6LL°SOOT 879° 7OOT 8L7°€00T LZ€*ZOOT 9LT° TOOT $Z0*000T SL8°866 TEL" L66 €L5°966 227" S66 TLe*766 T2T° £66 OL6°T66 618 °066 899° 686 81S°886 L9E"LB6 91z°986 $90°S86 716" €86 79L°286 €19° 186 297° 086 TIE *6L6 T9T*8L6 CANNDNOEDHD CANNTHOEDWO QISICIONGIMISEIGS DANMNTNOSODDR CANN THOEOWDH wo TL?" 616 OZE*8T6 69T°LT6 610° 9T6 898° 7T6 LTL*E€T6 995 °2T6 ST7*TT6 $9%°OT6 YT" 606 €96°L06 Z18"906 299°S06 TIS* 706 O9€°€06 602 *206 6$0° 106 806" 668 LSL° 868 909°L68 $S$7°968 SOE "S68 7ST" 768 €00°€68 zS8° 68 Z0L*068 1S5°688 007° 388 67¢°L88 860°988 876°788 L6L°€88 979°238 $67°188 S7€"088 76T-6L8 €70° 848 268° 9L8 TY7L°SL8 16S °7L8 Ov7"€L8 682 °2L8 S€T° TLE 886°698 L€3°398 989°L98 SES*998 73€°S98 72° 798 €g0°€98 a QAAMTHOR DD is TNOD> OD USNS SOIL 00) i i Kt QAANBHON ODA QAAMTNOnDR SAN é w = €6€°708 e7z*€08 260° 208 T76"008 064° 66L 6£9°86L 687° L6L BEE*96L L8T°S6L 9€0°76L S88°26L SEL*T6L 785° 06L €€7°68L 82 °8BL ZET* LBL T86°S8L 0€8 “78L 6L9°€8L 82S°eBL BLe*TBL Lez*0gh 9L0° 6LL St6*LLL SLL*9OLL V29°SLL ELT ° TLL eee" ELL TLT°2LL TZO° TLL 048°69L 61TL°89L 895°LOL 817°99L L92%°S9L STL" 79L $96°29L TTB" T9L 799° 09L €TS*6SL Z9E*BSL TIZ*LSL 190°9Sé OT6°7SL 6SL°ESL 809°2SL LS7°TSL LOE*OSL 9ST 67L S00°87L SDANNTHOEFDD CANN WHOErDD ie) Oo DANNLTOHNOEDHR CANNBHOEDD CANN TNHOEDD wo ~o 9TE "689 S9T°889 7T0°L89 €98°S89 cL’ 789 z9S°€89 TI7°239 092" T89 60T°089 6S6°8L9 808°LL9 LS9°9L9 90S$°SL9 SSE°TLO S0%*€L9 7S0°2L9 €06°0L9 e@$L°699 709°899 TS7°L99 00€*999 671° S99 866°€99 878 °299 L69°199 975°099 $6€°6S9 S7%°859 760°LS9 €76°SS9 26L°759 T79°€S9 T67°2S9 OVE*TS9 68T°0S9 8€0°679 988 °L79 LEL*979 985°S179 ser 779 982° E79 YET*279 €86°079 ZE8°669 189°8€9 TES°LED O8€*9£9 622°S€9 8L0°7€9 L26°2£9 ATINOD OO INOS MOIETIES DANN THOOWOD w = ay DANMNVWNHOM WOH REIIOVSSSROEIES oan wn ww w OTTLLLOST°T 99 T BEz "TLS L80°ELS 9€6°TLS SBL°OLS $€9°69S 787° 89S €€E°LIS z8T°99S Z€0°S9S T88°€9S O€L°29S 645°T9S 827°09S 842° 65S LeT*8SS 9L6°9SS Sze°sss SL9°%SS TeS° ESS ELE*2SS zee*tss TLO°0SS 126°87S OLL*LYS 619°97S 897°S17S BIe"77S LOT“ ES 9T0°27S S98°07S TL" 6€S 195 °BES EL7°LES Z9%°9ES TIT*SES 196° EES OTS ces 6S9°TES 80S °OES LSE°62S L02*82%s 9S0°L2S S06°SeS YSL* 72S 709° €2S €S7°%2s ZOE* Tes TST*02%$ 000°6TS 0S8°LTS rnNorao SIE IOOVR AR IEC ICS SANNITNHOD DWH x is wt DANNTNO D1 BINS ISOS SAN ~~ w st OT38Y O9T*6S7 600°8S7 6$8°9S7 B0L°SS7 LSS °9S7 907° €S7 SSt°eS7 SOT'IS7 156° 677 €08 "avy 259° LY 205 °977 TSE'SYY 002 "777 670° E77 868°T77 87L°OvY L6S°6£7 977° BE7 S62 °LEY SY" 9E7 766°7E €7B E67 269° ZE7 17S" TE? T6E*O€7 072° 627 680°8e7 866°9%7 8BL°Se7 LE9° ver 987° E27 SEE*CeY 78° 127 7E0°077 €88°8t7 EL LUFT T8S"9T7 TEV "ST7 ose "YT? 62° E17 BL6°IT7 L28° Oly LL9°607 9&5 °809 SLE" LOT 722" 907 7LO°SOV €26°€07 @LL*207 DANMNTHOD WD TONOEODR DANN WHOErDODA & bal ATNOEODHA OFAN so Gay DANNWNOODORD DOAN w Gay S19q4aM 2SBT -- OTTH TBOT4INEN TBUOTZGUIEWUT» oa wo iss zgo°v7e 6 S00°6zz 6 Lz6"ETL 6 zeeeve B 7S8°Lzz 8 9LL°ZIT 8 TaL'tve L €OL"9%% OL Sto°lIt L Of9'07E 9 zog*sez 9 SLT"OIT 9 6LT"6EE S zo7'vez Ss YeE°60T S eze"see 7 Tse-e€ez 7 €LT'BOT 7 BLILEE € oot*ezz € zzo"LOoT € LZO°9EE 2 676°0¢% 2 TL8°SOT Z@ OLB°TEE T B6L"6T% T TeL°vOlU T StL°EEE 062% 879°8T% O6T OLS"€0T O SLS*ZEE 6 L67°LTZ 6 6T7°Z0T 6 VeT"TEE 8B 97€°9TZ 8 g9z°TOT 8 ELZ°OEE L S6T°ST2 L 8IT°OOT £ @zt6ze 9 S7O°7Te 9 496°86 9 TL6"LZE YOR "ze Ss 9T8°L6 S Tee9ze 7 6YLetIe = ¥ $99°96 7 OLO'SZE € e6S°oTe € STS°S6) € 6TS°*7ZE 2 177°60% 2 Y9E'V6 % B9E°"EZE T T6z*g0z T €lt°€6 = glz*2zé ogz O7T"LOz Ost z90°%6 =O L90°TZE 6 686°S0% 6 T1606 «6 916"6TE 8B gee"70~ 8 T9L°68 «8 SOL*BTE L 839°€0% L oT9's8 YI9*LTIE 9 LES*%0z 9 6S7°L8 9 TIT'OTE S gge"tor ¢ g0e'9B = S €le'ste 7 S€z*00z 7 BST'SB 7 zOT'vTE € 780°66T € Loo'78 € TIO*ETE 2% TE6"LET 2% 958°%8 % T9sp°TTE TT €8L°96T T SOL‘TS = OTL*OTE OLz Z€9°S6T OLT 4SS°0B O 655°60£ 6 Ta7°76T 6 OT" 6L g07°80€ 8 Tee“€6T 8 €5%°BL LSe°LO€ L OBT*z6T L ZOT*LL LOT'90E 9 620°T6T 9 TS6°SL 956°70E S BL8°68T S$ T08*7L sop*eoe 7 L@L*sgt 7 0S9°€L S9°20E € LLS*LET € 667°2L YOS*TOE 2 927°98T 2% S7E°TL €S€°O0E T GLe'SsTt L6T° OL zoz*66z 092 Y2T°78T O9T L70°69 TS0°862 6 7L6°28T 6 968°L9 T06°962 8 €zg°tst 8B S7L°99 OSL°S6% L @L9°08T L 965°S9 665°762 9 T@s*6LT 9 777°19 B77"e6z Ss OLE*BLT €6z°€9 L6z°26z 7 O%z*LLT 7 27t°29 LYT*T62 690°9LT € T66"09 966°68% 2% BI6°7LT 2 078° 6S S78°882 T LOL*ELT T 069°8S 769°LBZ 052 LI9*2LT OST 6£5°LS CDCANNBWOHOLDWDH eS NESSIE CO FIGURE 34— Tables 166 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL CHARACTERISTIC LIGHT PHASES Occ. =Occulting Gp. Occ.= Group by a long flash of 4 times that duration. A steady light totally eclipsed at regular inter- vals. A steady light totally Alt. Occ.= Alternating occulting Lights which Lights which Illustration do not change Phase Description show color color variations = [SE aes ese eal ameter hl pepe es mae Ta Alternating aaa aa a ea a F.Fl.=Fixed and] A fixed light varied at | Alt. F. Fl.= ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee flashing regular intervals by a flash | Alternating fixed of greater brilliance or | and flashing different color. : ; ' A I A F. Gp. Fl.=Fixed | A fixed light varied at] Alt. F.Gp. Fl.= and group regular intervals by groups | Alternating fixed flashing of two or more flashes of | and group flashing greater brilliance or diff- erent color, or both. CE ee ae reguier intervals, the Alternat at regular intervals, the| Alternating duration of light always | flashing being less than the duration of darkness. Showsnot more than 30 flashes per minute. COMP Scie |icrvats groupe of two or | Alternating flashing intervals groups of two or | Alternating more flashes. group flashing flashing flashes per minute. I. Qk. Fl.=Inter- Shows quick flashes for flashing by a dark period of about 6 seconds. ee a icctine | about 0 sooond, fllowed long flashing | about 0.4 second, followed occulting eclipsed by a group of 2 or more eclipses. [os Light colors used and abbreviations: W=White, R=Red, G= Green FIGURE 35— Characteristic Light Phases APPENDIX 167 The tables below give several sizes of paper and, for each size, the neatline dimensions and the normal and extreme work size. The price of each chart is always based on the area within its neatlines. Neatlines Normal Extreme Paper Inches mm. Work Size* Work Size* Q2se2O 1844"x 25%” 460.4 x 657.2 PAYS 6 PA” 2034”x 28” 30”x 42” 261%"x 3878" 663.6 x 987.4 28x 40” 2874" 41” 36”x 44” 321%"x 40%” 816.0 x 1038.2 34”x 42” 34°4""x 43” 36x 48” 8212"x 44%” 816.0 x 1139.8 34”x 46” 8494"x 47” 36 Gx04e 3824%"x 50%” 816.0 x 1292.2 Sle yee 84°4"x 53” Area within Neatlines Area within Neatlines Paper in Sq. Inches in Sq. Inches Price DO xe2 9 469.0 500 and under $0.25 30”x 42” 1015.6 501 - 800 0.50 36”x 44” NBT 801 = 1200 0.75 36”x 48” 1441.6 1201 and over 1.00 36’x 54” 1634.4 *Includes outside lettering. Approximate size only; to find exact measure- ments for placing outside lettering, see Fig. 3. By laying over the chart a special graph drawn on a transparent sheet, the cartographer can determine the price of the chart from its neatline dimensions. There is also available a template showing the sizes of paper and the dimensions of the neatlines as shown below. NEATLINE 1814" xX 25/4" NORMAL WORK SI ” EXTREME WORK SIZE 20 3/4" X_28" | 30” X 42" 367 X 44” SS) | 36” X 48” 36” X 54” PAPER SIZE 22" X_29" FIGURE 36— Chart Sizes and Prices 1A6 168 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL MAP SCALES AND EQUIVALENTS At One nautical mile = One statute mile = Seale Inches Centimeters Inches Centimeters 1:2,500 29.165 74.08 25.344 64.37 1:5,000 14.583 37.04 12.672 32.19 1:10,000 7.291 18.52 6.336 16.09 1:15,000 4.861 12.35 4.224 10.73 1:20,000 3.646 9.26 3.168 8.05 1:30,000 2.430 6.17 2.112 5.36 1:40,000 1.823 4.63 1.584 4.02 1:50,000 1.458 3.70 1.267 3.22 1:60,000 1.215 3.09 1.056 2.68 1:80,000 911 2.32 192 2.01 1:100,000 729 1.85 634 1.61 1:200,000 365 93 17 80 1:400,000 .182 46 158 m7) 1:500,000 -146 3t 127 fo, 1:1,000,000 073 19 .063 16 1:1,200,000 .061 15 053 13 A nautical mile is a minute of an average great circle of the earth, and its length is 6,076.11 feet, or 1,852.0 meters. A statute mile is 5,280 feet, or 1,609.3 meters. One meter equals 39.37 inches; 1 centimeter equals 0.3937 inch; 1 inch equals 2.54 centimeters. LOGARITHMIC SPEED SCALE 1 2 3 4 8 6 #7 8B 9 15 WM) 95 40 50 60 L L 1 JL Jt | SL malton NSzrest alli iin viealenaaliearavel | | | | | LI it i en jt Linh 1 ieee Eilean ead ee a To find SPEED, place one point of dividers on nautical miles run and the other on minutes run. right point on 60 and left point will then indicate speed in knots. Distance of Visibility of Objects at Sea Example: with 4.0 miles run in 15 minutes, the speed is 16.0 knots. The following table gives the approximate geographic range of visibility for an object which may be seen by an observer whose eye is at sea level; in practice, therefore, it is necessary to add to these a distance of visibility corresponding to the height of the observer’s eye above sea level. Height, feet Nautical Helght, Nautical Height, Nautical miles feet miles feet miles 2.8 48 7.9 220 17.0 3. 1 50 8. 1 240 e/a. Cf 3. 6 55 8.5 260 18.5 4.0 60 8.9 280 19. 2 4.3 65 9. 2 300 19.9 4.4 70 9.6 320 20. 5 4.6 75 9.9 340 ile 4.9 80 10. 3 360 21.7 5.1 85 10.6 380 22.3 5. 4 90 10.9 400 22.9 5.6 95 11.2 420 23. 5 5.8 100 11.5 440 24. 1 6.1 110 12.0 460 24. 6 6.3 120 12. 6 480 25. 1 6.5 130 13. 1 500 25. 6 6.7 140 13. 6 520 26. 1 6.9 150 14.1 540 26. 7 7.0 160 14.5 560 27.1 7.2 170 14.9 580 27. 6 7.4 180 15. 4 600 28. 0 7.6 190 15.8 620 28. 6 7.8 200 16. 2 640 29. 0 Height, feet 660 680 700 720 740 760 780 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980 1, 000 1, 200 1, 400 1, 600 1, 800 Nautical Height, Nautical miles feet miles 29. 4 2, 000 51. 2 29. 9 2, 200 53. 8 30. 3 2, 400 56. 2 30. 7 2, 600 58. 5 31.1 2, 800 60. 6 31.6 3, 000 62. 8 32.0 3, 200 64. 9 32. 4 3, 400 66. 9 32.8 3, 600 68. 6 33. 2 3, 800 70. 7 33. 6 4, 000 72.5 34. 0 4, 200 74. 3 34. 4 4, 400 76. 1 34. 7 4, 600 77.7 35. 2 4, 800 79. 4 35. 5 5, 000 81.0 35. 9 6, 000 88. 8 36. 2 7, 000 96. 0 39. 6 8, 000 102. 6 42.9 9, 000 108. 7 45. 8 || 10, 000 114.6 6 FIGURE 37— Tables Without changing divider spread, place APPENDIX 169 June 1963 LAND FEATURES 1. LANDMARKS - 6 pt. No. 2 Heavy Copperplate Gothic Condensed _______________________ _TOWER Congested areas - 6 pt. No. 3 Heavy Copperplate Gothic Condensed ____________________ TOWER 2. BRIDGE & OVERHEAD CABLE CLEARANCES - 6 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed______ DRAW BRIDGE 3. LIGHT NAMES - 6 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed________________________ BLOODY PT 4. RADIO, RADAR & TV STATIONS - 6 pt. News Gothic ~_--~___________ Eee ee ee = 2 RABN 5. LIGHT CHARACTERISTICS - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic _____ Se ee ee ee FIRE See BUILDING SJOBIECTINAMES="GiptNo 4 Lining Gothic==——— =o. 2s ees ee Lincoln Memorial 7. ELEVATION OF ROCKS THAT COVER & UNCOVER - 6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic. —~_______________ (1) See STRERDINAMES=-oipt NOs siMiehtlinesGoth ica = =a ee ee Main Avenue WATER FEATURES 9. BUOY CHARACTERISTICS - 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic _______ peepee A CVE ee a eT Pe ye F/G Ssec LO CHANNELINOTES 6 iptyormeipt aD rartstmemrSilivell| Cx meenaes meee nee ne et ne IE SAN ISS ier IXEDELOATINGZOBIECTS: “(6ipta Drattsmancsiltalic@= == = a ee ee FLOATING TARGET 12S UANDECONTOURS 8c ELEVATIONS)—6:pt. Drattsmanis |talic==== === ====_=—_2. 50 75 {25) 13. RANGES - 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic_______ Ses Se ee ee RANGE "A" TameSEGRORU DESCRIPTIONS —6 pt. Drattsmanisiltalic==—=— = === RED SECTOR eR ALS COURSES) =s6 pt. Draftsman siltalic= = ee eee Se ee = COURS A522 eR Ge OMOMEGHARAGIERISTICS= 71 pte Drattsman:siltalicue =e ee eee hrd hrd M S 7 RUNDERWATERSREATURES -e7aptDrattsmansiltalic= = Shoal Area Se GCOURSES:-e7sptDrattsmannySyltal ll Clo— ase et Se ee Ee ee ee eee Se eee 68/° TRUE 5.8M 1S OBIECTINAMESS(WATER)-s///pta|Draftsmants |talic= === en ee eee Canal Ditch 20. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY NAME - 6 pt. No. 3 Copperplate Gothic Bold Italic ________________ INTRACOASTAL WATE 7D EPTHECONTOURS:-) 5 pts\Clearfaceiltalicg= = —— == = Sa eee ee eee 5 10 15 20 MISCELLANEOUS _ 22. EXPLANATION NOTE REPLACING ABBREVIATION NOTE - 8 pt. Lining Gothic ____________________ For Symbols and-Ab 2 SeABBREVIATLONENOTE:— ol pty Noss iningaGoth Gt ee en ee ABBREVIATIONS (For 74m LDESNOTEZ-soypt No. Ss Lining Goth iCme = 2k eee ae 2 ee ee TIDAL INFORMATION 25. INDEX DIAGRAM CHART NOS. - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic —_~— — oo ee eee eee 395 940 26. INDEX DIAGRAM PROJECTION NOS. - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic_______ Bane Serene aes 50 A (AR ULAR ARE DOUES = is Nos 4! (Uintings Gouin a FISH TRAP AREAS 28. ALL NOTES ON MAGENTA PLATE - 7 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label) _—__§._->_-»_->»_»_>»_>_> Cable Area 29. RESTRICTED AREA - MAGENTA PLATE - 8 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label) _______>___=______ RESTRICTED AREA 30. PROHIBITED AREA - MAGENTA PLATE - 8 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label)_____»_»_»_>_»________ PROHIBITED AREA 31. JUNCTION NOTES - 7 pt. Drattsman’s Italic____ _ po et 2 Ble ee ee OINSEGHARIEe9D) 32 FGarsclG Sete GHARTINOSs =0245ptaaleighitalei tho psa ee a S u 494 33. ANCHORAGE AREA NOTES - MAGENTA PLATE - HEADING - 12 pt: Light Litho... ANCHORA NOTE - 8 pt. News Gothic_____}_> ot aber Eee SOE De. we ak _Limits and design 34. PROVISIONAL CHART - 10 pt. Light Litho_________ oe = s = PROVISIONA 35. PROJECTION NUMBERS - DEGREES - 12 pt. Light Litho__ z = 2245 36. PROJECTION NUMBERS - MINUTES - (Alone, with Degrees or Seconds) - 8 pt. Light Litho______ Ol’ 37. PROJECTION NUMBERS - SECONDS - (With Minutes) - 7 pt. Century Expanded ___________§__ 10” 38. PROJECTION SUB-DIVISION NUMBERS - SECONDS - 6 pt. No. 2 Light Copperplate Gothic________ 10” 39. CHART PRICE - 12 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed_______ i ae PRIGESS IFO os GUILE S 18 pt Const Guiven Wels ee (Robinson 41. GRID NOS. - 6pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed ._______ 10000 20000 42. SOUNDINGS IN FEET & CHART SCALE - 8 pt. News Gothic: Condensed_____________________~ SOUNDINGS IN FEET 43. EDITION DATES - (Bottom of Chart) - 8 pt. Lining Gothic__ ____ ee eee 2 isteedt Marea 44. YEAR DATE - 12 pt. News Gothic Condensed____ 5 = See et) 45. CHART CATALOG PAGE NO. - 6 pt. News Gothic ___ Sore. eee ee _—Catalog Page No. 5 46. EDITION DATE & MEDIUM - (Top of Chart) - 6 pt. News Gothic __ ____ aes. __——~Ilst Ed., Nov. 1874 FIGURE 38— Nautical Chart Fotosetter Type Guide OPTS, Ge: aD Ay ee ’ wi 171 CHART NO. 1 SEPTEMBER 1963 ABBREVIATIONS 172 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL GENERAL REMARKS Chart No. 1 contains the standard symbols and abbreviations which have been approved for use on nautical charts published by the United States of America. Symbols and abbreviations shown on Chart No. 1 apply to the regular nautical charts and may differ from those shown on certain reproductions and special charts. Terms, symbols and abbreviations are numbered in accordance with a standard form approved by a Resolution of the Sixth International Hydrographic Conference, 1952. Vertical figures indicate those items where the symbol and abbreviation are in accordance with the Resolutions of the International Hydrographic Conferences. Slanting figures indicate those items where the symbol and/or abbreviation differ from the Resolutions of the Conferences, or for which Resolutions do not yet exist. (Those items which differ from the Resolutions are underlined.) Slanting letters in parentheses indicate that the items are in addition to those shown on the approved standard form. Colors are optional for characterizing various features and areas on the charts. Lettering styles and capitalization as used on Chart No. 1 are not always rigidly adhered to on the charts. Longitudes are referred to the Meridian of Greenwich. Scales are computed on the middle latitude of each chart, or on the middle latitude of a series of charts. Buildings - A conspicuous feature on a building may be shown by a landmark symbol with descriptive note (See L-63 & I-n). Prominent buildings that are of assistance to the mariner are crosshatched (See I-38a,5,47 & 66). Shoreline is the line of Mean High Water, except in marsh or mangrove areas, where the outer edge of vegetation (berm line) is used. A heavy line (A-9) is used to represent a firm shoreline. A light line (A-7) represents a berm line. Heights of land and conspicuous objects are given in feet above Mean High Water, unless otherwise stated in the title of the chart. Depth Contowrs and Soundings may be shown in meters on charts of foreign waters. Visibility of a light is in nautical miles for an observer's eye 15 feet above water level. Buoys and Beacons - On entering a channel from seaward, buoys on starboard side are red with even numbers, on port side black with odd numbers. Lights on buoys on starboard side of channel are red or white, on port side white or green. Mid-channel buoys have black-and-white vertical stripes. Junction or obstruction buoys, which may be passed on either side, have red-and-black horizontal bands. This system does not always apply to foreign waters. The dot of the buoy symbol, the small circle of the light vessel and mooring buoy symbols,and the center of the beacon symbol indicate their positions. Improved channels are shown by limiting dashed lines, the depth, month, and the year of latest examination being placed adjacent to the channel, except when tabulated. U.S. Coast Pilots, Sailing Directions, Light Lists, Radio Aids, and related publications furnish information required by the navigator that cannot be shown conveniently on the nautical chart. U.S. Nautical Chart Catalogs and Indexes list nautical charts, auxiliary maps, and related publications, and include general information (marginal notes, etc.) relative to the charts. A glossary of foreign terms and abbreviations is generally given on the charts on which they are used, as well as in the Sailing Directions. Charts already on issue will be brought into conformity as soon as opportunity affords. Section GHAPOVOZE MP AUM TASH VOW > NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page The Coastline (Nature of the Coast)......0.00.0cccccccccccesessereeeseeeeseeees 174 (COASTHNCALULES: Mae et omelet incr ete betr, cee eee neem sn Rete 175 Rheycandi(Naturalebeatunes) ss ene ee eee eee 175 CONEEO] FE OTIS eee rere an ee are cee, cs one Metenc sv srees teases 176 MUS ORES) a i A Lak a le a SR RA eae a aR 8 176 Adjectives, Adverbs, and other abbreviations. ........0..0..0ccccccce. 176 Rontsvand pel arbors eee neste cere een csc ogee aa coe ele Wee Topography (Artificial Features).....0000.0.000.0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 178 Buildingssand Structuresas srs we... ee 179, 180 Miscellaneous Stations.sere 2 nln, 180 | EG AES) SO a a AS ee 181, 182 Buoysiand Beaconsra eee ernie seat seston eer 182, 183 IREVGUI) Bravo UNPAVOERTP ISREEN IOV TS, usecdecsocaseducucndntonberonastiroseseiineaosebadonaeceaoseest 184 HOR STON St Eek ec ees Ane has 2 core aemene ae 184 Dain Gers 2 2... yh eae aE sO NN Sides eas Tyo Se Pk 185 Warlousilimits etc hetenesasamcn cit) Poy J1U Meta neon Ae cl 186 SOUNGIN GS)... eee arene we See te ts. Meee Un 8... 186 ID yeyoytl on (CovanWONeNes GAG | TNT AES oe ieoemmctecaccencsebncdocendovescee secotbeodeLeenceecatoco: 187 Quality of the Bottom. e000... as ee ies: ee 187 dudesiand Currents): Acre cor eet oe eee. nk eR On ns on os, 188 Compass 24s... Sepesac Mae nes re tS meek abd ARGO ES 188 indexvor Ab breviationses ee ete ee 189 - 192 173 174 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL 7 Mangrove Lle Sand and mud high low 2 Steep coast (Bluff) 8 Surveyed coastline ; es 2a Flat coast 9 High water line lg SoA oe ania Cif extensive ) 12 Breakers along a shore r Cliffy. coast 10 Low water line (See 0-25) 11 Foreshore (Strand in general) | 22 Rocky coast 4 Sandhills, Dunes 14 Limit of unsurveyed areas 11b Sand eee : (Aa) Rubble L1c Stones; Shingle; or Gravel Sei aes 11d Fock, uncovers at soundin Ab) Shoreline fr /der s\ ‘S Or 6 Sandy shore datum (See A-/lg) 2 ne “Grelliseels Goes Pe NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Gulf PH Bayou 1/(/ 5d Nipa palm Fjord \ 16 Lagoon (Lag) Loch; Lough; Wee | Lake Se Filao Creek iG} HK Symbol used MWe WSSSSSEES SS in small areas Inlet 24609 : / WH 5f Casuarina Strait | q ; Sound y Passage; Pass Contac 3 2 7 Therefore la approximate’ (Contours)| 6 Cultivated fields 17 Marsh; Swamp Channel Narrows Entrance : 6a Grass fields Estuary Delta 7 | Rice Mouth 7 Paddy (rice) fields Road; Roadstead Anchorage : _ Harbor Ne j 7a Park: Garden Haven Port Pond Form lines, no definite | 8 Bushes Island 28 interval /slet Archipelago Tree plantation Peninsula ig in general Cape : Promontory Head; Headland Point Mountain; Mount Frange Valley Summit , Peak 3 Glacier Volcano " . ree top elevation ve me (above height datum) Boulder : : Landing Table-land (Plateau) Fock /solated rock 5 /solated trees Stream River Slough 2 Lagoon Deciduous or of unknown 5a or _ unspecified type 4 Saltpans Approaches 5b Coniferous 5c Palm tree 175 176 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Control Points - (Dp Obs Spot BM See View Bdy. Mon Triangulation pont (station) Fixed point (landmark) (See L-63) Summit of height (Peak) (when not a landmark) Peak, accentuated by contours Peak, accentuated by hachures Peak, elevation not determined Peak, when a landmark Observation spot Bench mark View point Datum point for grid of a plan Graphical triangulation point Astronomical Triangulation Corps of Engineers Great trigonometrical survey station Traverse station Boundary monument International boundary monument Units Hour Minute (of time) Second (of time) Meter Decimeter Centimeter Millimeter Sguare meter Cubic meter Kilometer Inch Foot Yard Fathom Cable length Nautical mile Knot Ton T (Ea) (Eb) No St. M Msec (fewcandee) Latitude Longitude Publication Edition Correction Altitude Height; Elevation Degree Minute (of arc) Second (of arc) Number Statute mile Microsecond F Adjectives, Adverbs ¢ _and other abbreviations ik Gap Great Zieallit Little 3 lhnsy Large 4 smi Sma// 5 Outer 6 Inner 7 mid Middle 8 Old 9 anc Ancient 10 New TI Sit Saint 12 conspic Conspicuous 13 Remarkable 14 _—sCOD$D.., Dees Destroyed 15 Projected 16 dist Distant HY, abt About 18 See chart 18a See plan 19 Lighted; Luminous 20 ~~ sub Submarine 21 Eventua/ 22 ABRO Aeronautical 23 Higher 24 exper Experimental 25 discontd Discontinued 26 prohib Prohibited 27 —explos Explosive 28 estab Established 29 elec Electric 30 priv Private, Privately 31 prom Prominent 32 std Standard 33 =subm Submerged 34 approx Approximate (Fa) unverd Unverified (Fb) AUTH Authorized (Fo) cL Clearance (Fd) maintd Maintained (Fe) aband Abandoned (Ff) cor Corner (Fg) concer Concrete (Fh) fil Flood (Fi) — extr Extreme (Fj) mod Moderate (Fk) bet Between (FD 1sv First (Fm) 2nd Second (Fn) 3rd Third (Fo) 4th Fourth NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Anch Anch Hbr 8a 10 (Ge) 14 14a 14b 15a ANCHORAGE | ANCH | PROHIBITED | PROHIB i Disposal Area H \Depths from survey | of June 1963 i \ 95 I je ee LEY ft PNT Fsh stks Anchorage (large vesse/s) Anchorage (sma// vesse/s) Harbor Haven Port Breakwater Dike Mole Jetty (partly below MHW) Submerged jetty Jetty (small scale) Pier Spit Groin (partly below MHW) Anchorage prohibited (See P-25) Spoil ground Dumping ground Disposal area Fisheries, Fishing stakes Fish trap; Fish weirs (actual shape charted) Duck blind Tunny nets (See G-/4a) Oyster bed Landing place Watering place Wharf Quay Ports and Harbors ° Dol Quar Harbor Master Cus. Ho B. Hor. Health Office ==S> (ae Hk | PROHIBITED! PROHIB pete AREA _ 3 AREA Berth Anchoring berth Berth number Dolphin Bollard Mooring ring Crane Landing stage Landing stairs Quarantine Lazaret Harbor master's office Customhouse Fishing harbor Winter harbor Refuge harbor Boat harbor Stranding harbor (uncovers at LW) Dock Dry dock (actual shape on large-scale charts) Floating dock(actua/shape' on large-scale charts) Gridiron; Careening grid Patent slip; Slipway; Marine railway Ramp Lock (point upstream) ee H-/3) Wet dock Shipyard Lumber yard Health officer's office Hulk (actual shape on Irg. scale charts) (See O-/1) Prohibited area Anchorage for seaplanes Seaplane landing area Work in progress Under construction Submerged ruins = Ve. 178 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL H. Topography (Artificial Features) Small-scale chart Bridge i BR) in general 1 Road(Rd) or Highway (Hy) la SSS 14a Stone, concrete bridge (Same as H-/4) 2 Track, Footpath, or Trai/ Wooden bridge (Same as H-/4) Iron bridge (Same as H-/4) Suspension bridge (Same as H-/4) paises a Drawbridge (in genera!) 14b 14c Same grade Ry. above Ry. below 14d 3 Failway(Ry) (single or double track), Railroad (RR) 3a Tramway 15 3b Frai/way station _ I) 56 3c Tunnel (railroad or road) vonubufiansenany scence 16a 3d Embankment, Levee 3e Cutting 16b — Swing bridge (Same as H-/5) Lift bridge Weighbridge or Bascule bridge | « Overhead power cable (oVHD. PWR. CAB’) aes v7 Pontoon bridge 5 Power transmission line Transporter bridge (Same as H-/4) 5a Power transmission mast 18 6 Prominent telegraph or telephone line | 18a Bridge clearance, vertica/ 7 Agueduct; Water pipe [east 18b = Bridge clearance, horizonta/ 8 Viaduct — cae &2 0 pceine SaaemabSSSSSSS 19 Sev op °° ° ile Piling Post wp Ford 9 Pile; Piling, Post (above MHW) (See L-59, O-30) i i 9a Mast 21 Dam or aaa IF - 10 Highway (See H-/) 22 _ Fence 23 Training wall (Ha) Log boom Log boom 13 Canal; Ditch; Lock; Sluice (point upstream) NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3 Vil 3a 4 Cas sii @o 6 7 8 eG Ch 8a ca Cath Co a or) > wn no} = o 1 Rls Sh Pag la ~ 2g City or Town (large scale) City or Town (small scale) Suburb Village Buildings in general Castle House Villa Farm Church Cathedral Spire; Steeple Christian Shrine Roman Catholic Church Temple Chape/ Mosque; Minaret Moslem Shrine Marabout Pagoda Buddhist Temple; Joss-House Shinto Shrine Monastery ; Convent Calvary; Cross Cemetery, Non-Christian Cemetery, Christian Tomb Fort (actual shape charted) Battery (Same as |-/9) Barracks Powder magazine Airplane landing field Airport, large scale (See P-/3) Airport, military (small scale) Airport, civil (small scale) Mooring mast Street 28 Tel. Off 29 P.O 30 Govt. Ho Cf) aaa Sens Witator a4 (Oa Pay) 45 Osvrire Stine so |G 47 53 © Ghanem Avenue Boulevard Telegraph Telegraph office Post office Government house Town hall Hospital Slaughterhouse Magazine Warehouse; Storehouse Monument Cupola Elevator; Lift Elevation; Elevated Shed Zinc roof Ruins Tower Windmil/ Watermill Chimney; Stack Water tower. Standpipe Oi! tank Factory Saw mill Brick kiln Mine ; Quarry Well Cistern Tank Noria Fountain We 180 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL IL. Buildings and Structures (continued) pau a oka el 71 ry eo Gas tank; Gasometer 61 Inst Institute 72 ‘cas Gable 62 Establishment 73 Wall 63 Bathing establishment (li) Ltd Limited 64 Ct Ho Courthouse (ij) Apt Apartment 65 i Sch Schoo/ (Ik) Cap Capitol (Ig) iP H.S High schoo/ dv Co Company (Ih) Univ — University (Im) Corp Corporation 66 = B Bldg Building (In) © Landmark (conspicuous object) 67 Pav Pavilion Co) i Landmark (position approx.) 68 Hut 69 Stadium GO T Telephone Bs | AW Miscellaneous Stations 1 Sta Any kind of station 13 Tide signal station 2 Sta Station 14 Stream signal station 3 eee Coast Guard station 15 Ice signal station (Similar to LS. S.) 16 Time signal station (Ja) ng Coast Guard station 17 Time ball (when landmark) 18 Ore One Signal mast 4 Lookout station: Watch tower | 19 i Flagstatf; Flagpole : : oe 5 Lifeboat station (Jc) ‘Or. tr. ont, Flag tower 6 Lifesaving station 20 Signal (See J-3) 21 Obsy Observatory 7 Rkt. Sta Afocket station 22 Off Office 8 Pilot station (Jd) BELL Bel! (on land) g) Signal station (Je) ~HECP Harbor entrance contro/ post 10 Sem Semaphore 11 S. Sig Sta Storm signal station 12 Weather signal station (Jb) Weather Bureau signal station | 13 14 15 16 I7 21 22 23 24 24a (Kb) 25a 26 27 28 28a NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Lights Lt. Ho @acro @ @:. Gp FI S-L Fl Position of light Light * Fiprap surrounding light Lighthouse Aeronautical light (See F-22) Marine and air navigation light Light beacon Light vessel. Lightship Lantern Street lamp Reflector Leading light Sector light = Directional light Harbor light Fishing light Tidal light Private light (maintained by Private interests; to be used with caution) Fixed light Occulting light Flashing light Quick flashing (scintillating) light Interrupted quick flashing light Equal interval (isophase) light Short flashing light Alternating light Group occulting light Group flashing light Short-long flashing light Group short flashing light (Ko) (Kd) (Ke) 45 46 46a 47 48 49 50 Si 52 61 m. min SEC Vi Am OBSC Fog Det Lt Fixed and flashing light Fixed and group flashing light Revolving or Rotating light Morse code Period Every With Visible (range) Nautical mile (See E-//) Minutes (See E-2) Seconds (See E-3) Flash Occu/tation Eclipse Group Intermittent light Sector Color of sector Auxiliary light Varied Violet Purple Blue Green Orange Red White Amber Obscured light Fog detector light (See Nb) 181 182 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Lights (continued) Unwatched light 79 Front light Occas Occasional light 80 Vert Vertical lights Irreg Irregular light 81 Hor Horizontal lights Prov Provisional light (Kh) VB Vertical beam Temp Temporary light (Ki) AGE Range D:Destr Destroyed (Ky) Exper Experimental light Exting Extinguished light (Kk) TRLB Temporarily replaced by i lighted buoy showing the Faint light same characteristics (KD TRUB Temporarily replaced by Upper light unlighted buoy Lower light (Km) TLB Temporary lighted buoy Fear light (Kn) TUB Temporary unlighted buoy oe Buoys and Beacons (see General Remarks) 1 ° Position of buoy 6 § ae Port-hand buoy (entering from a = seaward) 2 6 Light buoy HG Gre pre Bifurcation buoy (RBHB) 3 Ope Beaeey 1g 95 Pre Junction buoy (RBHB) 3a Pcone Gong buoy 19 Ge pre Isolated danger buoy (RBHB) 4 Bums Whistle buoy 20 bre Ye Wreck buoy (RBHB or G) 5 Be Can or Cylindrical buoy 20a Gre Ye Obstruction buoy (RBHB or G) 6 Ow Nun or Conical buoy 21 2 Teh Telegraph-cable buoy g p SP Spherical buoy op 2- 6 Mooring buoy (colors of moor- = ing buoys never carried) 8 Os Spar buoy 22a Mooring 8a Pp Pillar buoy 25) we Je/ Mooring buoy with telegraphic b 22b communications Qs Buoy with topinark (ba//) pe ST Mooring buoy with telephonic (See L-70) = communications 10 2 Barrel or Ton buoy 23 g Warping buoy 24 by Quarantine buoy Exph (La) gp Color unknown 25 Cee Explosive anchorage buoy (Lb) « FLOAT Float 25a Paro Aeronautical anchorage buoy 12 1017 Lightfloat 26 — « Deviation Compass adjustment buoy 13 Gwin or lancri lava 27 Paw Fish trap buoy (BWHB) 14 Daw Fairway buoy (BWVS) 27a B Spoil ground buoy l4a Baw Mid-channe/ buoy (BWVS) 28 id Anchorage buoy (marks limits) 6% Starboard-hand buoy (entering i) Private buoy (maintained by pri- 15 Gon from seaward) 29° LY Priv maintd vate interests, use with caution) NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS (Le) oe ca La iy a 42 B 43 R 44 y 45 N G 46 Br 47 Gy 48 = Bu (Ld) Am (Le) Or a | ABW AW) Mg, 52% ABn ABn (Lf) Owarker 53 Bn Temporary buoy (See Kk,/,m,n) Winter buoy Buoys and Beacons (continued) 56 A Devation Cardinal marking system Compass adjustment beacon Horizontal stripes or bands Vertical stripes Checkered Diagonal buoy White Black Red Yellow Green Brown Gray Blue Amber Orange Floating beacon Fixed beacon (unlighted or daybeacon) Black beacon Color unknown Private aid to navigation Beacon, in genera/ (See L-52) Tower beacon Topmarks (See L-9, 70) Telegraph-cable (landing) 58 beacon aetes Piles (See 0-30, H-9) Blae | Stakes 59 ° Stumps Stumps (See 0-30) heed: Perches . Ee Bo. 62 Painted patches 63 © Landmark (conspicuous object) (See D-2) (Lg) | Landmark (position approximate) 64 REF Reflector 65 Range targets, markers WO, WO, (Lh) Bue 2 ‘ Special-purpose buoys 70 Note: — TOPMARKS on buoys and beacons may be shown on charts of foreign waters. The abbreviation for black is not shown adjacent to buoys or beacons. (Li) Y* Ra Ref Radar reflector (See M-/3) 184 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Radio and Radar Stations 10 Il GUN SUB-BELL SUB-BELL SUB-OSC NAUTO DIA GUN S/REN Fradio telegraph station Fradio telephone station Fradiobeacon 14 Circular radiobeacon 14a Directional radiobeacon; 15 D.F.S Fradio range Rotating /oop radiobeacon Radio direction finding station Telemetry antenna Fradio mast Radio tower Television tower Radio broadcasting station (commercia/) Q.7.G. Radio station Fradar station Fog Signals Ra (conspic) Fradar responder beacon Radar reflector (See Lj) Fradar conspicuous object Famark Distance finding station (synchronized signa/s) Aeronautical radiobeacon Aeronautical radio range Radar calibration beacon Consol (Consolan) station | Loran station (name) Loran tower (name) Fradio calling-in point for traffic contro/ | Fog-signal station 12 HORN Fradio fog-signal station 13 HORN Explosive fog signal 14 BELL Submarine fog signal 15 WHIS Submarine fog bell 16 HORN (action of waves) Submarine fog bell 17 GONG (mechanica/) Submarine oscillator 18 Nautophone 18a Diaphone Fog gun (Na) HORN Fog siren (Nb) Fog Det Lt Fog trumpet Fog horn Fog bell Fog whistle Freed horn Fog gong Submarine sound signal not connected to the shore (See N-5,6, 7) Submarine sound signal connected to the shore (See N-5,6, 7) Typhon Fog detector light (See Kf) NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS O. Dangers ~—— Pres) 11 ae. Wreck showing any portion of hull or Fock which does not cover superstructure above sounding datum (elevation above MHW) ‘543 Obstr 27 Obstruction _ 28 Wreck (See O-// to /6) “H+! Masts * Uncov 2 ft 3: Uncov 2 ft Z € 12 Wreck with only masts visible above sounding datum * (2) (2) 29 Wreckage 29a Wreck remains (dangerous 2 Fock which covers and uncovers,| 73 only for anchoring) with height in feet above chart (sounding) datum Old symbols for wrecks Da Subm piles +4 13a Wreck always partially submerged He 30 Submerged piling (See H-9, L-59) 3 Rock awash at the level of chart (sounding) datum 14 Sunken wreck which may be dangerous to surface navigation (See O-6a) * Snags “Stumps — When rock of 0-2 or O-3 1s con- an 30a Snags, Submerged stumps sidered a danger to navigation ‘Shiwe (See L-59) 15 Wreck over which depth is known| 31 Lesser depth, possible | 4 Sunken rock with less than 6 feet of water over it (Same as O-26) 32 Uncov Dries(See A-/O; O-2, /O) ene 33 Cov Covers (See O-2, /O) 34 Uncov Uncovers : (See A-/O, O-2, /O) 5 Sunken rock with between 6 and 33 ft. of water over it (Same as O-26) 16 Sunken wreck, not dangerous to surface navigation Shoa/ sounding on isolated rock (replaces symbo/) Sunken rock with more than Tide Rips — ae Ra = 35 ~~ Reported (with name and date) 6 feet of water over it 18 Overfalls or Symbol used only (Same as 0-26) 36 Disco! Discolored (See O-9) 37 /solated danger Tide rips in small areas 21 2\ 2\ 5 © 2bRe = 2LWk — 2 Obs ir Eis Pee Se 6a Sunken danger with depth cleared ; . by wire drag (in feet or-fathoms), 19 Eddies Baier cs Reef Kelp << << Symbol used only 7 20 Kelp, Seaweed in small areas Reef of unknown extent 41 PA Position approximate 42 PD Position doubtful 43) ED. Existence doubtful 44 P Pos Position 45 D Doubtful Sub Vol Submarine volcano Bk Bank 22 Sh/l_ Shoal 23 Ff Reef (See A-//d,/19;0-/0) 23a Ridge 24 Le Ledge 8 SES ‘_? Discol Water 9 Discolored water t.} Subm CICrib oho

hs R'6' R'6' OF 2 asec ree R"6" R'6' &é: R 3sec cc 3sec R'6" R''6" & FIR é FI Lighted Bell or Gong — R'6 R'6 TR 4sec BELL é& 4sec BELL R'6" R"6 icc R 3sec BELL &é:. 3sec BELL om Ous frye k FIR BELL Qk Fl BELL Lighted Whistle or Horn Re" R"6" 1R 4sec WHIS Fl4sec WHIS R'6" R' Occ R 3sec WHIS Occ Jsec WHIS R'6" R'6! k FIR WHIS é: FI WHIS Combination lighted buoys may contain both light and BELL, GONG, WH/S or HORN. Lights on buoys are white unless otherwise indicated. Lighted Mooring Buoy @ A FI"c" = 150 el FI G 3sec @p Fl May be used as prefix é "DH Q ° Qk FI A FIR 4sec Lightship One to any color light sepa BRENTON REEF Wie Cn @o: 4sec 13M DIA Gp Occ 12sec Lighted buoyage of the United States with explanation of their standard chart symbols and abbreviations. Light characteristics do not apply to Mississippi River System. os ——,, aa NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Unlighted Spar, Nun, and Can Buoys ; PORT SIDE For JUNCTIONS or OBSTRUCTIONS STARBOARD SIDE Entering from seaward (read up) Red and Black Horizontal Bands Entering from seaward (read up) Color: BLACK Numbers: ODD Numbers: NONE Color: RED Numbers: EVEN Where preferred channel Where preferred channel Spay is to STARBOARD is to PORT Spar the topmost band is BLACK the topmost band is RED Spar Spar nage a | I A wae ras . RB RB RB RB a I: IE Lt For MID-CHANNEL or FAIRWAY Black and White Vertical Stripes Can Numbers: NONE Nun Spar Nun Can i : é 1] iY : i | ‘i pew me ~ gew ie gsw i °C eS oN Checkered Buoys | b, 8 K Typical Sound Buoys Bell or Gong A gels" Bell or Gong a Sei. or GONG BELL or GONG No special shapes Numbers: NONE Buoy colors same as for unlighted buoys, as shown above. JUNCTIONS, MIDDLE GROUNDS and OBSTR. Bell or Gong Whistle or Horn 195 Whistle or Horn Whistle or Horn gre a Bw"aA" BELL or GONG BELL or GONG gre gewra" e WHIS or HORN e WHIS or HORN Checkered Buoys oer" gi" . ENS or HORN Qoeer or GONG Cass or HORN WHIS or HORN Buoys Marking Special Areas No special shapes or numbers Special Quarantine Anchorage Anchorage ea Net Purpose Dredging old i gow : Wr | pYeLLow gwnire B i \? GREEN J 6, ies Spherical Buoy w"A" Mooring Buoy Unlighted buoyage of the United States with explanation of their standard chart symbols and abbreviations. 196 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL TYPES OF AIDS TO NAVIGATION INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY GREEN ~ — REFLECTOR WHITE OR GREEN LIGHTS, FIXED OR FLASHING REAR FRONT C@yay > SPECIAL|RANGES| SPAR | DAYBEACONS SLATTED, PILE SKELETON (S) ROUND, | BUOY | Pointer | Daymark} DOLPHIN STRUCTURES STRUCTURES CAN OVAL OR | 2nd.-4th. Dayinark me anaceteny BUOY |DIAMOND| Class added where needed. Border and number on ‘ 4 Daymark where used. a (Gust: 405, ko, 0S 17 Avie Aicy ® Fl 2sec “45” @. G 5sec"17" ® Fey ® FEMS? PORT * ide of channel (Black with Odd Numbers) entering from north and east and traversed to south and west respectively. yy RED - REFLECTOR WHITE OR RED LIGHTS, FIXED OR FLASHING SPECIAL|RANGES|} SPAR | DAYBEACONS SLATTED, PILE SKELETON (S) ROUND, | BUOY | Pointer | Daymark DOLPHIN STRUCTURES STRUCTURES NUN | OVAL OR |2nd.-4th. Ibayrari (show catiat} BUOY |DIAMOND] Class added where needed.” Border and number, on R R R R R R jaymark where used. e N“/2" Any” AG hia Ang AY a ® Fl 2sec"14” @ FIR 5sec"12” @ F "6" Fe IR 2? ide of channel (Red with Even Numbers) entering from north and east and traversed to south and west respectively. = THE ICW AIDS ARE CHARACTERIZED BY THE YELLOW BORDER AA 197 NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ILLUSTRATING THE SYSTEM OF DUAL-PURPOSE MARKING WHERE THE ICW AND OTHER WATERWAYS COINCIDE LRWAY > SS NTRACOAS TAL Wy 2 -~ FIG 3sec A on RED and J on BLACK for common section SKETCH A: ICW joins another waterway, which is numbered from seaward, at buoy No. 2 and is common with it to buoy No. 9. ICW numbers and yellow borders are omitted in this sec- tion but the A or O is used on the regular aids to designate the ICW. 193" ° = a> A on BLACK and [J on RED / Proceeding south and west |JREFLECTORS on beacons are ’ RED on starboard side and GREEN on port side. for common section SKETCH B: ICW joins another waterway at buoy No. 8 and is common with it to buoy No. 3. This section is numbered in the opposite di- rection to that of the ICW. The ICW num- bers and yellow borders are omitted from the regular aids but a A or O is shown to desig- nate the ICW. Pet i eeteeny Hanh hy nd ea INDEX 199 INDEX References to figures in the Appendix (pgs. 129-169) and to illustrations on Chart No. 1, Nautical Chart Symbols and Abbreviations (pgs. 171-179) are listed in parentheses in this Index. A Page Abbreviations (Chart No. 1)__-_.-_--_------ 189 Bottom characteristics (S)_..._...-_-__-_- 187 Buildings and structures (I)___------- 179, 180 Buoys: (1s) eae ewee eee eee ee 182, 183 Coastitea tures (3) Bese eae eee 175 Compass)points|(U) See 2 seen eee eee 188 Controlipoints? (D) Sas e ese 176 Dangersy(O) Peles Hee oe ese Seen 185 Descriptive adjectives (F)___---_---_-_- 176 hogisignalsy((N) Sse.) oe eee one 184 Harbors: (G) esate 2s 2 ee eee 177 Thightss(kG) pees os ees ss as eee Seb es 181, 182 Miscellaneous stations (J)___---_-_-___-_ 180 Radio and radar stations (M)__-_-_-__-_- 184 Tidestandicurrents) (D)eosssse sees ee ee ee 188 Mopography, (EL) Pees ee eee eee 178 Units, time, distance (E)______________- 176 Adjectives, abbreviations (F)_______________ 176 ANGIOININPAChArts =e ee se ee eee eee 32 INV AN CeENCOD Vee ee ae ee ee eee 40 INGVanCeNMAnUSClip tases oe ee ae 40 Advance notification of issue of charts_______ 18 Advance print 2222 n. ee Leis Sa case 40 Nerialjphotopraphs same e se eae eee 19 Aero (Bigs: 1524) (K—4) e222 eee 81 Aeronautical charts, elevations. ____._-_____- 46 Selecting new numbers_--------------_-- 20 Aeronautical lights (Figs. 1, 24) (K—4)_-____- 85 Aeronautical radiobeacons, radio ranges (M-— IMCRMid) see Sere rey eS Pee eee 30 INI ARPT OOL Ls ee tea ai hed ee ea ee 3, 16 Current corrections_-_------------------ 7, 16 Aids Section New Charts and corrections checked_-___ 77 Rocks, shoals, landmarks (see Notice to Mariners) 220 29 eo ea ES ae 18 FATS HCONNA Va ea bL OMe a eee ere 77-88 NIDSP roots eee ee NR ees ee RS 3, 16 Buoys (Figs. 1, 21) (L) (Chart No. 1— Lighted and unlighted buoyage) - _____-_ 81, 82 Characteristics and numbers------------ 79-81 Characteristics of lights, coastwise naviga- Gionees eee ee 5 Ue ee eee 79 Daybeacons (-52) =e 82 Page Aids to navigation—Continued Distance finding stations (Fig. 24) (M- VD) Sebastes So ssse se est se ss aeese 84 Bixed eeu see gi tse se sk see ae 77-80 Rogisignalsn(N) 232-248 eee 83 iHandicorrections=eeee sess eee 7 HOM te aaec ee bos oe ee ee 83 Intracoastal Waterway charts___________ 17, 18 Thightfloats) (12) 22252 es sss eee 83 Lights (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K)__________ 78-80 Light sector (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4)________ 83 Lightships (Fig. 24) (K-6)_____________- 83 Whore os scct ee soscsesase see ee 86 Magenta discs (Fig. 1).--.------------- 78, 81 Names of unnumbered lights____________ 79 iINewsC harts\2e2220s 262 SS eee ae 5, 78 Omissions, buoy characteristics__________ 81 Omissions, light characteristics_-__-__-____ 79 Omitted on overlapping charts__--_--___- 17 Plotting, colors used__------------------ 77-82 Private aids (K-17; L-Lf)_-----------_-- 47-85 Racin gsbuoyseeeee esse ee ee eee 82 Radiobeacons (Figs. 1, 24) (M-3, 4, 5) -_- 84 Stationibuoys@ ee - a= ee ee ee 83 shemporanyadelectsees= = === a= == ae 78 Airport (Fig. 20) (I-23, 24, Ic, Id)_---------- 49 Alternate course, channel (P—Pa)____-____--- 186 AmberilightsS3 42 seo oe ee eS ee 79 Anchorage areas (Figs. 1, 18, 14) (P—12)___-_- 20 Explosives: (Bignl4) 2225522 5— 25 ss=—— 145 Standard notes (Figs. 12-14) _-___--- 143-145 Anchorage buoy (I-28)_---------------- 182 Anchorsgelchart lesa. === = === a 17 Anchorage charts (see Cable or Pipelines) - - - - 21 Anchorages (Figs. 1, 12-14) (G—1, 2; P-12)__-_ 17 Prohibited (G-12; P-25)_-_-_--------- 21 Seaplanel(R=9) See ane e ee ae ee 20 Annual reports of Corps of Engineers (see OriginaliSources) ae see ee 14 Ares of visibility (see Light Sector) ---------- Atlantic and Gulf Coast charts Plane of reference for soundings--------- 51 Reference note, Intracoastal Waterway Charts) (Higsal3) =e ee 144 Authorityanovesee sess en = eee eee 31 200 B Page Bar \oystersh\2 oes eens eee ane eee 65, 69 Basculelbridee) (EH 16b) a aaa= eee ae 35 Basicyrequirements esse ee eee eee 15 Basic surveys, hydrographic__-_---_-------_- 50 Chartinoamia teri alee a een 13 When not available (see Wire-Drag Sur- VEY) eis SS te peice Saree eee 51 Basket for clearance depth (O—6a)_--------_. 51 Bathymetric compilations- -_---------------- 112 Beacons (i) 2 see eee sae ae eee 77-85 Bearings, plotting (see Compass Roses) - - - -- - 10 Bed aT) ee a eh I OI es es 83 BellibuoyGi=3))22 Sess Bose See aes 182 Benchimarks@D—5)=- Seer eae eee 176 Berm line (see High Water Line)__-____..-___ 41 Berth numbers (G—20b) (Fig. 14)_.-_-----_- 177 Bessel’s spheroid (see Geographic Datums) - - - 8 Blueprints: 322. sess 2beo ses eo ee eee 16 Clarification for microfilm_-_-_-.-______-- 17 Disposition notations______------------- 16 SIS CO yes ee ee 36 Rectangular coordinates___.___-_____- 101-104 Bluesring copys s2 202 os ae 28 5 Blue tint (see Tints in Water Areas) ______-_- 62 Wireckst2.5+ 52.55 SSeS See se Spe yan 70 Bluektintiomitted sess === === === === ee 62 Blufisi(A=2)\ Geese es. ae eee ee eee 44 iBoatpharbor(G—33) see eee eee 134 Boom logy (H=Ha) esa oe a ee ee 178 Borders) (igs els S— 5) eee ree meee ae eee 12 INeatlinen (hi oeplhno— 5) See 12 Scales (Bigs 6) eea=: eae ae oe eee 12 State plane coordinate ticks (Fig. 4) ----- 11 Subdivisions (Figs. 4, 4A)_-_-_---------- 12 Bottom characteristics (S)__---------+-----— 74 Within compass roses__-_--------------- 55 Boundaries: International (Fig. 1) (P—16)____-_---- 186 Stater (Higa) (R16) aee= eee s= see 186 Breakers) (A=12)"'0—-25)iee saa te 2 = hee ee 23 iBreakwatersh (G6) eeee see ee ee 47 Bridges (Hl) 52s ese eee eke Dae ee See 33 iBascule(H—16b) esses ees ee ee ee eee 35 @lesrance:file2-"t 42. 25-82 s- 233 Seeees 33 Clearance notes (Fig. 19)____-___--_---- 33 Draws (H=1'5) 2 s5 = ae ee eee 33 1oyb<2xo l(c Coa eke Re eee ee 33 Horizontal clearance (H—-18b)___.._______ 33-35 Vifti (=a) ses 58 ee ees ee eee 35 Opening obscured by landmark symbol-___ 24 Rontoone (E17) eee a 35 IRemovableis pa reese aa eae 35 Retractile so a6 ee ae Se ees ce eee ee 35 Swings (H—16) es sao ees ees ee 35 Vertical clearance (H—-18a)_____________- 33-35 Weighbridge (H—16b)__--__----__--__-- 178 Bridge clearances (H—18a, 18b)___________--- 33-35 DT ey Ae ne a Rs de SE See ee 33 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page Bridge list, Corps of Engineers______________ 33 Broadcastingistavlons=seeee eee eee eae 29 Building si (3 ato) eee eee ae ae 28, 49 Buoys (L) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and un- lighted ib woiy2 ge) meee eee 81, 83 Wlongichanne|sies === see 77, 78, 82 Buoys and characteristics on Compilations_ 81 Buoys and characteristics on Drawings__ 81 Characteristics, type (Fig. 21) --__---__- 81 Coloraiise S22 BS Nes Se ale ee eee 81 Bishitrap (areas os seus.) Sats ee eee 82 Light; @i-2)ese eee eee seen eee ere 81 Marking two channels (Chart No. 1— Buoyage) 2. - ss aa eee oe ee ee 197 Mooring) (i225 to.22¢) eee ee 81-82 Omissions of characteristics__-----_-_-_-. 81 Orientation of symbols________-__-_-__- 82 Periods:(cy.cles)\33e eee ea ae eee 81 Position\of (i= Ni 222 eee ee eee 81 Stationice: 2352s io eee ees 83 Symbols used on charts_--_------------- 81 Unlighted, along channels__--_----_----- 82 Buoys andibeacons) (bh) pases eee eee eee 81, 82 C Cable or Pipelines (Figs. 1, 13) (P-7 to 8a)._- 21, 62 Cable permits (see Corps of Engineers) -_----- 62 Cable, overhead power (H—4) __------------- 35, 36 Can ‘buoy. \(l=5)), 22-2222 552 ee ee eo 182 @anal) (H=13) = a2 se ee a 178 Cancellationioficharts=sss]== aes eee 20 Capitalization. = 53-3225. sae eee 107 Cartographer: Charting hydrographic features_---_-_--- 50 Evaluation of material_---------------- 13 Future history record. =--2--=-----2-=-= 39 History.- 3222-2 se ese eee ee eee 36-39 Letter of inquiry for additional informa- tOn soe sae Cee eee aoe eee 14 Responsibility in making corrections--_--- 15, 16 Selecting names and sizes__-------- 15, 105-109 Catalog of chart numbers____-_------------- 20 Cautionimotes) (higs2) = eeeee==——— ea 65 Cellulose acetate (see Compilation Review) - -- 19 Cemetery (Figs. 1,21) (I-17a, 18)_--___----- 179 Changes in the nautical chart______--------- 1 Channel: Improved (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5, 6)---------- 62-64 Inactivess. ca. sabe ee ee es 63 Placinglofibuoyssener soe eee 78, 82 Soundings on ranges.------------------ 55 Channels buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted buoyage) Ss. 522-5232 2 ae eee ee eee 82 Channel depths (see Improved Channels) --_--- 62-64 Notes] (Higa) l)) pose sse eee eee INDEX 201 Page Page Channel information (see Improved Channels). 62-64 Coast charts------------------------------ 2 Channel shown by soundings and curves__ GSH COS Ua es er ee 19 Course recommended (P-5)------------ 186 lIStOLV ee eeer see ces Ss amriee teeta 36-39 Corps of Engineers tabular forms-__-_------ 62 Features named in___----------------_- 105 Controlling depths in feet only_--------- 63 New material__-_...--.- 352 eee So 19 Controlling depth not greater than project Onipinalisourcess2eeoe- 22] =] sees eee 14 Goo eo e eee eS Seo, 63) ‘Coastline features) (A. B)s--2e2s2-se2-4—— 174, 175 General rules in charting--------------- 62—045 1 Cosstlinetopoprapl yer aa—— se === a 40-49 Channel legends (Q-5, 6)------------------- Ganson 8 Colones ose eek eee ote teens 15, 16 Channel limits (see Improved Channels) -_____- 62, 63 Added to accentuate aids___------------ 1 Channel markers, private (see Piles, etc.) _--_- 47, 85 AN CHOTA SESaes eee a= ae ee 20 Standard note (Fig. 9).---------------- 140 Buoys, daybeacons, lightships__-------- -- 81-83 Characteristics and numbers of aids_._------- 74-85 Cable and pipeline areas___------------- 21 Werol(K—4) pe eeee eee nee eee aes 85 Characteristics of aids (Chart No. 1— Buoys (L) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and Lighted and unlighted buoyage) ------- 77-88 unlighted buoyage) ------------------ 81, 82 Compassyroses) (U) sa=e= sae a= aa 55 Daybeacons (L-52)-_------------------- 82 hishitraplaressees]- ae a= ee 22, 23 TANG) (US) cP bccceceseeteboosectesesss 78-80 Intracoastal Waterway-_--------- 17, 18, 89, 90 Lightship (Fig. 24) (K-6) (Chart No. 1— Th HG SeCHOLS sees se ae eee 83 Thichtedubuoyage) ase e see eee 83 Mars Hs sae te nk oe her 54 abies 42, 43 Light phases (cycles) (Chart No. 1— Names me oe eh een rey ee See 106 Lighted buoyage) (Fig. 35) ----------- 166 New compilations and reconstructions____ 13, 14 Chart: INewaworkon! plastice=s= === === ===== 4 INGE) 32 ssc echo neseeteceeeseeosscasese 74-88 Rocktand\coralirectaee se a) 65 Border layouts (Figs. 3 to 6)__-------- 133-137 Tints inkwatenareaseeys = a ee 61, 62 Classification of charts___-------------- 2 Wire-drag surveys_-----=-=>--2----- === 51 Constructions ee esse ee ee eee 4,14 Wrecks! ce 22>" sooo eee 79, 81 Names! --seos- sects cabeeeeecsesees 105-109 New and reconstructed charts____________ 15 Corrections to Drawings____-._._-_--__--_--- 15, 16 In process of reproduction_______..-__-- 16 Orderiofee seo el eas ee ae 2 ee ee a 16 Sample! Copys----4 = eee ee ee ee u Courses, how shown (P-5, Pa)__--___-_____-_- 186 Plotting (See Compass Roses) (U)_.------ 188 Recommended (P-5)________-__-________ 186 Standard type (Fig. 21)___.__----______ 152 Perea ea es a ete ae ON a a ee 23 Courses and Ranges______-__-_____-_-_-__-_- 238, 24 Criticalisoundings =e ee 50-75 Crossings, railroad and road (H-8)___-_-____-_ 178 Culture: Shore and offshore structures__-__-___ 47-49 Cupola; (36) eit Ss a Np 27 Current diagram and abbreviations (T-Td)___ 188 Current diagram, note (Fig. 14) _____________ 145 Curvature, correction tables_____.______._-__- NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page Curve around isolated soundings (see Selection of; Soundings) 23222 os aaa ieee hanes 54 Curvedtnamess223353=se— = = gae eeee 106 Curves, blue tint (R)_--..-.--.--_--_-______- 60-62 Curves, danger (See Tints in Water Areas) ___-_ 62 Custom House (G—29)________.-___-_________- 177 Cypress (Wooded Swamp)------------------- 43 D Dam)(H=21) 2.2 ssa ee oe ee 178 Danger areas_2:.--- 2-952-255-5535 cce 20, 60, 65, 70 Danger buoy, isolated (L-19) ----____------- 182 Danger curve (See Tints in Water Areas) _-___ 62 Danger line (See Limiting danger line) (O-38)_ 185 Dangers: (A; O) ss eles ee eee eee 65-73 Duck blinds---2 22 2-22 o2¢.22 soe5 see 48 Nauticalichart===-=2222--5-- 5.5 > eee eee 1 Near compass roses_-------------------- 10 Use of depth curves to accentuate-_-_-__-__- 60 Date: Currentiedition=]2 eee ee eee eee 6 New prints... -t2=see2 22 ose seeeeeees 6 Isstles ace ate Se ee eee eee ee eee 7 Printing date checked before printing- --- 78 Publicationinote es ==eee ee eee 5-7 Tide: note. -- 2-242 secs a2 2 ese eee 52 Datums: Blevations: = 222": cess+ 222 --2 eee 46 Geographic=2 22-6252 2-52 2-22 --e oe ee 8,9 Daybeacons)(L)2222 22 s5e— ee ae eee 77, 82 Deciduous woodland (C-9) __--------------- 175 Decimals, feet and fathoms__----_----------- 53, 54 Definitions, submarine relief ___-_.-------- 118-128 Deflections in compass (see Local Magnetic Disturbance) 22.2522 252-5522 See Se 10, 11 Degree numbers, frequency (See Borders) - - - - 12 Depth Curves aaa eee 60-62 Contours and tints (R)_---__----------- 187 Echo sounding navigation_--_----..------ 56 WM astra ted ae ee 60, 61 Miadeicontinuols== === eee een 60 @Omissions=...2¢ =!) 2 == ee Se eee 60 OnwDrawingst sos seen eae eee eee 16 Same unit as charted Ravens Be wera ee 60 Symbols! (R)/s4)s5e2 =e ee eee 187 Weights of.line (Fig. 1)_-_----------- 131 Whenvusedie 22232 ee eee 60 Depth ami tees oe ses ne ee eee 52 692-834 O - 64-15 INDEX 203 Page Page Depths: E Around piers and in slips____---___----- Somme Hanthedimensions|0l-s=== == en =e ~ 12 Controlling (Q=5, 6)---------------- 0 2=702--0 Sami bis pres von (le 20) see ee ae ee 188 Dumping yenouUnds sees es ee 22° Echo soundings: Less than 11 fathoms___________- Seal 53 Deeps used in echo sounding navigation __ 54 ROCKSHees seme ee eae oa ee eee eS 65-69 Importance of submarine relief__-__----- 50 Selection of (see Selection of Soundings)-. 54-59 Eddies (O-19)_________------------------- 185 Mabulated eas ceeen se faces cee CA=O4 InGhitioa, mo odode ee eee seeeececooee 6 WD eee eee eee Se a nis Bae eee SB chteenefooticury.c a= =e =a 62 Descriptive adjectives, abbreviations (I"): Electric railways (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3c, 14)__- 49 ightss (Meno ce eo ee eee 78-80 Electronic Computing____---------------- 116, 117 List of abbreviations (see Chart No. 1)-- 189 Electronic Navigational Systems___________- 86-88 Descriptive reports (see Original Sources) ____- Me Hlevateditania(—53) a= ee 27 Descriptive report motesssees ees ee eee ae 36 Elevations (D-3, Da, Db, De, Dd; O-1)____-- 46 Descriptive terms (see Landmarks and Sta- Planes) of -references.22- 2-22 ===> ee 46 ONS) aise seep San ees ee 24-29 Rocks (Hig=420)0(O)====== == ee es 46 Wetailvoficharteeneralizedees se) a= i> Embankment) (H—3d) sess) sess = ee 178 Diagrams: Hmergency, run== 29s. ee eee eee nee 6 C@hantisizes| (Bigs 36) =e Gee quatorialiradiuse=="s=== === === anes 12 Cumanty (R-N sesateseseseenseese 188 Equivalents, scale (Figs. 26, 37)________--- 157, 168 IDNs. (C=GnSe aoe as eee eee eee ee 177 Erasures, chart correction_______----------- 15, 16 Dimensions of the earth (Clarkes Speriod of Evaluation of charting material___---------- 13 1866) and units of length ______._______-- 12 Exhaustion report, weekly (see Cht. Printings) - 5 Direct reproduction (see Basic Requirements) - 15 Extreme low water (See Tide Note)__________ 52 Discrepancies: Names (see Geographic Names) ________- 105 Source material (see Future History IRE COnd) meee ee ae eee ei nro 39 Disposalvareas|(G—Ge) esses eee a eee 21 SeDispositionmotations === sees ee ames 16 Distance finding stations___--__-___--_2____ 84 F Distortion controlled (see New Charts) ____-_-- 4 Mactonya (a4 7) owe be see SU. Sear 179 IDNaa (Cog, I) (ells) $= goes eee ees 131, 178 Hainws yabuoye (4) eae ee ee ee 182 DOE (CHB, Hi; SNsasseosssssecaseese ian home: Dolphins (G—21; H—9) _ _ ------------------- 47 Conversion tables (Figs. 26 to 29) ___-- 157-160 Dome____-_------------------~----------- 27 Practionsiofe-= = eh cee eee ee ee 538, 54 IDrennoiee (S16) 6 pee eee eeeocase 178 Soundings charted in_______------------ 53, 54 Drawings-—-=— ~—2- =~ -— 22-8 pmmitiederallRerister ssa seas urn a ens ie 20 Authority for corrections_________-____. 13, 14 Danger and anchorage areas___________- 20 Colonitojbeiuse dees seam =e esas 16 Fish trap area limits, (Chesapeake Bay)-- 22, 23 ixedraidsicorrecte daa = ese eee 77-80 Rulestotetheshoades et ee ne eee 23 SUS eee eee 36-39 Federal regulations requiring charts_______-- 1 Method of showing lights______________- 78-80 Feet (Figs. 8, 26 to 32): Source material initialed_______________- 16 Soundings pins eee eee 52-54 Order of corrections____-__------------- 16 To fathoms (Figs. 27, 28)_--_--------- 158, 159 Dredeecdkare as (Q— 6) mem aera ea SOMO Han Costes mies ak oe OO outen ce 47 Dredgedichannels|(@=5) sess = == eee C2-6 2 eierriess (El) eos ote ek 8 ele lee oe 48 Dredging buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted Field examinations in History______--------- 36 OVO) sana es ke pose oeeebs SeGse sacs LO ON Hilm=Positivey Pro heen nee een 5 Dray docks (G3 6) eee 177 First edition date (See New Chart) _________- 5 Dual-purpose marking on joint waterways IGN Gaal (Ga) oo ese ee 23 (Ole IN@s I) = 22s = se Se SSeS SS Saba ses 197 Fish trap areas (Fig. 1) (P-10)__------------ 22 IDs MGS. soo Sones bee sesso se Sees ase 48 INGLE (Hie ap 0) eae ee eta wee eee 141 Dumping grounds (Fig. 1) (G—Gb; P-11)_____ 22 = “Fish trap buoys (L-27) (Chart No. 1—Un- iD unes\(Aq4) ees se OE ees eee sae 174 lightedibuoyace) pease 182, 195 His hetraysy (Ceol) eee eee ee 177 Fishing areas, charting of (P—10)__---------- 22 hixedtbridgel(H=14) sae 31-35 Fixed floating objects, standard type (Fig. 21). 152 204 Page Ib Gael WAM. cosas cose eS seeoseeSeSeesscorsS 78-80 Hixedi point (D=2) Reese s ss = eee ease eee 176 Mla gatOwerl (JC) eae ee ee 26 Mag poleyW—19) Sees sas see ea eee 25 BlagstafiiG—19) ose ee eae ee aoe eee eee 26 Hloatineidocka (Go3) sees sess eee eee 177 Floats (lightfloats) (L-12)___--------------- 83 Flood stream (T-19) __-_------------------- 188 Blogisignalsn(N) eee sees eee eee eae ee 184 Foot, in meters (Figs. 31, 32) ------------- 162, 163 Hoot pathy (H=2) See sees 2 eee ee eee eee 178 Foreign charts, used in compiling------------ 14 Foreshores (A-1la to 11g)--_-_-------------- 174 Mormulines) (C28) See Se ae ee 175 Forms: Huturewhistory sees ee eee ee 39 History see ws ee ok aye arate ep a 36-39 Type list (see Ordering Type) --------- 108, 109 Fort (I-19) Fortifications__------.---------- 179 Fotosetter Type Guide (Fig. 38) ----- Bae 169 Foul ground, area (O-17)__-_---------------- 67 Inractions@ ae estes es ree eee eee 52-54 Huturevhistorysrecord == === = === oe eee 39 G Gable (I-72) ___----- Seas SoBe ES ROS oS Seeeee 180 Gasitanka (l= 71) fe see nes Be ee eee eee 27 Gasoline pipeline (see Cable or Pipelines) --- -- 21 Generalichantso= = 52-2207 eee eee 2 Generaljinstructions# ase sos se =a eee eee 15-19 Generaltpractices¥s 232s ee eae eee ee 8-12 Geographic coordinates of triangulation stations sense se eee ee ee eee 8 Geographicidatumss== esse ss == = see eee eee 8 Geographic positions, from grid coordinates_ 101-105 Geographic names-_-_-__------_------------- 105-109 Geographic Names Section_____------------ 105 Glacier’ (Ca3) awe. 24. ee. = eet Re ah ee 175 Gongi(seesHorn)\ = 92522 sasees eee 83, 195 Gong buoy (L-38a) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and unlightedibuoyage) a2 sass 5 2-2 eee eee 194, 195 Government house (I-30)_-____--___--__------ 179 Graphic scale (see Scales) _______------------ 12 Mercatonich ants sesame 97-101 Grassi(@26a) sae ere Fee ale is Beene meee 42 GraveliGASWicwli fe.) 225 so See ee eee 41 Greenvink-syiea ces SUN Ee aa oe 5 re A es Ba 16 Green overprint (see Wire Drag Surveys) (Q-9, gy) a ete Ed erat Se SS eR Se Aa 51 Grid note (see State Plane Coordinates) __-_--- 11 Grid, Corps of Engineers, Local-___-_------ 101-104 Grid, plane coordinate___________________-- 104 Groin (G-11)_____ Bec arreD als ta, SERS SR SNE AY 177 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page H Hachures i(C—2)i- ste s ee ca eee eee 175 Hand corrections: Aid Proof <3 22) 8 eon ee eee 3 Correction note and date_________------ a Samples Cop yaaa ee 7 Harbor, boat or yacht (G—33) ____----------- 177 Mlarborichantsesee a= eee eee ee 2 Harbor lines (see Corps of Engineers) - ------- 62 Harbors (G): Bottom characteristics _--------------- 74 Bridgeiclearances#= === s= === == ee 33-35 Grids; local: 2222 52252 Soe 101-104 Hawaiian Datum (see Geographic Datums)-- - 9 Heights (see Elevations) ---_..-------------- 46 Isletsiandirocks#=s see esses == eee 46 MeanvHigh)Waterse= see eee ee eee eee 46 Summits*20 2 23S eo eee eee eee 46 High water line (Fig. 1) (A-9)_-=-=---=_--—= 41 Miarshyareash (Cal) see see eee 42, 43 Overlapping charts-_------------------- 17 Sand beaches: (A—6)2222- 2-222 222 so see 46 Shoreline and berm line--_--_---------- 41 Highways, when charted and numbered (Fig. 1) (see Cities and Roads) ------------------- 43 Hill summits (see Contours) D-3 to De) ----- 44-46 History of cartographic work______---------- 36-39 History record uturebes= === eee eee 39 Horizontal stripe buoy (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) 195 Horn (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) (N) ---------- 195 IOspitaly (132) kes are Meera ate pent ee eer ee eee 179 Jouses (l—5) eee eee eee eee eee 28 Hydrographic surveys---------------------- 50 Critical soundings_----_-__------------- 50-75 Descriptive report note____------------- 36 Evaluation of charting material-_-_______- 13 Nlustrations =e eee ee ee 56-61 Low water line (A-10) (see General Statement)i-2 2222-55 -ees5-- eee 50 Prior,towl94 8a eee ee ee 53 Rockstawash: =) 5-22-42 3-0 eee 50, 67-69 Selection of soundings------------------ 54, 55 Unreviewedsunveya nase soe eee ee eee 50 Unverified hydrographic survey - - ------- 50 Hydrography eee see ee ee eee eee 50-76 General Statement___-_----------------- 50 Sounding conversion tables (Figs, 25 to 27)_ 157-159 Wire-drag surveys (O-6a; Q-9, 9a) - - - ------- 51 INDEX 205 I Page J Page Ncevlimits (P18) See soa ee ee eee eee 1S6h mwetvies! (G—8) Sa, —Ga)iz =. se eee 177 Improved channels (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5-6) - - --- 62-64 Junction buoy (L-18) (Chart No. 1—Lighted Blue tint omitted (see Tints in Water and unlighted buoyage) --__------------ 194-195 [Nveas) Beer cee eee eee eee 62 Junction notes__--.----- Spaie ee. : 32 Channel legends (Q-5) ----------------- 62-64 Standirditvpel (Wig y2))s sa. 2 == ee =a 152 Controllingidepths===2-— = — ===) == === 62-64 Standard type (Fig. 21).--------_------ 152 Incomplete Manuscript-_--.------------------ 40 Information blocked out in green, note (Fig.11) - 142 Initialing blueprints, letters, ete____.-------- 16 Inland rules of the road (Fig. 1)------------- 23 Insets on charts (see Junction Notes) ___------ 32 Border arrangement (Fig. 5)____----__-- 136 ImbtenmediatercuLy eS ssesee= sae a ae eee 61 Intermittent stream (C-14) _____-_-------_-_ 175 International boundary (P-16)--__--__--__-- 186 International Hydrographic Bureau_-_-_------- 8 International Telecommunication Union__-_--- 29 K Ue eeu siumyn nn (6 UR + Rall fe Ticlny(Oo 20) ee eM 72 Projection line (Figs. 1,4-6)---------_- 131-137 Kilometer (see Dimensions of the Earth) .._.- L 12 Intracoastal Waterway charts_---- Seas 18 Aids (Chart No. 1) (K-N)__-_-------- 193-197 Article in Notice to Mariners______-____-- 18 Bridgerclearan cesses a= ees eee = aaa eae 33 Wompilation{ofe=— oe see eee 89-93 Corps/of) Hingineers2s-5225—-2-- ses = eee 62 @ourses) (Rigs) i ¢@B—o sea) eee ee 186 Wang ericunvey OMee tamer ae 62 Daybeacons, “Bn’’ omitted (Fig. 20) (a5 2) ie ee ne eee ae ae eee 82 Depth notennimargnetaas= ===) eee = LS Reference notes, 80,000 scale Atlantic and (Gulf Coasticharts= == sess. See eae 7a oonn (CG) ese a eee 175 Route lines in magenta__-___-_---_-__-- 18m Wiaker(C=15)\j2 2s 2 ee SSeS ee Se eee 175 Standardmotess (Higa) nese ene 144 Land features (C) (see Placement of Names) - - 106 Type for name ‘Intercoastal Waterway”’ handing (Gol6) ease e een a sas eee anaes 177 (Bigw 2) Bese ee. pase eee ce ea apne 152) ieandmarkeG@lassifications=s see sane 25-29 Iron\pipes (see) Riles; etc:) —_"--=-=--- 2-2 == 47 ChimneyA(=44) Ses eae se eee 28 Islets (see General Statement) _____________- 50 @upolas (3 6)ase eee ae ee 27 Mlevationsionese. 2 eee 46 DG In etek edicts ek we es Fe nll Baa 27 TSOPORTeHINeS = meet ee ee ere a eer 9 Blac pole 19) =s2s ase =e es eee 25 Isolated dangers: Blagstatig()=19) S2-- sees eee eee arenes 26 Bu ya 19) he eer ee ee 182 lace lowers =U) eee ae 26 Rocka(O=3426)te2 22-3 i aT kee 185 Gas Tank or Oil Tank (I-46, —-71)___---- 27 Tsolatedatreesn (C5) see eee ane ne 175 House or Building (I-3a, 5)_----------- 28 Nssuemdaterofen ss eae ee ape eee eee 5-7 ookoutmlowerl (4) pee eae 26 Loran Station (L-63, Lh) _-------------- 28 Monument (=35) == ee 25 Riadioglowers (M9) eee 26 SPIER (1) eee 27 Stach (414) ae ee a ee ee 28 Stand piper (45) masa ee 27 Manka (l=53)iseseee ne ce eee “a 27 Telemetry Antenna (M—Ma) .----------- 29 Television Tower (M-—Mb) _------------- 26 owen (4: eeeease ose See ae 26 Mire es (Ga) beeen ee Ba ese ee eee 28 Watersbower (—45)easeee esse ee 27 Witinabranll! GE) oe = tees oe eee 28 206 Page Landmarks (Fig. 19) (D, I, J)--------------- 25-29 Changes reported to Aids Section___----- 18 Churches = 22 eee oe eee ee eer 49 Coast Guard stations (J-3, —Ja)__---__-- 26 Lights on radio tower, private___.__--_-- 85 Notice to) Mariners== == 2225 222255222 e es 18 Photogrammetry Division, locate land- marke Dey ae ee eee Ey he atl Be eee 24 Plotting 226s sere ee aia) 2h ee OE ee 15 Range markers, trial course__---------- 23 Standard type (Fig. 19)__-_------------ 150 Triangulation stations (see Landmarks) (DEN) ee Se ae le ae eet 176 Landmarks and stations___------------- 24, 25 Latitude and longitude values_____------ 98 Leading line (Range line) (P-1)--------- 186 Least depths on shoals (see Selection of Soundin’s) 22 eee eee eee eee 54, 55 Prominently shown (see General Statement) pase. ots Boe eae 50 Wed pew! Sak ae i ee Le es es LS 65, 69 Legends, channel (Q—5, 6)-_------------ 62-64 Letter of inquiry (see Original Sources) -__ 14 Wettenispacing assess) oo ene aU SSE 107 Letters: Chart, as source material_____--___----- 14 Corps of Engineers (see Improved Chan- [10 |) See See eee Ba Cee ea reae 62-64 Correction date note_-_---------------- 7 Misteduonehistornyaee assess eee ee 36-39 Weveci(H=3d)h2a 22 s85- 55 aaa See SES Ses mumlets) Lifesaving station (J—6) ---__- TER eee 180 Aiftporid gen (E16 9) ase s eee ee eee 178 Lighted beacons (Figs. 19, 20)------------ 150, 151 Light buoys (L-2) (Chart No. 1—Lighted buoyage)22 S54. - 2 2 ste sete ease e eae 194 Itighticyicless a= Sees eee eee ae 81 Marentadisch):. 222s -2s2 {ae aee SS ae o 81 Omissions of characteristics__----------- 81 Light characteristics (Figs. 20, 24)----------- 79 PNG pete es a Se ES eS 77-85 Aeronautical lights= 522s se eee eee 85 Drawings and compilations__-----_----- 77, 78 Omissions order ofs2ese eee eee eee 79 Sailingychartseeeee =e eee eee ee 79 Rightioats| (ua 12) ee eee eee eee 83 ighthousel@<—3) ase eee 181 Light list (see Aids to Navigation) _____-_---- 77 Aeronautical Jights_.---------_------2- 85 Distance finding stations___------------ 84 iNest We he hwi fia ce Oe aS eel er 79 Riadiobed cons eee ese ase ae eee 84 Rangemamesse = 2S. a eee 24 Light sector (Fig. 1) (K-12; P—4)___---_-_-_- 83 Colorshowishownee sss esses eee eee 83 Length of ray lines_____-_-------------- 83 Limits in Light List (P—4)___----------- 83 Lighted aids, private__________-_----------- 85 Radio tower (see Private Aids)___---_-_- 85 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page Lights (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K)---------__-_- 78-80 Aeronautical so ye ee eee 85 Characteristics and numbers_-----_--__- 79 Characteristics on sailing charts_________ 79 Marentardisc= ot 26s meee ee an a eee 78 INfyones (Oia 10, 20) ose scecaseescs 79 Notes: (Bigs 0) oes sete tse = ee on a ea 141 ‘Positions 2255 S25 seasee ee esses eee 79 Lightships (Fig. 23) (K-6) (Chart No. 1— ni gh tedi woe ge) eae ee 81-83 @haracteristicste == see eee ee 81 Malsentandisc! 22582 === ee eee eae 81, 82 Station buoys omitted_______-_-_-__---- 83 Limits, various (P): Airport (P=13)\ 22252322822 eee eee 186 Anchorage: (2-12) 2a ease ee ee 189 Chart sae) 42 See ee ae 13 Danger linel(O-38) == s—e sees eee sees 185 Dumping ground (P-11)---_-_---_--_-- 186 hishin'g’zonel(P>10) Saas ee= == 186 Tee \((PS18) ae ee eee ee See 186 Improved channels (Q-5, 6)_------------ 186 Linear scales (Figs. 7, 8)----______------- 138-1396 Local grid systems (see Corps of Engineers Rectangular Coordinates) -_------------- 101-104 Local magnetic disturbance—Standard note andibyper (Higael 3) Saas ee 144 hocks (G=4 OSE 13) aaa ee 177, 178 Logarithmic speed scale (Fig. 37) -.---------- Wii Gog) boo may (EL El) ee eee 178 Longitude and latitude values___------------ 98 ookoutitowernQ—4) eee eee 180 Loran‘chartst. 223222 0s eee. oe eee 2 Loran lines of position added_-------------- 2 Loran’ stations (= Me) 22222 see 184 Loran tower (M—Mh)____------------------ 28 Low water line (A-10)(R) (see Hydrography) - 42 Conflict between hydrography and topog- Taphyo2 2 see ee ee eee 50 New and reconstructed charts___-_------- 42 On Drawingseeee see eee eee 16 Outlining oyster reefs___--------------- 65 oxodromicicunye seen eee ee ee 97 INDEX 207 M Page Page Magazine (I-34) -------------------------- 179 Magenta compass roses - - - ----------------- 10 ING ramE, CEES (9). fence ee eee eecesoseses= 77-82 Magenta line weights and type standards CEa Pe os aee giie Seopemer ag peer 131 Marentalplates === =—e—e= see eee 16 N Magnetic disturbance, local___-------------- 10, 11 Magnetic variation (see Compass Roses)----- 9, 10 Names: NEnmIpTONENCAH Theo eece aces = sae Se 43 Cable or Pipeline area (Fig. 1) (P-7, 7a, 8, Manual, Nautical Chart, purpose of_--_----- vil S32) eee ee ee 21 Map scales and equivalents, tables (Figs. 26, (Chisitinitimnitoy 5-28 =- eso eee 107 Bi omar = ceteesead aig) SE pb pa 157, 168 Cities (see Placement of Names) -_-_----- 106 Maps, miscellaneous (see Catalog of Chart Coast Guard stations (J—3, Ja)_--------- 29 Numbers) Wee eee co oe 2 LL eee 20 Coast Pilot, Light List, Corps of Engi- Marine railway (G-39) --------------------- 177 WOW ech cesetsoes seeStasasssess+s 105 Maritime limits (P) (see Dumping Grounds)-- 22 Compilations and Drawings (see Require- Marker (L-Lf) (see Trial Course and Private TCT US) ete ss a ey eee 106 PAG pie omer UE See lsat ere cat 23, 85 Curved 28S ese sees. to epee ee 106 Wiemsin (ne, iby (CHI) a2 jaca ee ose 42, 43 Discrepancies (see Geographic Names)--- 105 Green tint in low water areas (A-10) (R)- 2 File of proposed changes --_--_-_-__------- 105 High water determined by berm line Geographic eee se ee 105 (CREO) epee 7 Shi aeons re ak 41 Histonye ones ee oe Se een ee 36-39 iHowgindicated == 5 so Aosta te see 42, 43 Landmarks (Fig. 19) (D, I, J)----------- 24, 25 Wasteradion (M-9)eeeete ae eee As4 Light characteristics (Figs. 1,19, 20, 24) Magis, tmed's (HIM) 2s so eeee sees 185 (OS) ee ae ale SE ei eS 79 Material ichantin sa = s== seen enone 13, 14 Milifanyafeaturesmes = sess 49 [Mat teyprints tees ee ease ee a ee Fue 3 Minorornunimportant === ======= === 105 Maximum work size of charts (Fig. 36)-----__ 167 Ordering ty pessse === === 108, 109 Mean High Water (see Tide Note) ---------- 41, 52 Orientationo fees = eee 106 MeantlowaWaten- mee. ses eo ek 51 IRAN Ge Sa oes fe = aia se Soe = ee 106 Mean Lower Low Water_______------------ 51 Reels 222 see snot beatae eee eee 65 Measured course (P—24)__.----------------- 23 Selection and placement of -_-__-_--- 15, 105, 106 Measured nautical mile (see Trial Course) ___- 23 Street (Fig. 20) (I-26, 26a, Te) ____------ 48 Mercator projection. _________-_----------- 97 Submarine tre lic tase 106 Construction of___________________--- 98-101 (Unnumberedilichtsess==== sees === == 79 onstruction platess 2222 - = eee 1090 Natural gas pipeline (see Cable or Pipelines) -- 21 Meridians of Longitude_______-____-__--_-- 9g Nautical chart terms___--_-----_----- 3-8, 118-128 Meter, conversion tables (Figs. 26, 29 to 32)__ 160 Nautical charts, classes of__---------------- 2 IMICTORIMS=teee eine ol et ae ee et oe 17. Nautical mile (Figs. 33, 34) ---------------- 12 Midchannel (fairway) buoys (Chart No. 1— Naval trial course, note (Fig. 9)------------- 140 Lighted and unlighted buoyage) (L-14)-- 194, 195 Navigation, echo sounding_____-_------------ 56-60 Mile (Figs. 33, 34, 37): Neatline (see Borders) (Fig. 1) -------------- 12 INSU Caltetantess te ere re Tene eens 12 Negatives, proofs from (see Proofs) - --------- 5 Nautical (International)_________-__--_- Oe NewsCh ants == aes =e ee see ee eee 5, 14 Serb be Memes oe eg et Ne eae ee 12 Acetate overlays used in verification _--- - 19 Mile course (see Trial Course (Fig. 1))______- 23 Catalog of chart numbers-_-_----------~-- 20 Military airports omitted (see Airports) ------ 49 Checked by Aids Section----------- --- 78 IMiiRiansy eninmes_ 28 = esse ee bee cease 49 Dep thicunvesseee= eee es = 78 60 Miscellaneous stations (J)_...------__--_-_ 5 AED Geographic Names------------------ 105, 109 Monument, (38) 42 seccscce esecesessse 25 IIS bOnVae oe oe eee Ree ea ee 36-39 Monthly reports, Corps of Engineers___-_-_-__- 62 Low-water line (A-10) (R)------------- 42 Mooring buoy (L-22) (Chart No. 1—Lighted Originalisources@= === === = = 14 and unlighted buoyage) _________-.__-___- 82 Soundings in fathoms------------------ 53, 54 Mountains (see Contours)-______--_--------- 44-46 State grid ticks (Wig. 4) ----.-_-----=--= 11 Mind Gis (Asie) os eh en ee seek 7a. Newjedition= =__ 2222 222-- 22-22-52 6 New information, shown on standard (see Standard) /S-eoss 425-6 Se eee 3 New material (see Standard)____------------ 3 Coastubilot eae eet Se rua se eee 19 208 Page ING WADTID tee ee eee eee a nee 6 New print date (see New Print)_--..-----_-- 6 No bottom found (Q-2) (see No-Bottom Soundings) /nave See ee ee aye eee 55 North American Datum of 1927___---_--.__- 8,9 Notations on Drawings-------------------- 16 Notes (Figs. 2, 8 to 14): Brid cexclearance== === == eae 33 Correction note and date___-_____-___--_- 7 Descriptive report_-_-----------.------ = 36 Sunctiony (ii1o+720) =a ae ee 21 Magnetic disturbance (Fig. 13)_-------_- 10, 11 Plane coordinate grid (Fig. 10)------_--- 11 Project depth, Intracoastal Waterway (Higse3) We wees Bete eet te ee 18 Rocks, dangerous offshore -------------- 67-69 Rules of the Road (Fig. 1)-------------- 23 i hee ae ee Me es of 52 Notice to Mariners (see Aid Proof, New Bd@ition) ao ose ran eeslessekoseeee bee 3, 6, 18 An choragelaleas sass === === ee 20 Conflicts, surveys vs. charts - ----------- 13 Controlling. depths, Intracoastal Water- WEN Bee San eeoe Sea ae Ser eenebere 18 Correction note and date__-----_---___- 7 Critical information reported to_----_-_-_ 18 Important landmarks------_-------_--- 24 Tabulated values, depths__---------___- 62-64 Wreck information -------------------- 70, 71 Numbers: CoastiGuardiV—3yda) eee eee ease e 29 Fei uw anysi (El) eee ee eee 48 Numerals, projection (Figs. 4-6)-_----_-_--- 12 Nun buoy (L-6) -------- ee ee pera ee Ae. © 195 O Obelisk, not to be used_______________-____-- 25 Object names, type (Fig. 20, 21)_-___-_____ 151, 152 Observation spot (D—-4)____-.------------_- 176 Observation tower (See Lookout Tower) (J—4)_ 26 Observatory (J—21)___--------- EAL ts SM Me 180 Obstruction buoys (L-20a) (Chart No. 1— Lighted and unlighted buoyage)__--__-_- 194, 195 @bstructions((O>27) hae se oe ee 65-73 Wire-drag clearance depth over (O-6a; Q-9, 9a) (see Wire-Drag Surveys) _______ 51 Occulting lights (Fig. 35) (K-22)____.________ 166 Offshore roc kee a ey ee SU ae Em eed 67, 69 Oil pipelines (see Cable or Pipelines) ________- 21, 62 Oilitank (4 6) Rese a peace ed ees 27 Oil well obstructions. _______________._-____ 66 Okeechobee Waterway, note (Fig. 9)_________ 140 Old Hawaiian Datum (see Geographic Datums) - 9) NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page Omissions: Blue tints within channels (Q-5, 6; R)---_- 62 “Bn” on Intracoastal Waterway charts___ 82 Congested depth curves________________- 60, 61 Congested light characteristics___________ 79 Curves around depressions__________--_- 61 Details on small-scale charts____________ 17, 41 Magenta disc omitted on landmark with light (see Private Aids)_----_________-_ 85 Privatewoadss.e4 ea ee 48 OrderioficorrectionsSe=e== ae eee 16 Ordering*ty pe — 2 se eee ee er 108, 109 Organization of the Coast and Geodetic Surveys SS Se es See 1 Oricin‘allsourcess=s== sys ee 14 Overfalls, Tide rips (O-18)________---------- 185 Overhead cable clearances____-.-_----------- 35, 36 Notes: 20 220% Sale eee. eae eee 35, 36 Overhead power cable (Figs. 1, 19) (H—4)------ 35, 36 Overlapping chartshas==—— == sess =e eee 17 Overlays, cellulose acetate (see Verification) ___ 19 Overprint, green (see Wire Drag Surveys) - - --- 51 Oyster, bottoms|\(S-24) 22s aes = 74 Oyster'reef_i2- 25. 5-228. 2 22022 aes 65 P Panels of chart, same scale__-_--_----------- 32 Pantosraph, formula eae eee eee 13 Paper, work size, normal and extreme (Fig. 36). 167 Parallelsiof latitude=ese=s—==— shee =a 98 Patent slip (Marine railway) (G39) ----- pene 177 Peak (D-Da to Dd): Accentuated by contours (D—Da) -_-_----- 176 Accentuated by hachures (D—Db)------- 176 Summit of height (D-8)_-------------- 176 Undetermined elevation (D-De)-------- 176 Used as a landmark (D-De)------------ 176 Periods (cycles) of lights on buoys--_--------- 81 Periods, omission of in abbreviations____-_---- 107 Photoprints (see Matte Prints)_-_.-__------- 3 Rhotogrammetryases =e 16, 19, 24 Photographs, aeriales= = sete eee ee 19 Piers)((G=9) as se eee eee eee 47, 55 Piles y= 9) eas ee a eer error 47 Pilot rules (see Rules of the Road)_---------- 23 Bilotistation:s 0=8) see) eee eee eee 180 Pipeline area (Figs. 1, 13)(P-7 to 8a)___----- 21, 62 INOWS Os, 118) s2saosecoe oto sesosase 144. Pipes (see Piles, etc.) ___------------------- 47 iPlacementioh mam ess esse eee ee 106 INDEX 209 Page Page Plane coordinate grid note (Fig. 10)__------- 11 Plane coordinates, computation of___---_--- 101-104 Plane of reference, soundings_____----------- 51 Meantlown Waterss sese= a eeeeeeeneeee 50 Mean Lower Low Water--------------- 50 Q Planes of reference, note (Fig. 9)_------__-- 140 Plastic (see New Charts and Comp. Review). 4,19 Q.T.G. radio station (M-10a)---__.___ ~~ 184 Plationmeesesee: akan se Sa a Ay “Quadrangles. o- - 222-222-232 2-225 22 Seek 45 Plotting aids from triangulation____________- 77 Quality of the bottom (S)---------.----- 187 Point (geographical feature) (see Abbrevia- Quarantine (G—26) === eee == UY CLOLYS) ese ca epee ye al eat ey gS SOE 107 Quarantine buoy (L-24) (Chart No. 1— Points Compass (UW) sete ete ee ee 188 BUOYAage) Asano roscoe so eee ee ee 195 Polar semi-axis (see Dimensions of the Earth) _ 12 Pontoonybridgel (Ha I))ee ae = eee ee eee ee 173 Port Series Publication, pier numbers (see PTET S) ener eee oes Se SR YS Spans PN 47 ositionvotialdss sche ease see ee eee 77-85 Postilichti(ko)) Sa — = es ee eee 196 BostiOmicen(l=29) 42 22 a 2 179 Power transmission line (Fig. 1) (H~-5)_______ 178 Preliminary chart (see Basic Requirements) __ 15 Preliminarysmanuscript= ose assess] 5 ee =o 40 PricestOtch antsy (Hig 3.0) es eee 167 Print, latest, compared with Drawing____--__ 16 R IBTINt eNeWe ssa 5 oases ae SS oe Ss eee Cee ee 6 IBtinbin ped ate eee sate ee ah ee eee 5 Racing buoys, note (Fig. 10)__-------------- 82 Private aids (K—17; 1-29, —Lf) -.--------__- 85 Radar navigation detail added______________ 1 highted— aloe ae 2. See aaa So 85 Radar reflectors (M-18) __---- SS eer 81 Unlighteds: sess aneseen ete eee sees 85 Radar responder beacon (Racon) (M-—12)_--_- 184 Private buoys (Fig. 9) (L-29)____________ 182 Radio and radar stations (M)__-_________~-- 184 Private names on landmarks and buildings___ 25 Radiobeacons (Fig. 24) (M-3, 4, 5, 6) (see Private roaGs Omitted sas a= sees ee 48 Addsyto) News gac1On) a 84 Privately maintained buoys (Fig. 9) (L-29)--_ 182 Aeronautical (M—Mc)________-_________- 30 Privately maintained lights (K-17)_________ 85 Frequency, code signal, operating sched- Prohibited anchorage (Fig. 1) (G-12)_____-__ 177 (HU Ce aaa es ee Sp ke 84 Prohibited areas (Figs. 1, 12-13) (P-25)_____- 20 Radio direction finding station (M-7) _______ 184 iprojectidepthinsas = seas yee ee on eee oS IS%62—564 eRadionmasth (M—9)) 25a ee ee 184 iProjectionwlinesy (hig tpl)) mee eee 98 Radio navigational aids_____________-_-_-_--- 30, 84 Projection note (Fig. 2) (see Scales)__________ 12 Radio range, aeronautical (M—Md)_________- 30 Projection ruling machine_-_-__-----------__- NOU Revels) Kurkntenny GMO). 22 ee ee 29 IPTOJeCHONS) (ENE Saml 4) — 6) ee eee ee 97-104 Commercial broadeasting (M-10)__------ 29 Border subdivisions and numerals (Figs. Radio telegraph station (M-1)______------ 184 AO) ee hemi es eaters a Sera Sia . 134-137 Radio telephone station (M-2) _________--- 184 Completed projections_________________ LOU VRadioitowers(M—9) a2 ee ee 26, 29 Construction of a Mercator projection___ 98-101 Mercator projection, advantages and dis- advantages!) s=Usnce 2 Wiis 2.05 2)ke SAL, 97 Rolyiconiciprojectionsas == sae = ae 9 Erojectionsjandy Gridsaa a= === es = = ae eee 97-104 IPROOlS etre Srls Se ARS oleae Be ee coi) CR RS 5 Proportional dividers, settings (Fig. 25)___ ._ 156 Provisional charts (see Basic Requirements) __ 15 Publication date (see Catalog of Chart Nos.) __ 20 Publication note (see New Chart)___________ 5 Puerto Rico Datum (see Geographic Datums) _ 9 Datum of soundings in Puerto Rico___-___ 51 Railroad (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3e, 14)_-_-------- 49 Railroadétunnell(H—3c)2 22 = ae eee Railroads, names of (see Abbreviations) _-_- --- Railways (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3c, 14)-_-------- 49 Ramp (G3 9a) aS eee ae 177 Range, channel, soundings on (see Selection of Soundings) Sees. ees aa See eee 54, 55 iRangenlines)(Higsll) (b>) === 222 24 Names splacement obese 106 Vang ein ames eee sane Seis eee pues 24 Range targets for measured mile (L-65) (see pbrislCourse Ssee eee tees ete eee 23 Rayelinesa(Higsl))(P=4) eee = eee a 186 Light sector (K-12) (P-4)-------------- 181 Recent developments_-__--_---- ---------- 112-117 210 Page Reconstructed charts---------------------- 4 Colors of Drawings, names and aids-__-_-__-_ 15 Depthcurves] Sss2 ss-o ese As see eae 60 Geographic names-__--_---------------- 105, 106 History slip: 222552 222s ose ee ee 36-39 Low water line (A-10) (R)------------- 42 Range lines (Fig. 1) (P-1)-------------- 24 Soundings in fathoms--------_---_-----_- 53, 54 Type (see New Charts) -_-------------- 4 Verification (see Compilation Review) --- 19 Records=: = 5222 sss 2e Ss Ss Sse eee seer 36-39 iEistonys (Chant) See eee eee 36-39 Permanent survey___------------------ 76 Rectangular coordinates, local___..-------- 101-104 Reduction by pantograph-------------- a 13 Recis aes oee ase a amass eee a ene 65 Coral CAS iilo 5 O10) meee eee ee 65 edgersymbolst= = 34 as-e see -s eee eee 65, 69 Oystenseer as ne eee. Cee ee 65, 69 Riprapemoundsy (hha) pee eee 65 Rock (A=11id; O=10)-=- == - == 22 == =--- === 65 Soundings on (Q-8, 17) ------------------- 186 Reference ,tolc hats === == ae 32 Reference note, Intracoastal Waterway (Fig. OEE eee eee See ee ele ie ee AU Ee ee 17 Reflector (K-10) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and unllichtedibuoyace) pase eee eee 194, 196 Reflectors, radar (see Buoys) (M-13) - ------- 81 Registration of surveys__-_------------------ 76 Removable span bridge - - - - ---------------- 35 Reprintwa. ae soap ae eeae sees ee 6 Requirements for chart compilation____ -_--__15, 106 Research and Development_---------------- 116 Reservation line (P—23)_____-___---___-----_-- 186 Reservations, military (P—23)___-__-------_- 186 Restricted, danger and prohibited areas (Fig. IN (PH2 5) soe ce ee eae eee ee Nema 20 INotess(Higayl 25a 3) eee een 148, 144 Retractile| bridge 22s 2-22 2352325 ee 35 Reviewed manuscript -___--_-_--_------------- 40 Review of hydrographic surveys-_------------ 75 Revisionisheets=_ == soc 62s eset ae 40 Revisions to color plate_____-_------------- 16 Rbumbyliness= lees ee ee A ee ee 97 River (C-13) (see Corps of Engineers, Place- mentioti Names)" Ss5--=22 ee soe ees 62, 105 Roaditunnell (Hi 3c) eee eee eee 178 Roads (Fig. 1) (H-1; I-1, 1a) (see Cities and NERO) G1) ae Ne ep a iss ol A 48 TOC Ks terminate nes ee See ee 67-69 Atlantic coast (MHW) (MLW)-_-_______- 67-69 AcwashiK(@=2543) Si ee Bets le poe Sete 67-69 Bareg (Oa) jee ees Seen AEs ea 67-69 @hrar tis bo] ser see ae 68-69 Cleared by wire drag (O-6a)___________- 51 Coralireei((ASWie)= = 5-22 cee eee eee 65 Mev tions tone ee ease aa es eu cane 46, 69 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page Rocks—Continued Foul areas (O-10, 17) (see Sunken Rocks and Rocks Awash)______-____________ 67-69 Isolated and dangerous (O-3, 5a, 26)__ 54, 67-69 Ledges! 22-22 oso sl hoe ea eee 65, 69 Namingireeiss sce sees eee ee 65 Notice to Mariners_-_---_------________ 18 Oystertreefss 2. SoS = sae nee 65 Pacific coast (MHW) (MLLW)_-_______- 67-69 Riprap mounds (K—Ka)_-____-__________ 65 Rocky reefs (O-10)--_---------_--_--___ 65 Sunkent(O=58s)2 6) pee 67-69 Sunken, on small-scale charts_-_-_-__-___- 67 Survey symbolsseess= =) = ee === == =a=ee 68, 69 Dhatauncovern (O=2) pee see ae 67-69 Wire-drag clearance depth over (O-6a) _- 51 Rocky reef \(@=10) 22-2 ee = ee eee 65 Rocky shoreline (A-8a)--------------------- 44 IRoses compass) (UW) 2a e ea a ee 9, 10, 55 Route lines, Intracoastal Waterway-___------ 18 Route numbers, highways (see Cities and Rosds)\p2 22 22 2 Bees se eee ae eee 48 Rubble\(A=Aa)o-. 2 2. 3222 ee eee 174 Ruins!(I—40). 2. sh Seo eee ee ee Bae 179 Rulesfandtpracticessass= == —=- === 8-39 Rulestofithe sRoadi(higw i) == === ————— =a 23 Ruling machine, projection_-_--------------- 101 S Sailinetcharts see ee = ee eee 2 Citiesjandsrosds===see== === eee ea 48 Light characteristics - -----_-_--------=- 79 Saltpans\(C—4) ee ssp ees 175 Sampleycopyseese sane 0 Sand and gravel (A-11f)-------------------- 174 Sandibeach: (A—6) pase ee eee eee 174 Sand hills\(A=4) 2s. 2 eee 174 Sandy/shore)(A=6) see eee eee ee 174 Scales (Figs. 4, 6, 7, 8)---------- ee See 12 Border or marginal (Fig. 6)------------- 137 Border subdivisions (Figs. 4, 6) --------- 12 Catalog of chart numbers and scales ----- 20 Graphich (ics?) 8) ee ee 138, 139 Equivalents (Figs. 26, 27) ------------ 157,168 Griditicks< 2630542 eee see Sessa 11 INDEX 211 Pago Page Schooll(l-b5yl oh) eae eee a ene eee 180 Soundings—Continued Seaplane areas and anchorages( P-9)_------_- 20 Practions: 24 +e-- oo. see ase oe eee 53 Seaplane landing area, note (Figs. 12,13). 148 Neolatedrockss ass 2s5- 525-5 eee 55 Seaplane prohibited area, note (Figs.12,13). 144 Neat ardeppbicunvess=s= === =a ee a= 54 Sections of chart, same scale (see Junction New, joining old) work===52=- =. == seen == 55 INO GES eee ee eee ne cereale 32 Nol botton(@Q—2) 22242 s525= Ss ae 55 Sector, light (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4)_----------- 83 Omitted=23. 34-2232- 2822-8. eee 55 himits\(B—4) eacwasee see cee cease ee een 83 IPlaneyorrereren ce sa ee ee 51 Selectiontofmalmes === eee a eae 105-109 Reefs that uncover (Q-8, 17) ----------- 65 Selection of soundings_--------------------- 54-55 Selection“ <—- =| ===: 262245 s5-* See 54, 55 Within compass roses-_-_---------------- 55 Sizevoiee=6-- = =. - 555 Sass eee 52 Sewers (iil) Seen so ese ono eee 47 Slipsiand'plers-es 22 32 3- Sa = See eee 55 Shoal soundings (see Evaluation of Charting Streams (Q—@a) =eee 2-2 Sane 186 Material) pi aeee setae se aan oat see 13 Surveyed in feet and tenths______-___-_- 53, 60 Notice: tom Mariners== oss 22 o55 ee eee 18 Sunveyediin) wholefeetas--=— === se 53 On isolated rock (O—5a)------------- 55, 67-69 Wnnecessary 2! — 22+ 22222-2322 Sasa 54 Selection of__---------- esreoesesserss= 54, 55 Verification (Compilation review) --__-__--- 19 Wired ns cee eta SUED MUERTE YOY 51 Source of Geographic Names________-_-__--- 105 Shoalest curve retained__--_---------------- 61 Source of information (History) ------------- 36-39 Shorelines (A) memeber ae east bos eee Aju SOULCES) OF GiN a] sass == ne ee ee 14 Unsunveyedi (Al) eee a eee ne esos 41 Spacing of lettering (Figs. 15 to 23)-______-_- 107 Weight of line (Fig. 1)----------------- 41 Spar buoy (Chart No. 1—Unlighted buoyage) Signal tower, not used_-_--_---------------- 26 (Gis8))- he Ba ee ee Se 195 Signals stoga(N) eeeee eee ss sen. eae 184 Special buoys (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) (L-Lh)_ 195 Stan (Geo, 18 in) Bae eee ees 83 Special-purpose charts: SIixsfOOtICURVES ee eee nee ae = ee eee 62 Navy S22 soos 555-2228 see ere 2 Sizesmcnarth (Hips 36) meee ee = aaa k= nese eee 167 Wire Cle 2 oe yo See eee tape a 70 Slanting lettering (see Placement of Names)-. 106 Specifications, chart (see History of Carto- Slips and piers, soundings (see Selection of graphic WOrk))= — = =-) eee 13, 36-39 Soundings) sees sons see sea se StS eee 55 Plotting sheet adopted for I.H.B___---__- 112 Sines (siai6)) Ses se ee eee 178 Spherical buoy (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) Small-scalerehartsmee eee ees = ae ae soe ee 2 (ia) ge a2 sot esse ee eee 195 Aids (see Overlapping Charts) -_----- 17, 77-88 Spheroids of reference____------------------ 8 Coast Guard stations (J—3, —Ja)_-------- 297) Spire: (I—S8b) 2 22 = Ss =8ee see ee eee 27 Depth curves generalized_________------ GONG Spoilfareas= (Mies 1) (G=13) = 2222225222 = 2] hishstrapranrea|buoysaess sess sas eae 22) Stack (I—44)2 le see eee 28 Graphic scales not usable (Mercator Stakes (see Piles, etc.) (L-59)__------------- 47 IPrOjection) asters ae eee ee eee O77) (Standards j42. 455. Se eee eee ae 3, 38 High-water line (Fig. 1) (A-9)___--____- 41 iBridgejclearancess=ssa= soe) aa 33 Highways (see Cities and Roads)_______-_ 48 Name (see History of Cartographic Work) - 36 Light characteristies__._.._....--_------- 79 Source of information.—-------=---=225== 14 Marginal scales added_________-__----_-- 12 Temporary (see Matte Prints) ---_------ 3 Omissions (see Selection of Soundings, Stand pipes (1-45) ae eee 27 Whip ts) Semen servant seen eee ea BAN o ao mestate boundary, (b—16)==se sass == = 186 Rocks aeeees seers meee et ee eee 67-69 State plane coordinates (Fig. 4) ------------- 104 Smooth-drafted charts (see Basic Require- Stationibuoys=-- 2.12222 2 ce ee eee 83 MENtS) Meee aa eee oe Se one T5tmStations) (iy Moss soe o- Sok = See eee 180, 184 Snags (O-s0a) eee ae eee eee Ok ee 185 Aeronautical radiobeacons (Fig. 24) (M- Sound buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted buoy- Mic) sae ees eee oases 30 EY) ase Set et hd Ae hse i ee Ba 195 Commercial radio broadeasting (M-—10) -- 29 Sound signals (see Distance Finding Stations) _ 84 Miscellaneous) eames ee 180 Sounding si (@) eases we scepter: Sawaya ee 51-59 triangulations (Dol) sss sssee= ae a= 30 IBASICISUTVEYS Sena eee noe = Ho eee 50=5i1) sStatute mile (Migs: 33) 04) o0)=-- == — === ———— 12 Blueprints (see Underlined Soundings) ___ 55 Steeple (see Spire) (I-8b)_------------------ 27 Bottom characteristics (S)__._____-_____- (AES TONES) CASING) ete ster en ogre eee 174 Channeliran vest sss Aen emia a as Stomy Sen CN). 3 so se eee 174 Chartediingiathoms= se see eee ene Baa 5 Aeemotormesionalsy (Mig s19) eee ee 31 @hartedhinsfeetum 2-0 see eee 53 Storm warnings (see Storm Signals) notes Gompassiroses see seen ee eee 9-10 (Wigs (9) Mas ee oes 6 ee eee 31 Critical Ramee eed ek earn eae cer 50 Strandediwreck(O-I) possess 70 DUM PIN SeeTOUNC Ss ae eee 22 weEStreamdepthsy(Q—Oa) messes eee 186 212 Page Streams (Fig. 1) (C-138, 14)---__------------ 175 Streets (Fig. 20) (I-26, 26a, Ie)_-_____------- 48 Stumps (59) Se ee eee Soe 183 Style of type (Figs. 15 to 23)____.___-__-- 108, 109 Drawings and compilations _--_--_----- 105-107 Subdivisions, border (Figs. 4-6) (see Borders) - 12 Submarine cable (P-7, 7a)--__--__--_----- Jay 186 Submarine operating note (Fig. 12)__--_--___- 143 Submarine relief (see General Statement) _____ 1, 50 Submarine relief terminology_______--_-_ 106, 118-128 Submerged piling (O-30) -____---- 223525 85 Submerged rocky reef or ledge (O-10)___-___-- Submerged wreck (O-12, 14, 29)___-__----_- Sunken dangers cleared by wire drag (O-6a) __ 51 Sunkensrocks (O=5an02 6) eee eee 65-69 Sunken wreck (O-12, 14, 15, 16, 29)___-____- 70, 71 Supplemental corrections_--_--_------------ 16 Survey: Conversion of soundings_____-_---------- 53, 54 Depth curves, illustration __ ~~ ---------- 60-62 Descriptive report note____....--_------ 36 Future (see Future History Record) - - --- 39 ely dir e780 ly eee ee ae 50-76 Improved channels (Fig. 1, 21) (Q—-5, 6)__ 62-64 New surveys joining old work (see Selec- tionkof soundings) see === ase 55 Sources of information________________- 14 Topography tots 545ssess se oee= soe ee 40-49 Unverified and unreviewed____-__----__-- 50 Wire drag (O-6a; Q-9, 9a)____-_---_--_- 51 Swamp (C-17) (see High-Water Line) _______- 41 Swept areas (Q—9, 9a)_---- -_ -------------_- 51 Swingibridge)(H—16)222se2 ===. eae 35 Symbols and Abbreviations Chart No. 1 (A to {Ute ohes tetas aul eRe fae 2k otal Ste 174-197 Symbols standardized______-_--------------- 1, 41 Curves (Ros =2555 4 a ee Se es eee 60 Marine radiobeacons (see Aeronautical Radiobeacons and Stations)__________- 30 Reefs (see Coral and Rock Reefs and Wied ges) heya aye = se ee ed A 65 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL Page T Tables: Chart sizes and prices (Fig. 36)_________- 167 Conversion, feet to fathoms (Figs. 27, 28)_ 158, 159 Conversion, linear distance (Figs. 26, 29 to PD Sa eee petite Sige. epee se 157-165 Conversion, sounding _-------_---__--_- 53, 54 Curvature correction, rectangular coordi- Mates 2/5552 sess sss seas eee eee 104 Dimensions earths eee 12 Seales and equivalents (Figs. 26, 37)___ 157, 168 Settings, proportional dividers (Fig. 25)-_ 156 Tabular forms, channel depths_-___---_------ 62 Tanks’ (1=46) 53; 7M) 32. 2 eee eee 27 Targets, range... -2 = 2-22 ee 23 Telecraph’ (1=2)) 222 bores ae eee 179 Telemetry antenna (M—Ma)_--------------- 29 Television tower (M—Mb)-_----------------- 26 Template, chart paper sizes (Fig. 36) -.---___- 167 Temporary Aid Proof (see Matte Print) ____--- 3 Temporary Standard (see Matte Print) ______- 3 Terms nautical chartees === === =e ae 3-7 Terminology, standard usage_____--------- 118-128 Thirty -foo ti cule asa eee ee eee eee 62 Ticks, grid (Fig. 4) (see State Plane Coordi- nates)\22 02 p=S 258 bel lee eee 11 Tide note:(Migu2)e == =- oss eee eee eee 52 TWidé-Over= choses e ee ete ee eee 6 Tide rips) (O-18)). 5-2 a- eee ee eee 72 Midesvandacurren tsi (ly) ae 188 Dintsii(R)222225 35) see eee eee 62 Marsh 2.3053 cscces=2 Ske =e eee 42 Ommitted 22222425 eee 62 Mitles(Pig: (2) 52-2 2-2 eo eee ee 132 Topography (C, H)---------- nets 40-49 Conflict with hydrographic low water (see General Statement) ___----------- 50 valuation =) 2 sees see eee 13 HIStory osoee5 eee eee ee 36-39 Notation of charting (see ‘ Descriptive Report Note) =eeee eee ee 36 Tower: (U=4:1)) ay 5 ee oc ype ee renters 26 Towns. (cla) eet oe ae tees ee eee eee 48 Tracks (irail)i(H—2) eee 48 Trackalinies\(P—5) sees esse a 186 Traffic lights, note (Fig. 10)-----------_-- z= a4 Traffic signals, note (Fig. 10)--------------_-- 141 [pam Gitex, 1) CS) cs ccenscosdsseestoces= 48 Training program_---------------------- 113-115 Transmission line (Fig. 1) (H—-5)------------- 178 Trees) (ahs aentOy ti) mee ee 43 Treetops, elevation of (C-11)---------------- 46 Trial course (Fig. 1) (note Fig. .11)_--------- 140 Triangulation (D-1)----------------------- 30 Nids)located| bys ease ene eee Kids Descriptions of stations (Original Sources) - 14 File of geographic coordinates__--------- 9 Landmarks located by - - - -------------- 24 Records (see Original Sources) ---------- 14 Stations) (D=1) poses eee nee eee 30 INDEX 213 Page Page True courses (see Intracoastal Waterway W Tp I a etait he Warning note (Mic 2)ses2ssn2 02 2) wee 143 Onnelu(h=—3c))2 seseeee ne oh ee esate 178 as : Water features (Figs. 21 to 23) (see Placement Munreth(Cupola) (I-36) passes eee a== ee] - = === 27 L rs welve-OOlCULV.e see eee ae ee = ee = 62 of Names) .--------------.----- 106 > 4 Water tower (I-45)__________ 27 Twin, when omitted (see Landmarks) -------- 25 A CRETAB acca ure al i _ Type specimens (Figs. 15 to 23, 38)-.____ 4, 154-169 : gnabstation (d=Jb)- 31 RINT ene 105-109 Weights of lines (Fig. 1)_____- : 131 Ordering Rie ree Ae 108-109 Wiharti(Ga8)\ses2-s-2ss2 525s Sk Seie> 177 Whistle buoy (L—4) (Chart No. eaiiehte dand Unhightedtbuovage)a=- ase eae 194-195 Wandmilli(-42)en 288 Soe ee 28 Wirchdrapepmesmn a. = 02.2 ene ae a ee 51 Dangers (O=Ga)ie 224 oases ssl 51 U Notes (hig) S22 2222 eee see ee ee _. 142 SunveVsessepess- ees aero eee 51 U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, origin - - __-- 1 Sweptrarcask(@29) 0a) aan sno Jel 51 U.S. Corps of Engineers (D—De)----_--~--- = 62 Wirac late ree koe eee eae 51, 70, 71 INVA EME) NON a eS eee 14° Woodland, coniferous (C-10)____-_______.__- 175 Rectangular coordinates____--------_- 101-104 =Woodland, deciduous (C-9)____---------__-- 175 Stream depths--___-------+------.---- 55 Woods, in pal (CaN) a ee sees ne re = 175 Tabular forms (see Improved Channels) __ 62 Wreck or obstruction buoy (L-20, 20a)___.__. 194 U.S. Geological Survey quadrangles____.--.-_ 14, 45 eeaeanie (OL) ee ee eee es 70, 71 Underwater features (Fig. 20) (see Placement of Wrecks (O) (see Wire Drag Surveys) _____- 51, 70, 71 Names) Pao ses Se RSS Se See SSh SSR SS SS Sean 106 Ghrantedinwire Cs eae eee ae eee 70, 71 Units: Cleared by wire drag___------------- 51, 70, 71 Depth-- --_-------------------------- 52 Dangerous and nondangerous--_-_----- ~~ 70, 71 Time, distance, etc. (HE) --__---.-------- 176 Speci alchartsteteetabns tug ee se eeee 70 Unlighted beacons (Fig. 19) (L-52)___--_-__- 196 Sibmersed ee O22 Sat au ae ee 70, 71 Unlighted buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted SEY a co oe I neg EAL AL” 70, 71 buoyage) ---------.--------------------- 195 Wire-drag clearance depths over___------ 51 Wnreviewed'surveys=_-2=------ 2 _ = 50 Unsurveyed shoreline (A-1)____________--__ 41 V Variation, magnetic (see Compass Roses) ----- 9-11 Vegetation: Berm line (see Marsh)_________________ 41 Notes (Hig2.9) ase see see ele et eee 140 Symbolsiomitteds-o-s2 see 2-—22- 2552 22 41, Y: Verification of wire-drag surveys----_---_--_- 74 Vertical lettering (see Placement of Names).. 106 Yards: ! Vertical stripe buoy (L-14, 14a) (Chart No. 1— Conversion to meters (Fig. 26)__--------- 157 Unlighted buoyage).____________________- 195 einesnescalen(biess (10) ase ee 138, 139 Wid GUCty (ELS) meena cele SL a Er i 178 Wiewgnoint)(D—6) sense ee SE ee ie ee 176 Visible wreck (O-11, 12, 13a)______________- 70, 71 Wasibilityaplights ean ene a te ae 78-80 Wolcanicrashi(S—Sb) meee eee = ne 187 U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1964 O—692-834 Vig] Vad Herd ie Uw Ne ea aA fe i igh 5 y ne iva i Le Wy , ib aA Ram aers et Lead iit idly